[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 


:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

- -  ><>  - - - _________  - - -  <><  -



><>         ><>             <><          <><   





[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 3-11-09 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Even now, saith your Father, they plot for a one world banking system, a one world government, a one world controlled by one man, etc..

[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 7-12-18 Alt-Market :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Has Been Preparing For A Trade War For Over A Decade

Thursday, 12 July 2018 07:24 Brandon Smith

The crash of 2008 brought with it a host of strange economic paradigms rarely if ever seen in history; paradigms which have turned normal fiscal analysis on its head. While some core fundamentals remain the same no matter what occurs, the reporting of this data has been deliberately skewed to hide the truth. But what is the truth? Well, at bottom, the truth is that most economies around the world are far weaker than the picture governments and central banks have painted. This is especially true for the United States. That said, one country has been pursuing an opposite strategy for many years now — meaning, it has been hiding its economic preparedness more than its weaknesses. I am of course speaking of China. When we mention China in the world of alternative analysis, several issues always arise: China’s expanding debt burden, government spending on seemingly useless infrastructure programs like “ghost cities,” China’s central bank and its corporate subset misreporting financial figures regularly, etc. All of these things fuel the notion that when a global fiscal disaster inevitably takes place, it will emanate first from China. They also give the American public the false impression that a trade war against China will be easily won and that China will immediately falter under the weight of its own veiled instabilities. However, if one actually studies China’s behavior and activities the past decade, they would see a method to the apparent madness. In fact, some of China’s actions seem to suggest that the nation has been preparing for years for the exact geopolitical conditions we see today. It’s as if someone warned them ahead of time... In terms of prepping for a trade war with the U.S., China has implemented several important steps. For example, for at least the past 10 years the country has been shifting away from a pure export economy and reducing its reliance on sales of goods to the U.S. In 2018, Chinese consumer purchases of goods are expected to surpass that of American consumers. For the past five years, domestic consumption in China accounted for between 55% to 65% of economic growth, and private consumption was the primary driver of the Chinese economy — NOT exports. The argument that China is somehow dependent on U.S. markets and consumers in order to keep its economy alive is simply a lie. China is now just as enticing a retail market as the U.S., and its domestic market can pick up some of the slack in the event that U.S. markets are suddenly closed to Chinese exports. The problem of swiftly growing Chinese debt is presented often as the key argument against the nation surviving a global economic reset or trade war, with its “shadow banking” system threatening to unleash a long hidden credit crisis and stock market plunge. But this is not the complete story. The exact amount of fiat printing that China’s central bank undertook after the 2008 crash is not known. Some estimates calculate China’s debt to now sit at around 250% of its gross domestic product. By normal standards this would suggest a credit crisis is imminent. But was China’s sudden interest in debt expansion a reactionary matter, or was it part of a bigger plan? Just after 2008, a common argument against China’s resilience was the notion that China was dependent on holding U.S. dollar reserves in order to keep its own currency weak. Meaning, Chinese companies had to sell goods to the U.S. in exchange for dollars, which they then exchanged to the central bank for Yuan. China’s central bank then held those trillions of dollars in reserve as a means to keep the dollar artificially stronger on the global market, and the Yuan weaker, thus supporting and perpetuating the old export model. Obviously this argument is no longer applicable, or outright absurd. China’s own debt expansion and Treasury bond issuance actually started way back in 2005 under the “Panda Bond” program. At the time it was treated like a novelty or a joke by the mainstream economic community. Today, it is a powerhouse as Yuan denominated assets are spreading around the world. China no longer needs to hold dollars or dollar denominated assets in order to keep its currency weaker for export markets. It can simply inflate and monetize its own debt, just like the U.S. does. But why would China bother to do this at all? Why jump into the same debt game that has caused so much trouble for western nations? Perhaps because they know something we don’t. During the initial phase of the derivatives crisis, the possibility of China joining the International Monetary Fund’s Special Drawing Rights basket leaped to the forefront. With the Yuan as an SDR basket member, its potential to become a financial center for global trade rather than just an export and import hub would be assured. But the IMF set certain requirements before China could join. One of these requirements was far greater currency liquidity and a more “freely usable” Yuan market. In other words, for China to join the SDR basket they would first need to go into considerable debt. This is exactly what they did; not to prop up their banking system (though this made for a valid excuse) or to necessarily prop up their stock markets. Rather, China wanted a seat at the table of the “new world order,” and they bought that seat through massive debt expansion. China was officially included in the SDR basket in 2016. China has been a very vocal proponent of the SDR basket system, and it becomes clear why if you understand what the globalists intend for the future of the world’s monetary framework. This plan was first outlined in the globalist controlled Economist magazine in 1988 in an article calling for the beginnings of a global currency in 2018. The article states that the U.S. economy and the role of the dollar as world reserve would have to be diminished, and that the IMF’s Special Drawing Rights basket could be used as a bridge to set up a single currency for all the world’s economies. This currency would of course be administered and controlled by the banking elites at the IMF. Since 2009, China’s central bank has called for the SDR to become a “super-sovereign reserve currency,” in other words, a global currency system. In 2017, the vice governor of China’s central bank stated that central banks should increase their use of the SDR as a unit of account and that greater SDR liquidity should be encouraged. In 2015, China’s central bank suggested that the SDR system should “go digital,” creating a digital version of the reserve so that it could spread quickly. It should come as no surprise that the IMF is in full agreement with this plan and has even suggested in recent articles on its website that cryptocurrencies and blockchain technology are the future evolution of the monetary system. Notorious globalist George Soros revealed a few darker details of what the IMF calls the “global economic reset” in an interview in 2009; these details included a diminished American economy, a diminished dollar and for China to become a new economic engine for the world. Finally, China has clearly been prepping for a considerable crisis in the dollar or in the world’s economic stability as shown in its sudden and aggressive stockpiling of gold reserves the past decade. Only recently surpassed by Russia in purchases, China is one of the most aggressive national buyers of gold. An expanding gold stockpile would be an effective hedge against a collapsing dollar market. If the dollar loses its world reserve status, nations like China and Russia are placed well to mitigate the damages. Considering the fact that the IMF officially holds around 3,000 tons of gold, the globalists are also well placed for a dollar crash. It would appear that China has been included at many levels in the plan for the global reset. All of the previously mentioned actions suggest foreknowledge of a dramatic shift in the dollar model. The trade war itself provides perfect cover for the economic reset, as I have been warning in my latest articles. China would play an important role in the reset, as they have the ability to dump U.S. Treasuries and the dollar as world reserve, causing a chain reaction through global markets as their trading partners follow along in a domino chain. They will likely do this quietly (as Russia recently did), in order to pawn off their T-bond holdings before news of a Treasury dump hits the mainstream. The primary beneficiaries of this act will be the globalists, while China has placed itself to survive (not necessarily to thrive) during the chaos. The same cannot necessarily be said for the U.S., which suffers from the Achilles Heel of total dependency on the dollar’s primacy. 

:: 7-12-18 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Migrants’ repay Italian rescuers by threatening to decapitate them

Posted on July 12, 2018 by Dr. Eowyn | 44 Comments

No good deed goes unpunished. A private Italian ship answered a distress call and rescued 67 “migrants” off the coast of Libya. But when the ship tried to hand over the “migrants” to the Libyan coast guard, the “migrants” threatened to decapitate the ship’s crew. Alice Cudder reports for EuroNews that on July 8, 2018, an Italian oil rig supply ship Vos Thalassa, owned by international shipping company Vroon, responded to a distress call off the Libyan coast by taking 67 migrants, including six children, onboard. According to an account by Vroon, when the vessel turned to meet with the Libyan coast guard to transfer the migrants, the migrants “started to threaten the crew, surrounding and pushing them and making ‘cut your throat’ gestures. Because of these threats the vessel returned to its position and reported this situation to the MRCC [Maritime Rescue Coordination Centre] in Rome.” The “migrants” were handed over to the Italian coast guard the next evening. The shipping company said being “severely outnumbered on board a merchant vessel by an angry crowd that has very little to lose is very frightening. We are very proud of the professionalism of our crew in these very challenging circumstances.” The Italian coast guard echoed the merchant vessel’s account in a statement to EuroNews, saying the commander of the ship “reported a situation of serious danger for the security of the ship and its crew… caused by attitudes threatening the crew by some migrants”. Italy’s Transport Minister Danilo Toninelli said on Twitter that he was proud of the Italian coast guard for taking the migrants “who were endangering the life of the Italian cruiser Vos Thalassa. Now onwards with investigations to punish troublemakers.” News of the incident comes as Italy continues to clamp down on migrant arrivals. In a recent interview with an Italian radio station, Interior Minister Matteo Salvini said the country’s ports would “be closed all summer” to NGOs transporting migrants and that the ban would include “the furnishing of fuel” to their vessels. Last month, Libya, with the backing of Italy and the European Union, quietly took ownership of a large area of the sea migrant route into Europe for search and rescue operations, in a move critics argue will block asylum seekers from reaching safety. Prior to the change, there was no official search and rescue zone in the area, with the coordination of responses to migrant crises there typically falling to Italy. More than 640,000 “migrants” have landed on Italian shores since 2014, but numbers have fallen dramatically in the past year, with around 17,000 people arriving so far in 2018. 

:: 7-11-18 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Germany’s Angela Merkel’s Response To Muslim Migrant That Beheaded Baby: Muzzle The Media

The Washington Standard / July 11, 2018 /

It happened back in April, although it was reported only in the German media; apparently, the English-language media didn’t find it newsworthy that a Muslim migrant beheaded his one-year-old daughter on a Hamburg train platform. But the sheer horror of this incident has been compounded now by Angela Merkel’s government, which has reportedly banned further reporting on the incident. Anything to keep as many Germans as possible ignorant and complacent regarding just how devastating the Muslim migrant influx into Germany really is.According to eyewitnesses,” says one news report on this incident, “the 33-year-old suspect, Mourtala Madou, beheaded his one-year-old daughter in front of a horrified crowd of commuters at Jungfernstieg station on Thursday, April 12, and then stabbed his German girlfriend, the mother of the child. The suspect allegedly stabbed the infant from behind, while she was sitting in her stroller, and then severed her neck. He then allegedly stabbed his girlfriend in the chest before fleeing the scene, dumping the murder weapon in a train station trash can. He was later arrested…. Eyewitnesses can be heard saying that the suspect cut the babies [sic]head off.” Police spokesman Timo Zill said the murders were “very targeted”; eyewitnesses described them as an “honor killing.” In beheading the baby, Madou also utilized a form of killing especially favored by Islamic jihadis, heeding the Qur’anic injunction, “When you meet the unbelievers, strike the necks” (47:4). In response, the Merkel government did not open an investigation of honor killing, or of Muslim migrant crime. It did not commission a study of Islamic theology and culture, and the effects of importing a large number of people from a culture of violence into Germany. Instead, “German media has been allowed by the government to report on the murder of the mother, but Angela Merkel’s pro-migrant government banned German media outlets from reporting on the decapitated baby. Germany’s largest newspaper, Bild, reported on the death of the mother of four, without mentioning the details regarding the barbaric murder of her child.” Why the gag order? Clearly, the Merkel government, facing a strong challenge from the Alliance for Germany, which opposes its suicidal policies regarding the mass Muslim migrant influx, wants to tamp down dissent. The fewer Germans know just how devastating this influx has been, the better. How has it come to this, that the German government has to resort to silencing the press in order to prevent the full magnitude of its failure from being known? At this point, there are only two choices: either Angela Merkel is a socialist internationalist who is hell-bent on destroying the very concept of the nation-state, as well as that of ethnicity itself, by flooding her nation and the rest of Europe with Muslim migrants, many of whom are violent and some of whom are jihadis, or she is irremediably stupid, stupid to the point of requiring institutionalization, and really believes all the fluff and nonsense about “diversity” and “multiculturalism” that the international Left has regaled us with for so many years now. Either way, the result is disaster for Germany, Europe, and the world as a whole. If the only way Merkel can stay in power now is to keep the German people ignorant of the actual effect of the policies she has so indefatigably pursued, and that ignorance is enforced by a media blackout, she is risking bringing Germany’s short life as a free society to an end, and bringing back the authoritarianism so favored by some of her predecessors, such as Adolf Hitler. If Germany ceases to exist as a free society, and Britain (which is also teetering on the brink) follows suit, the effect will be catastrophic for other free nations around the world. Merkel is flirting with doing nothing less than plunging the world into a new Dark Ages. If she had even a modicum of regard for the German people she has sworn to protect and defend, she would acknowledge that her migrant program has been an appalling mistake, and resign. But that is not going to happen. Instead, what lies ahead for Germany is more incidents such as the one that happened in April on that train platform in Hamburg, along with increased civil strife, more jihad terror attacks, more bloodshed, more societal instability, and worse. Future generations of free Germans will curse the name of Angela Merkel. But if she gets her way, there won’t be any. Article posted with permission from Robert Spencer 

:: 7-11-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Remember! In 1988, Globalist Mouthpiece Predicted A Global Currency By 2018 And Warned Implementing The New System Would Unleash Massive Chaos And Civil Unrest

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die July 11, 2018

In this new story from Brandon Smith over at titled "Globalists Are Telling Us Exactly What Disasters They're Planning For The Economy", Smith warns that while President Trump is busy trying to 'make America great again', the 'globalists' who long ago 'hijacked' America still have very real concrete plans to complete the centralization of economic and political power into the hands of a select few people around the world. As Smith reports, at the core of globalism "is the desire for total power, built upon full blown narcissism and sociopathy leading to naive notions that godhood, for them, is attainable" and as we've previously reported on ANP, with artificial intelligence combined with 'transhumanism', many globalists really do believe they'll live forever. And as Smith also points out in his story, having obtained the money and power which they've already obtained, the globalists are absolutely in the position to trigger 'economic travesty' and history has proven they like to reveal their plans to the world before they're fully implemented an in fact, did so back in 1988. First, an excerpt from Smith's story: Make no mistake, the globalists have concrete plans, some of them simple, some of them rather elaborate. But who are the “globalists”? There’s really no secret to it: ANY person or institution that promotes the philosophy of global centralization of economic or political power into the hands of a select few is probably globalist. There is no specific nationality, ethnic group or religious group that makes up the globalist hierarchy. They come from every part of the world and from every conceivable background. They have their private clubs like the Bilderberg Group and the Bohemian Club. They also have their own institutional frameworks, like the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, the Tavistock Institute, the International Monetary Fund, the Bank for International Settlements, etc. But, these are all distractions and misdirections. Now, one might assume these globalists would never restrain themselves with such a thing as “rules of etiquette”; that chaos is their sole strategy. However, this is not entirely accurate. From my observations, it appears that they do follow some rules. One of those rules seems to be this: For whatever reason, they willingly and openly volunteer their plans or reveal future outcomes to the public for consumption before they implement those plans or trigger those outcomes. Smith then points out that we're now witnessing such a 'revealing' if we pay close attention. Warning us that central banks in Russia and China that are stockpiling gold in record numbers is another sign of what is about to happen, Smith tells us we'd be very wise to pay attention and prepare with the very same despots that have the ability to cause an economic collapse hinting to us that a collapse is about to happen. Once again, from the Alt-Market story: Is it not convenient for the globalists that their predictions of crisis fail to mention that the central banks which they control are facilitating the very conditions by which a crash can occur? You see, globalists are perfectly happy to tell you in advance what is about to happen, but they are never going to tell you truth about WHY it happened. It is likely that on top of the reasons already discussed, these elitists happily admit to their schemes because they think there is nothing anyone can do about them anyway. While preventing an economic disaster is impossible at this stage, it is not true that nothing can be done about the outcome. As always, the primary solution is to not be dependent on the system, and if globalists try to make you dependent, then you should be prepared to get rid of them. Decentralized economies based on localism first are the answer. If globalists want to deny us the means of production, then we should learn how to produce and manufacture necessary goods ourselves. If globalists want us to depend on their international supply chains for resources, then we should develop our own supply chains and our own resource base at the local level. In terms of financial protection, the answer is also clear – central banks in nations like China and Russia are stockpiling precious metals at an unprecedented rate. Here again, globalist institutions controlled by the BIS are telling us exactly what is about to happen. With the US slated to enter a steep decline, and stagflationary dangers looming, major players are moving into gold and to some extent silver. It only makes sense that the common man, while he is still able, place a percentage of his savings into these commodities as well. With tangible commodities in hand, backed by the stability of localized trade, any community could weather the storm of a fiscal downturn. Without these things, survival is far less certain. The very despots that have the ability to cause a collapse are telling us a collapse is about to happen. It is time to take the matter seriously, and prepare accordingly. As we reported on ANP exactly one year ago on July 11th of 2017, all the way back in 1988, globalist mouthpiece The Economist predicted that a global world currency would rise out of the ashes of a collapsed system by 2018. As we reported then, it doesn't take a rocket scientist to see that they are steering this all into this direction and as we warned in that story, the Economist story had predicted that when the 'old system' was being phased out and the 'new system' was being implemented, there would be great disruptions all around the world including chaos and civil unrest. And while the economy and jobs numbers in America continue to thrive, as Zero Hedge reported in this recent story, according to derivatives trading legend Harley Bassman, "an iceberg is dead ahead". Even President Trump once warned that the globalists might try to bring down the economy on his watch and while they've so far been unable to accomplish that task as doing so would also trigger a tsunami of death and destruction all across the entire planet, Bassman claims most people aren't paying attention to the signs all around them. From the Zero Hedge story: While we are now quite familiar with Trump's negotiating style of 'bluster and retreat', it is quite possible that foreign leaders may actually take him seriously. Thus, similar to how WW1 was the unintended conflict, a global trade war could be the unfortunate result of clashing egos which will accelerate the risk calendar. The signal that an iceberg is ahead is NOT that the FED is jamming the Yield Curve flatter, but rather that long-term interest rates have declined by 30bps through the most recent FED hike; and that this is occurring despite massively expanding supply thanks to Quantitative Tightening (QT) and the Tax Package. Market pundits like to say: "They don't ring a bell at the top". My retort is that they do, you are just not listening. And sadly, when most Americans ARE listening, they're listening to the lies of the mainstream media. With 'the masses' here in America being wound up to a fever pitch by both the mainstream Democratic party and the mainstream media over 'anything Trump', imagine what might happen should suddenly and without warning, the globalists bring down the economy on President Trump's watch and attempt to implement their 'new system'. As Daisy Luther the Organic Prepper reported in this new story, over the last several days alone, all hell has broken loose in several different locations across the planet and if we pay close attention to what is happening in places such as Porland, Oregon, Haiti, France and elsewhere, we can learn some very valuable lessons. Warning us that 'peaceful protests' can turn violent within a moment's notice and those who aren't prepared and paying attention to what's happening around them could easily turn into a victim, we'll close this ANP story with these excellent words of advice from Luther at a time when division and hatred seem to be all around us: What can we learn from all this? I’m all for protesting and demonstrating against things that are unjust. The right to peaceful protest is written right into the American constitution. But what we can all learn from this is how quickly something that starts out as a peaceful protest can be disrupted and turned into a violent riot. It can happen anywhere, at any time, and if you are unfortunate enough to be nearby, it can be a life-threatening emergency in some cases. Here are the things to remember: Learn to watch the signs and foresee when violence is about to erupt so you can get yourself and your family safely away. Make a plan to keep your family safe during times of civil unrest if it should occur near your home. (This article can help.) Avoid situations that are likely to become violent. Remember that fire is one of the most common weapons used in a riot. If you are traveling when violence erupts, plan to hunker down. Contact the American Embassy for help. DO NOT go to the airport unless you know for sure your flight is definitely taking off. Remember that the police and military may be every bit as violent as the crowd and will not have time to differentiate between you and a protester. If you’re caught in a crowd, move diagonally to get yourself out of the masses. Hold on to children so that you do not get separated. The best thing you can do is avoid trouble. The second best thing you can do is know how to handle it if trouble comes to you. And while we'll continue to pray for peace and a return to sanity in America, with many on the left quite literally descending into madness over President Trump, we hope that everybody is prepared for what we pray never arrives on our shores. 

:: 7-11-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A step closer to a colony on Mars? Method of making oxygen from water in zero gravity raises hopes for long-distance space travel

Oxygen can be produced from water, which is made of hydrogen and oxygen

In order to sustain life on long space missions, producing oxygen is essential

Researchers have now found a way to produce oxygen in microgravity

This could allow for much longer space missions to Mars and beyond

By Charles Dunnill For The Conversation Published: 08:22 EDT, 11 July 2018 | Updated: 08:24 EDT, 11 July 2018

Ambitious plans to travel to Mars and some day form a colony on the red planet may have come a step closer to reality. Researchers from California Institute of Technology recently published research showing a way to turn water into oxygen and hydrogen in space. Both of these elements are essential for long-term space exploration, and could pave the way for future colonies, as well as allowing humans to venture further into the universe than ever before. In an article for The Conversation, Dr Charles Dunnill, senior lecturer in Energy at Swansea University, explains how important this discovery could be for human survival as we continue to outgrow our own planet. Space agencies and private companies already have advanced plans to send humans to Mars in the next few years – ultimately colonising it. And with a growing number of discoveries of Earth-like planets around nearby stars, long-distance space travel has never seemed more exciting. However, it isn't easy for humans to survive in space for sustained periods of time. One of the main challenges with long-distance space flight is transporting enough oxygen for astronauts to breathe and enough fuel to power complex electronics. Sadly, there's only little oxygen available in space and the great distances make it hard to do quick refills. But now a new study, published in Nature Communications, shows that it is possible to produce hydrogen (for fuel) and oxygen (for life) from water alone using a semiconductor material and sunlight (or star light) in zero gravity – making sustained space travel a real possibility. Using the unbounded resource of the sun to power our everyday life is one of the biggest challenges on Earth. As we are slowly moving away from oil towards renewable sources of energy, researchers are interested in the possibility of using hydrogen as fuel. The best way to do this would be by splitting water (H2O) into its constituents: hydrogen and oxygen. This is possible using a process known as electrolysis, which involves running a current through a water sample containing some soluble electrolyte. This breaks down the water into oxygen and hydrogen, which are released separately at the two electrodes. While this method is technically possible, it has yet to become readily available on Earth as we need more hydrogen related infrastructure, such as hydrogen refilling stations, to scale it up. Sun power Hydrogen and oxygen produced in this way from water could also be used as fuel on a spacecraft. Launching a rocket with water would in fact be a lot safer than launching it with additional rocket fuel and oxygen on board, which can be explosive. Once in space, special technology could split the water into hydrogen and oxygen which in turn could be used to sustain life or to power electronics via fuel cells. There are two options for doing this. One involves electrolysis as we do on Earth, using electrolytes and solar cells to capture sunlight and convert this into a current. The alternative is to use 'photo catalysts', which work by absorbing light particles – photons – into a semiconductor material inserted into the water. The energy of a photon gets absorbed by an electron in the material which then jumps, leaving behind a hole. The free electron can react with protons (which make up the atomic nucleus along with neutrons) in water to form hydrogen. Meanwhile, the hole can absorb electrons from water to form protons and oxygen. The process can also be reversed. Hydrogen and oxygen can be brought together or 'recombined' using a fuel cell returning the solar energy taken in by the 'photocatalysis' – energy which can be used to power electronics. Recombination forms only water as a product – meaning the water can also be recycled. This is key to long-distance space travel. The process using photo catalysts is the best option for space travel as the equipment weighs much less than the one needed for electrolysis. In theory, it should work easily. This is partly because the intensity of the sunlight is far higher without the Earth's atmosphere absorbing large amounts on its way through to the surface. HOW CAN OXYGEN BE CREATED FROM WATER? Water is made of two elements: hydrogen and oxygen. These are bonded together and can often be manipulated in chemical reactions. Water is added to many different processes, in a process called hydrolysis - the addition of water. Electrolysis is a similar process, which involves the addition of an electrical current through a water sample that contains a soluble material, known as an electrolyte. This process then provides energy to the water molecules, and with enough applied energy, the bonds that keep the oxygen joined to the hydrogen can be broken. This is often done in a school laboratory by placing two electrodes (or a battery) in a small flask of impure water, applying a current and capturing the gas created. This gas is then lit with a match and produces a squeaky pop, a telltale sign of hydrogen being present. This has yet to be scaled up on Earth, with the infrastructure yet to be established. Another way is to use a catalyst which work by absorbing light particles – photons – into a semiconductor material inserted into water. The energy of a photon gets absorbed by an electron in the material which then jumps, leaving behind a hole. The free electron can react with protons (which make up the atomic nucleus along with neutrons) in water to form hydrogen. Meanwhile, the hole can absorb electrons from water to form protons and oxygen. The process can also be reversed. Hydrogen and oxygen can be brought together or 'recombined' using a fuel cell returning the solar energy taken in by the 'photocatalysis' – energy which can be used to power electronics. Recombination forms only water as a product – meaning the water can also be recycled. Bubble management In the new study, the researchers dropped the full experimental set up for photocatalysis down a 400 foot (120 metre) drop tower, creating an environment similar to microgravity. As objects accelerate towards Earth in free fall, the effect of gravity diminishes as forces exerted by gravity are cancelled out by equal and opposite forces due to the acceleration. This is opposite to the G forces experienced by astronauts and fighter pilots as they accelerate in their aircraft. The researchers managed to show that it is indeed possible to split water in this environment. However, as water is split to create gas, bubbles form. Getting rid of bubbles from the the catalyst material once formed is important – bubbles hinder the process of creating gas. On Earth, gravity makes the bubbles automatically float to the surface (the water near the surface is denser than the bubbles, which makes them buyonant) – freeing the space on the catalyst for the next bubble to be produced. In zero gravity this is not possible and the bubble will remain on or near the catalyst. However, the scientists adjusted the shape of nanoscale features in the catalyst by creating pyramid-shaped zones where the bubble could easily disengage from the tip and float off into the medium. But one problem remains. In the absence of gravity, the bubbles will remain in the liquid – even though they have been forced away from the catalyst itself. Gravity allows for the gases to easily escape from the liquid, which is critical for using the pure hydrogen and oxygen. Without the presence of gravity, no gas bubbles float to the surface and separate from the mixture – instead all the gas remains to create a foam. This reduces the efficiency of the process dramatically by blocking the catalysts or electrodes. Engineering solutions around this problem will be key to successfully implementing technology in space – with one possibility being using centrifugal forces from rotation of a spacecraft to separate the gases from the solution. Nevertheless, thanks to this new study we are a step closer to long-duration human spaceflight. 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 7-9-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mesmerising maps reveal record-breaking temperatures across the world as the Earth experiences 'one of the most intense heat events ever seen'

Meteorologist Nick Humphrey has expressed concern over high temperatures in Northern Siberia

The Laptev Sea and Eastern Siberian Sea have received a 'true roasting' melting ice covering the Arctic Ocean

This ice serves as an insulator and stops the flow of thermal energy from the water's into the atmosphere

Experts fear this effect, known as Arctic Amplification, is causing extreme weather patterns across the planet

Weakening of the polar jet stream can lead to severe weather like the Beast from the East that buffeted Britain

By Tim Collins For Mailonline Published: 10:43 EDT, 9 July 2018 | Updated: 14:11 EDT, 9 July 2018

Fascinating maps have revealed the true scale of 'one of the most intense heat events ever seen' on Earth. The maps show how cities across the Northern Hemisphere witnessed extreme temperatures in the past week, with records breaking in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and Western Asia. Nebraska-based meteorologist Nick Humphrey, who runs the 'Ocean's Wrath' blog, said the extreme spell of hot weather shown in the maps amounted to 'a true roasting'. 'It is absolutely incredible and really one of the most intense heat events I've ever seen for so far north,' he said. Humphrey made the comments after analysing weather data from the University of Maine's Climate Reanalyzer maps - and he believes the high temperatures show no signs of subsiding. Climate Reanalyzer is a platform developed by the University of Maine and the National Science Foundation to visualise the global climate. It provides 10-day forecasts across the world as well as maps that link to old station data. The latest maps simulate the maximum temperatures last week showing temperatures measured at two metres above the ground. Temperature records worldwide were shattered by an unusual global heatwave in recent weeks. Stifling heat cracked roads and buckled roofs across Britain, as Motherwell hit the highest temperature ever recorded in Scotland at 91.8°F (33.2°C). The previous record was 91.2°F (32.9°C) set in August 2003 at Greycrook. Glasgow had its hottest day on record, hitting 89.4°F (31.9°C). This exceeded a previous peak of previous peak of 87.9°F (31.1°C), recorded in 1950. In Ireland, on June 28 Belfast also reached a record high, as it hit 85.1°F (29.5°C). Shannon also hit its own record at 89.6°F (32°C). In Northern Ireland, Castlederg hit 86.2°F (30.1°C) on June 29, its record highest. These are the hottest temperatures recorded on the island since 1976. In Canada, Montreal smashed its previous record for the hottest temperature, as readings showed 97.9 °F (36.6°C). Ottawa posted its most extreme combination of heat and humidity on July 1. Meanwhile in the US, Denver, the Colorado state capital, tied its all-time high-temperature record of 105°F (40°C) on June 28 Burlington, in Vermont, set its all-time warmest low temperature ever, recording a low of 80°F (27°C) within the 24 hour period on July 2. Whilst the islands in Western Europe smouldered in its own heatwave, Eurasia was baking as well. Yerevan, in the previously Soviet state of Armenia, saw temperatures soar to 107.6°F (42°C). Russia, the host country of the World Cup this year, is also in the midst of a heatwave and several spots across the south of the world's largest country either matched or exceeded their warmest June temperatures. In the Middle-Eastern nation of Oman, the lowest temperature for 24 hours on June 28 was 108.7°F (42.6°C) in the coastal city of Quriyat's. These fantastical numbers come just months after Pakistan posted the hottest temperature ever seen on Earth. Humphrey expressed his concerns over high temperatures at two specific location in Northern Siberia, along the coast of the Arctic Ocean. Computer model analyses showed that temperatures soared 20°C (40°F) above normal on July 5, to over 30°C (90°F), what he describes as a 'true roasting' for this area. He predicts that events will cause maximum daily temperatures as high as 32 to 35°C (90 to 95°F) at the Laptev Sea and Eastern Siberian Sea later this week. Writing in his blog, he said: 'I've looked over the European model and there appears to be general agreement over the intensity and timing of this extreme event.' Temperature records worldwide were shattered by an unusual global heatwave in late June and early July 2018. Stifling heat cracked roads and buckled roofs across Britain, as Motherwell hit the highest temperature ever recorded in Scotland at 91.8°F (33.2°C). The previous record was 91.2°F (32.9°C) set in August 2003 at Greycrook. Glasgow had its hottest day on record, hitting 89.4°F (31.9°C). In Ireland, on June 28 Belfast also reached a record high, as it hit 85.1°F (29.5°C). Shannon also hit its own record at 89.6°F (32°C). In Northern Ireland, Castlederg hit 86.2°F (30.1°C) on June 29, its record highest. In Canada, Montreal smashed its previous record for the hottest temperature, as readings showed 97.9 °F (36.6°C) Ottawa posted its most extreme combination of heat and humidity on July 1. Meanwhile in the US, Denver, the Colorado state capital, tied its all-time high-temperature record of 105°F (40°C) on June 28 Burlington, in Vermont, set its all-time warmest low temperature ever, recording a low of 80°F (27°C) within the 24 hour period on July 2 Whilst the islands in Western Europe smouldered in its own heatwave, Eurasia was baking as well. Yerevan, in the previously Soviet state of Armenia, saw temperatures soar to 107.6°F (42°C). Russia, the host country of the World Cup this year, is also in the midst of a heatwave and several spots across the south of the world's largest country either matched or exceeded their warmest June temperatures. In the Middle-Eastern nation of Oman, the lowest temperature for 24 hours on June 28 was 108.7°F (42.6°C) in the coastal city of Quriyat's. These fantastical numbers come just months after Pakistan posted the hottest temperature ever seen on Earth. As well as the intense daytime heat, Mr Humphrey says computer models indicate high nighttime temperatures at sea of around 15 to 20°C (60°F), with 21 to 26°C (70°F) inland. During the day, strong offshore wind blowing hot air offshore out to sea capable of heating waters and destroying more and more sea ice, he added. Climate change has sent temperatures skyrocketing in the far north of the planet over just the past 20 years. That's been reflected in the rapid rise in wintertime temperatures, but it's increasingly being reflected in summertime temperatures as well. As a result, more and more sea ice disappears earlier in the season, leaving more dark blue ocean to absorb more daytime sunlight. This heating of the ocean surface by low albedo - surface very low reflectivity so that little sunlight is reflected back off into space - causes some heat to be released back to the atmosphere above, speeding up warming of the Arctic region. This is known as Arctic Amplification. Experts including Dr Jennifer Francis, a research professor at the Institute of Marine and Coastal Sciences at Rutgers University, and others claim that Arctic Amplification is causing an abrupt weakening of the polar jet stream. Jet streams are fast flowing, narrow currents of air that carry warm and cold air across the planet, much like the currents of a river. They cover thousands of miles as they meander near the tropopause layer of our atmosphere. The strongest jet streams are the polar jets, found 30,000 to 39,000 ft (5.7 to 7.4 miles/ 9 to 12 km) above sea level at the north and south pole. The weakening is causing the polar jet to become much wavier, with greater wave 'breaks' and blocking patterns where waves sit in the same place for weeks promote extreme weather patterns. That includes extreme cold relative to normal as well as extreme heat, very wet, and drought conditions. It can also lead to severe conditions like those that hit Britain in February and March, dubbed the Beast from the East. In addition to the immediate impact on sea ice, there is also the impact on permafrost, Mr Humphrey warns. An increase in these kind of intense heat events hitting the Arctic at the height of summer will result in more rapid destruction of land permafrost, he claims. This will lead to even further heating of the shallow waters just offshore where sub-sea permafrost is located. This will allowed for increasingly more carbon dioxide and methane to be released into the atmosphere, speeding up global warming and resulting in ever faster. climate change. HOW DO RISING TEMPERATURES IN THE ARCTIC CREATE COLD WEATHER IN EUROPE? As long ago as 1973, a study suggested that an ice-free Arctic Ocean could make regions further south colder. That 'warm Arctic, cold continent' (WACC) pattern is sometimes dubbed 'wacc-y' or 'wacky' among climate scientists. When unusually warm air enters the region, it melts ice covering the waters of the Arctic Ocean. This ice normally serves as an insulator, stopping the flow of thermal energy from the water’s surface into the atmosphere. Without the ice in place, the oceans can transfer a huge amount of this energy into the air above. This in turn increases air temperatures and this warm air rises up into the upper atmosphere, where it reaches the jet stream. Jet streams are fast flowing, narrow currents of air that carry warm and cold air across the planet, much like the currents of a river. They cover thousands of miles as they meander near the tropopause layer of our atmosphere. The strongest jet streams are the polar jets, found 30,000 to 39,000 ft (5.7 to 7.4 miles/ 9 to 12 km) above sea level at the north and south pole. In the case of the Arctic polar jet this fast moving band of air sits between the cold Arctic air to the north and the warm, tropical air to the south. When uneven masses of hot and cold meet, the resulting pressure difference causes winds to form. During winter, the jet stream tends to be at its strongest because of the marked temperature contrast between the warm and cold air. The bigger the temperature difference between the Arctic and tropical air mass, the stronger the winds of the jet stream become. The Arctic polar jet, which can reach speeds of up 200mph (320kph), flows over the middle to northern latitudes of North America, Europe, and Asia and their intervening oceans. It moves from East to West, although its exact route varies and can be affected by various factors. With the ice melt in the Arctic and the introduction of warmer air, the route of the jet stream becomes wavier and more erratic. That means that the colder air it carries from the Arctic can penetrate further south and warmer airs from the tropics is carried further north. If the jet stream’s meander buckles south of the UK, it attracts cold air from the Arctic. Conversely when it swings north, it sucks warm air from the tropics. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::   ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 7-11-18 JOL Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top Iranian General: Forces in Syria ‘Awaiting Orders’ to Destroy Israel

Hossein Salami says Tehran also 'creating might in Lebanon to fight our enemy from there with all our strength' and eradicate 'evil Zionist regime'

Jul 11, 2018, 3:02PM Lior Sharon

In a recent speech, the deputy commander of Iran’s Revolutionary Guards (IRGC) boasted that the “Islamic army in Syria” in the Golan Heights was awaiting orders to eradicate the “evil regime” of Israel. He also said the Tehran-backed Hezbollah terror group had 100,000 missiles aimed at Israel. “We are creating might in Lebanon because we want to fight our enemy from there with all our strength,” he stated. “Hezbollah today has tremendous might on the ground that can on its own break the Zionist regime. The Zionist regime has no strategic-defensive depth.” In the speech for the anti-Israel al-Quds Day in June, translated by the Middle East Media Research Institute (MEMRI), Hossein Salami said that the dangers Israel faces today are greater than at any time in history. “Today an international Islamic army has been formed in Syria, and the voices of the Muslims are heard near the Golan,” he said. “Orders are awaited, so that… the eradication of the evil regime [Israel] will land and the life of this regime will be ended for good The life of the Zionist regime was never in danger as it is now.” Salami stressed that “the Zionist regime constitutes a threat… to the entire Islamic world. That is the philosophy of the establishment of this regime.” He praised Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, who led the 1979 Iranian revolution, for making the destruction of Israel a goal of the regime. Khomeini “spread the rationale of eradicating Israel as a new notion in the world’s political discourse,” Salami said. “Since then, the Zionist regime is fearful, delusional, and worried.” Israel has for years warned of Iran’s ongoing attempts to entrench itself in Syria, and has been waging a quiet campaign to prevent Tehran from establishing a new front on its border. That campaign came into the light and shifted into more open conflict in February, when an Iranian drone carrying explosives briefly entered Israeli airspace, before it was shot down. In response Israel launched a counterattack on an air base in Syria, hitting the mobile command center from which the drone had been piloted and killing at least seven members of the IRGC. Tehran vowed revenge after the T-4 army base strike. On May 10, the IRGC’s al-Quds Force launched 32 rockets at Israel’s forward defensive line on the Golan Heights border. Four of them were shot down; the rest fell short of Israeli territory. In response, over the next two hours, Israeli jets fired dozens of missiles at Iranian targets in Syria and destroyed a number of Syrian air defense systems. The operation was widely seen as a success in Israel. But Salami boasted of Iran’s success in launching the rockets, claiming the barrage silenced Israel. “When the Zionists bombed the T-4 base in Syria and killed some young men, they thought that they would get no reaction. They thought that America’s and England’s support could frighten the resistance front. They thought that no one would respond,” Salami said. “But the response came in the Golan, and dozens of missiles were fired, along with the message ‘If you respond, we will flatten the heart of Tel Aviv into dust.’ They were silent, and did nothing further.” Iran has been accused by Israel, the Trump administration, Saudi Arabia and other Middle East countries of supporting terrorism and instability in the region. Salami blamed Israel for all the Middle East’s troubles. “All the problems of the Islamic world stem from the existence of the false, counterfeit, historically rootless, and identity-less regime named Israel,” he said. For the full article - click here 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 7-10-18 Jihad Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Italian bishop says he’s ready to “turn all the churches into mosques” to aid the cause of mass Muslim migration

Jul 10, 2018 4:23 pm By Robert Spencer

Monsignor Raffaele Nogaro, bishop emeritus of Caserta, says he is ready to “turn all the churches into mosques if it were useful to the cause and if it allowed us to save the lives of men and women.” And so the Catholic Church continues on its path of aiding and abetting Europe’s civilizational and cultural suicide — not unwittingly, but with its eyes open. As I show in my book The History of Jihad From Muhammad to ISIS, the Catholic Church was once one of the foremost bulwarks of defense in the jihad against Europe. But those days are long gone, to the degree that those who call attention to the fact that Europe faces a resurgence today of the same threat that it faced for centuries are ruthlessly harassed and silenced by Catholic authorities. History will judge today’s Catholic prelates quite harshly. “Leave them; they are blind guides. And if a blind man leads a blind man, both will fall into a pit.” (Matthew 15:14) “Migrants, priests challenge Salvini: fasting and protests against him,” translated from “Migranti, i preti sfidano Salvini: digiuno e presidio contro di lui,” by Sergio Rame, Il Giornale, July 10, 2018 (thanks to Ralph): Street priests, nuns and missionaries in the square against Salvini: “Solidarity with migrants.” Ten days of fasting and protests between the Vatican and Montecitorio. All against Matteo Salvini. Not just the left and the radical chic. Now the “red” priests, those commonly called “on the street,” the missionaries and the nuns, go down into the square. To express their dissent, as had been announced by Giornale it in the past few hours, they organized a sort of “relay fast.” For ten days they will take to the streets against the migrant policies of the Northern League minister, beginning today at noon on the dot, with “a day of fasting of justice in solidarity with the migrants” in front of St. Peter’s Basilica. Then, for another ten days, they will be in the same site in front of Montecitorio, where they will hold a permanent protest. The supporters of the appeal are all men of the Church. We went to Father Alex Zanotelli, who signed on behalf of the Comboni Missionaries, to Monsignor Raffaele Nogaro, bishop emeritus of Caserta, to Fr Alessandro Santoro, who signed on behalf of the Community of the Piagge of Florence, to Sister Rita Giaretta of the Casa Ruth of Caserta. Recalling when Pope Francis challenged the restrictive policies of “Fortress Europe” during the Mass celebrated in Lampedusa for the 33 thousand immigrants who died in the Mediterranean Sea, the organizers asked: “Have you ever cried when you saw a boat of migrants sink?” Then, referring also to Cardinal Gianfranco Ravasi who, during the arm-wrestling between Salvini and the Aquarius ship, quoted the Gospel on Twitter: “I was a foreigner and you did not welcome me.” “The choices of the government are incompatible with the Gospel and with the Constitution,” explained Fr Alessandro Santoro, of the community of the Piagge of Florence, to Fatto Quotidiano: “we defend the principle of humanity with the weapons we have: our bodies.” To today’s protest in St. Peter’s Square (watch the video) very few people showed up. And the protest of the street priests has fallen on deaf ears. But the protesters will go on to protest against Salvini again in the coming days. “We will continue in Montecitorio to testify with fasting against the migration policies of this government,” said Father Zanotelli. “We will continue to fast for another 10 days with a protest in front of Montecitorio from 8AM to 2PM.” “Have you ever cried when you saw a boat of migrants sink?”, asks the priest, adding that “the shipwreck of migrants, the poor, the desperate is also the shipwreck of Europe, and its ideals of being the homeland of human rights.” Next to Father Zanotelli, in San Pietro, there was also the cartoonist Vauro Senesi. The two read the words spoken in an interview by Monsignor Raffaele Nogaro, bishop emeritus of Caserta, in which he said he was ready to “turn all the churches into mosques if it were useful to the cause and if it allowed us to save the lives of men and women.” 

:: 7-11-18 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If the Left wins, humanity DIES: An urgent warning about what’s really at stake

Wednesday, July 11, 2018 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) The ideas of Leftists are rooted in such dangerous insanity that if liberals got what they are currently demanding, they would destroy human civilization. All of their key ideas are horrible failures. That’s because they’re rooted in delusional thinking rather than rationality and logic. The very fabric of modern human civilization would be torn apart of Leftists got the world they’re demanding. Sadly, they’re all too indoctrinated or insane to understand the consequences of their own demands, and that’s exactly why they must be defeated and stripped of power over the rest of us. Among their insane demands, you’ll find the following priorities: Abolish all border security, unleash an invasion wave of illegals to occupy and overthrow America. End the free market and seize all private businesses, creating a centrally-planned economy run entirely by the (incompetent) government. Close down all prisons, set all prisoners free across America, including violent murderers, rapists, child traffickers and more. Terminate all police, shut down police departments and let lawless chaos rule the streets of America, all in the name of “social justice.” These ideas are, of course, utterly and completely insane. But they now represent the dominant thinking of the Democrat party in America today, which no longer pretends to love America at all. In the latest episode of Counterthink, broadcast each Sunday at 6pm at, I reveal a long list of details about why liberals are actually waging a war against human civilization. Voting against Democrats is no longer merely an exercise in politics; it’s necessary to save our world from the very kind of destruction that deranged Leftists have already unleashed in Venezuela, San Francisco, Chicago, Cuba, North Korea and the former Soviet Union, among other examples. Watch and share everywhere. The full episode is now available at at this link: 

:: 7-11-18 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why The Democrats Want To Control The Supreme Court

Jul 12, 2018 Read More Articles by Dave Daubenmire

Secularization Without Representation

Do you really understand what the war for the Supreme Court is all about?

It isn’t about values, or women’s rights, or even about the rule of law. Nope, the battle for the Supreme Court is all about POWER !! “Who are you to tell me what I can do with my own body?” The hypocrisy of those on the LEFT is laughable. The only reason the minions on the LEFT want control of the Supreme Court is because they don’t want anyone telling them what they can do or think. That is their business…telling everyone else what to think. It is called political correctness. The LEFT’s entire power base lies in the US Court system where they have been able to ram through every piece of their un-American, anti-Christian agenda. Try as they might they are unable to convince the average American to agree with their diabolical agenda so they stack the courts and use judicial review as the cultural battering ram. And now, they have the stones to tell Brett Cavanaugh that he can have a place on the Supreme as long as he is willing to keep his deeply held religious values to himself. “It is ok for you to have personal beliefs but you better not let them impact what you rule when making decisions on the court! We control right and wrong,” shriek those on the left. “You have no right bringing your conservative religious values into your decision making process. That’s the job of atheists and secularists like Ruth Ginsburg, Stephen Breyer, Sonya Sotomayor, and Elena Kagan.” They call it “court precedence” or “stare decisis” which simply means that they have removed all morality by seizing control of the courts and establishing an anti-Christian Constitution for America. Our nation has been de-Christianized simply because a series of “terrorists in black robes” has decided to rule Jesus Christ and His precepts un-Constitutional. In a nation where over 70% of Americans self-identify as Christians don’t you find it somewhat prejudicial that a group of non-believers have been granted the right to tell believers what they are permitted to believe? I call this Secularization Without Representation. That’s what they are telling Brett Cavanaugh. “You can have a seat on The Court as long as you don’t try and bring your deeply held religious beliefs into the decision making process. We have already ruled “Christian beliefs” un-constitutional and don’t you dare try to come in and undue what we have worked so hard to implement.” The Left has pulled a coup on the American people. Article 1, Section 1 of the US Constitution states: All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. Courts cannot make laws…they are vested with the power to merely JUDGE the Constitutionality of the law. Roe v Wade is not a law…it is simply a court opinion. The Supreme Court did not legalize abortion…the simply told us it did. A court decision is fake law…the Founders called it “pretended legislation”…and carries no legislative authority. Follow me here. In 1947 Everson V Board of Education SCOTUS ruled that there was a “separation between the church and the state.” But no law was ever passed. No congress ever legislated it and no president ever signed it. Separation of the Church and State is “pretended legislation.” In 1961 Engel v Vitale SCOTUS ruled that prayer was illegal in American public schools. From our founding prayer was a part of the American culture but 6 unelected judges ruled it unconstitutional. No law, no Congressional discussion, no Presidential signature. “Pretended Legislation.” In 1963 in Abbington V Schempp the Court ruled that Bible reading in schools was un-constitutional despite nearly 180 years of having been permitted. No law was passed, no President signed a law, but the Court simply ruled it so. It was “pretended legislation.” Check out Stone v Graham which removed the 10 Commandments, Roe v Wade which “legalized” baby murder, Lawrence v Texas which decriminalized homosexual sodomy, and Obergefell v Hodges which “created” male and male marriage. All “pretended legislation.” No matter how hard you look you will not find one law, one Congressional debate, nor one Presidential signature “legalizing” any of the above “pretended legislation.” All of the power in the American government has been stolen from the duly elected legislature and the people who voted for them and granted to 9 unelected lawyers who have overthrown the basic foundations of the US Constitution. Even if Brett Cavanaugh is granted his seat on the SCOTUS he will do nothing to bring a balance to the SCOTUS that represents the views and values of the American people. Are you sitting down? Although nearly 50% of all American’s only Judge Gorsuch, a former Catholic who converted to the Episcopal Church is the only member of the “Protestant faith” currently sitting on the court. If Cavanaugh makes it he will join fellow Catholics Roberts, Alito, Thomas, (Kennedy and Scalia were Catholic as well) and mesh with Ginsburg, Kagan, Sotomayor, and Breyer (all Jewish). So, the makeup of the court will soon be 4 Catholics, 4 Jews, and 1 Protestant. Just curious…has anyone seen an Evangelical in Washington? In this age of tolerance and diversity how can it be possible that the largest religious group in America…Bible believing Christians…have NO REPRESNTATION on the highest court in the land? If there is no “religious test” for office in America why is nearly half of the nation not represented? No wonder America is in such a mess. All beliefs are valued in America…except Christianity. No wonder the Name of Jesus has been criminalized. It is time for the SCOTUS to look like America. Secularization Without Representation has destroyed this land. 

:: 7--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kavanaugh’s Nomination Must Be Defeated-He Supports Abortion, Obamacare and the Cover Up of Vince Foster’s Murder

BY Dave Hodges

President Trump has been on a winning streak. First, his jobs report for June was fantastic as 213,000 jobs were added to the nation’s employment. He pardoned the Hammonds, from the Bundy Ranch affair. In fact, I reminded someone that the President promised we’d be winning so much, that we would be tired of winning. I was preparing an analysis of how various minority groups were beginning to support Trump in much larger numbers. Both black and Hispanic support has more than doubled. Brandon Straka is leading a march for LGBT people to leave the Democratic Party. The Democrats continue to have money issues and the great, anticipated Blue Wave, has all but evaporated. Then disaster struck. This report is short, not-so sweet and very much to the point. In a quick sentence, Brett Kavanaugh is Deep State and he represents Deep State interests. I have no idea what Trump could have been thinking. And in a shining moment, I understand why my friends and coll eagues, such as Dr. Ted Broer, has decisively soured on Trump as a conservative president. Today I am leaning very much in that direction. The appointment of a Supreme Court judge is huge because this appointment will determine if the conservatives, or the mentally ill liberals will maintain a 5-4 majority decision on critical Constitutional issues. If Kavanaugh is confirmed, then Supreme Court will have been taken over by liberals. Judge Kavanaugh-A Disaster I confess I did not know a lot about Kavanaugh and was gratified that the Democrats were caught pre-fabricating their signs of protest against Kavanaugh. This shows one how truly stupid liberals are because Trump just nominated one of them. Trump’s nominee judicial record immediately jumped out at me. First, he ruled she that an illegal alien, (re Garza case) was entitled to a taxpayer-funded abortion. No wonder Trump said he would not ask his nominee on how he would rule on abortion issues. The man is a flaming liberal. . A second issue has surfaced as well. Trump’s nominee, as an appellate judge supported the Obamacare mandatory mandate. This is wholly illegal and blatantly violated the Constitution. The issue then got kicked upstairs to the Supreme Court and at least they put window dressing on the issue and inappropriately called the mandate a tax while upholding Obama’s key proposal in his misguided healthcare. This made Trump’s nominee even more liberal than judge on the Supreme court. I had seen enough and for the first time in my life, I joined hard core liberals calling for the defeat of this nominee in the Senate. By mid-day, I had made this video calling for the defeat of Kavanaugh’s nomination. I am not alone. Although professionally expressed, in a very cautious manner, Rand Paul and Judge Napolitano have expressed concerns as well. By nightfall, I knew the withdrawal of my support for Trump’s nominee was the right thing to do. However, I found much more. From AIM with documentation: …Twenty-nine year old Brett Kavanaugh replaced Miguel Rodriguez when he resigned from Kenneth Starr’s Office of Independent Counsel. Associate Independent Counsel Rodriguez, an experienced prosecutor, thought he “was scoring big points” for Ken Starr investigating the death of Vince Foster, President Bill Clinton’s deputy White House counsel. Rodriguez’s assistant Lucia Rambusch thought they “would be getting pats on the back” for uncovering evidence Foster had been murdered. Instead, according to Deputy Independent Counsel Hickman Ewing’s notes, Rodriguez said that Deputy Independent Counsel Mark Tuohey “cancelled everything [he] was doing” and “undermined everything [he] had done.” Kavanaugh sided with the Democrat Tuohey in opposing efforts by Rodriguez to uncover the truth. For what it’s worth, Tuohey is married to Marty Daley, the sister of Barack Obama’s former Chief of Staff, Bill Daley, and the former Democratic mayor of Chicago, Richard Daley. Their father was the powerful Chicago mayor Richard J. Daley. Kavanaugh was willing to do what Tuohey expected to achieve the desired result. Rodriguez told Reed Irvine, the deceased former chairman and founder of Accuracy in Media, that “the young aspiring people, who I used to work with back in that office will say and do what they have to, to move up the ladder.” Ewing wrote in his notes, “FBI refused to coop. w/ [Miguel Rodriguez] on [Vince Foster] death.” Rodriguez told Irvine the same FBI agents that did the Fiske investigation were working in Starr’s office and they hid photographic evidence, intimidated witnesses, and threatened him. On March 10, 1995, four days after Rodriguez’s resignation was effective, an FBI agent sent a memorandum to Kavanaugh that was copied to Tuohey. The memo presented a chronology: “(16:15-16:30) Patrick Knowlton describes a small brown foreign car with Arkansas license plates in the Ft. Marcy parking lot. Knowlton also described a suit jacket and a briefcase inside this car.” The memo failed to mention that Knowlton was unwavering that the car he saw was not Foster’s 1989 gray Honda. The Arkansas license plate seen by Knowlton was used to make it appear that he saw Foster’s car. Although it stated that Knowlton saw a brown car, it suppressed the fact that Knowlton was certain the car was an early 80s model and not a 1989. The chronology continued: “(17:00 +/-) Judy Doody identifies Foster’s vehicle parked in the Ft. Marcy parking lot.” This false statement was used to make it appear Foster’s car was in the parking lot when Foster was dead….. The rest can be read at the link above. If AIM is correct, and I think they are, Kavanaugh is no better than Rosenstein, Clinton, Sessions and Mueller. There is no conclusion as of this printing. I am still evaluating. No, I am not evaluating Kavanaugh. I am going to work against his nomination. I am re-evaluating my support for Donald Trump. 

:: 7-10-18 Ray Gano :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hillary Clinton’s Supernatural Luciferian Illuminati Protection

By Ray Gano - July 10, 2018

This past election brought out a lot of interesting information about Hillary Clinton. In fact, just looking at all the scandals associated to her in the last election it would almost appear that she had a form of supernatural / Luciferian / Illuminati protection bestowed upon her. She literally robbed the democratic election where it was really looking like Burney Sanders was going to nail that one. I mean how does one do that and get away with it if she did not have some special powers looking over her? Email server with huge amount of secret data as well data exposing her luciferian ties and other nefarious information that is still being released today. Look at James Comey and what went on with him and the FBI. He was suppose to be looking into HC but his farce of an investigation was that a farce. “During that process, we reviewed all of the communications that were to or from Hillary Clinton while she was Secretary of State,” Comey wrote. “Based on our review, we have not changed our conclusions that we expressed in July with respect to Secretary Clinton.” In other words, it was all much ado about nothing. Comey’s recommended in July was that although Clinton had been “extremely careless” with classified information, there was no grounds for charging her with a crime. Put more bluntly, the FBI altered the course of the presidential campaign for what amounts to a fire drill. Again, who are the gods that are protecting HC?

Lt. Col. Robert Maginnis Exposes Hillary’s Luciferian Connection

Lt. Col. Robert Maginnis said that Hillary Clinton is a demonically-influenced psychopath.

I totally agree with him. During a recent appearance on “The Sharpening Report Maginnis stated the following… “Not only are they narcissistic and self-centered and want to control everything, but they, in fact, are psychopathic to a certain degree, some of them, in terms of their behaviors,” he continued. “Just watch Hillary Clinton, and I would argue that some her behavior is psychopathic in that it is antisocial, it’s egotistical, it’s narcissistic and all these sorts of things. So you have these groups of people that are very, very well connected, very powerful, manipulative of the world in terms of government, culture and economy and it’s a scary proposition. And, of course, many of them are demonically-influenced behind the scenes and their association with the evil side of the world, the unseen realm, I think is pretty self-evident.” If you want to watch the entire interview with Lt Col Maginnis on The Sharpening Report, you can watch it here… 

Ben Carson Exposes Hillary’s Luciferian Connection Ben Carson has stated that Hillary Clinton employs Luciferian tactics during his Republican National Convention speech. The connection stems from Clinton’s vocal support of Saul Alinsky’s book, Rules for Radicals, which acknowledges Lucifer as the original radical. “Lest we forget at least an over-the-shoulder acknowledgment to the very first radical: from all our legends, mythology, and history (and who is to know where mythology leaves off and history begins—or which is which), the first radical known to man who rebelled against the establishment and did it so effectively that he at least won his own kingdom—Lucifer,” Clinton penned her undergraduate thesis about Alinsky, and Carson says the author was one of her mentors.

Hillary’s Luciferian Connections, Pedophilia, Podesta & Spirit Cooking In the most recent WikiLeaks email dump from Hillary’s campaign manager John Podesta last Friday, more disturbing connections to organized child abuse by the Clinton Foundation have been found. (1) After an earthquake in Haiti Laura Silsby, the former head of an orphanage, was arrested at the Haitian-Dominican border with 33 children whom she claimed were orphans. This claim later turned out to be a lie, and she was instead trafficking them. The leaked emails reveal Hillary and her assistant Huma Abedin arranged swiftly for assistance to Silsby, including finances and housing. This keen personal interest is surprising, to say the least. Podesta’s emails also likely make reference to sexual abuse of children by Podesta himself. (2) Code words such as ‘cheese’ (little girl), ‘pasta’ (little boy), ‘map’ (semen) and ‘sauce’ (orgy) are apparently well-known code words used on deep web pedophile messaging boards. The emails in question include references such as this one from Herbert Sandler on December 24, 2015: “Lo and behold, instead of pasta and wonderful sauces, it was a lovely, tempting assortment of cheeses, Yummy. I am awaiting the return of my children and grandchildren from their holiday travels so that we can demolish them… “Ps. Do you think I’ll do better playing dominos on cheese than on pasta?” (3)

And this one from Susaner Sandler on September 2 2014: “Hi John, The realtor found a handkerchief (I think it has a map that seems pizza-related. Is it yours? They can send it if you want. I know you’re busy, so feel free not to respond if it’s not yours or you don’t want it.” (4) It is Podesta’s invitation by Marina Abramovic to a ‘Spirit Cooking’ ritual, however, which may prove the most revealing. A Spirit Cooking ritual is a specific rite in which participants use the vilest of human bodily fluids in order to summon spiritual energies for assistance and favour. To any sane person, this of course sounds completely ludicrous. To a Luciferian, however, this is a practice only the enlightened and initiated can understand. The practices of the Luciferian religion are essentially an inversion of Christianity. Lower-level Satanists carry out the black mass, for example, which was developed to mock and denigrate the Catholic mass. Cannibalism and pedophilia are common practices among Luciferians; this makes John Podesta’s choice of a painting depicting cannibalism for his office particularly disturbing. When asked in an interview with Politico about the painting, Podesta replied that it’s ‘better to be the guy with the fork rather than the guy on the table’. Really, John? (5) The Spirit Cooking ritual was developed by notorious pedophile, murderer and occultist Aleister Crowley in the early 20th century. Rumours have been rampant over the years that Crowley’s Thelema religion has become widespread among intellectuals, artists and the establishment. Ultimately, Crowley’s beliefs and practices are a neo-pagan form of Satanism based on ancient Egyptian symbology. Crowley’s Luciferian sect developed its own inversion of Christ’s golden law ‘Do unto others as you would have done unto you’. Crowley’s inverted formulation is ‘Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law’. What Crowley essentially means is that whatever one’s inclination is to do then that action is morally justified. In Crowley’s denomination, the aim of the initiate is to completely destroy all semblances of human conscience and all remnants of moral restraint. This is carried out through performing progressively vile acts until one is completely enlightened, i.e. absolutely evil. It is designed to be anti-Christianity. Hillary Clinton: I Wanted to Make Voodoo Dolls of Reporters, Lawmakers and Stick Them with Pins Aaron Klein Breitbart News – NEW YORK — Hillary Clinton was so frustrated about the infamous scandal surrounding her use of a private email server that she was “tempted” to construct voodoo dolls in the images of “certain members” of the news media and Congress, and then “stick them full of pins.” (6) Clinton wrote in her 494-page new memoir, What Happened. In the book, Clinton complained that the “attacks” against her use of the private email server “were untrue or wildly overstated, and motivated by partisan politics.” She revealed her voodoo doll temptation: “It was a dumb mistake. But an even dumber “scandal.” It was like quicksand: the more you struggle, the deeper you sink. At times, I thought I must be going crazy. Other times, I was sure it was the world that had gone nuts. Sometimes I snapped at my staff. I was tempted to make voodoo dolls of certain members of the press and Congress and stick them full of pins. Mostly, I was furious at myself.” This isn’t the first time Clinton wrote about voodoo, which Google’s dictionary defines as a “religious cult practiced in the Caribbean and the southern US, combining elements of Roman Catholic ritual with traditional African magical and religious rites, and characterized by sorcery and spirit possession.” In her previous memoir, Hard Choices, Clinton described attending a voodoo spirit ceremony with a “voodoo priest” during her honeymoon with Bill Clinton in Haiti in 1975. She related in her book Hard Choices: One of the most memorable experiences of our trip was meeting a local voodoo priest named Max Beauvoir. “He invited us to attend one of his ceremonies. We saw Haitians “seized with spirits” walk on hot coals, bite the heads off live chickens, and chew glass, spit out the shards, and not bleed. At the end of the ceremony, the people claimed the dark spirits had departed.” FOLK… how do you get away with so much, so big and still remain spot free if you do not have some form of divine protection? She has been sacrificing to the gods, and we will explore more of that in further articles, but the gods have been listening and have been giving her that protection. I have to ask though, how long will it last and what is the price she is having to pay for such high supernatural Luciferian Illuminati protection? Do you have any ideas?

Join Our Servant Warrior Group I have a servant warrior Facebook group that I am revamping and bringing it back up to speed. This would be a great place to start in taking a stand and where I will post my ideas and things that Tracye and I have been doing to push forward and live a better Servant Warrior lifestyle. If what I am saying resonates with you, then you are quiet possibly hearing the Servant Warrior call. If you do, then let me encourage you to check out our Servant Warrior Facebook group. 

:: 7-11-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Unmasking Antifa Act Of 2018' Proposal Has Liberals Up In Arms - The Constitution Does Not Guarantee The Right To 'Violently' Protest

July 11, 2018 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

There are a long list of so-called Antifa groups that go by many names, but they have one thing in common. They claim to be "anti-Fascists," (ANTIFA) but they use fascist tactics to suppress the free speech of others if they disagree with it, by labeling their victims "fascists." Another commonality many of these groups have is they feel that violence is an acceptable tactic to prevent others from their constitutionally protected right of free speech. For example the group By Any Means Necessary (BAMN), has had one of it's most prominent organizers Yvette Felarca, declare that violence against the far right is "not a crime." Felarca has been arrested and is faced charges of inciting a riot. Flashback, September 2017: By Any Means Necessary, which has played a key role in riots in Berkeley, Sacramento and elsewhere, has dozens of public school teachers among its members, including among its most prominent leaders. The FBI and Department of Homeland Security began paying closer attention to Antifa groups in general after BAMN and other extremists started a riot and attacked marchers at a white nationalist rally in Sacramento last July, Politico reported on Friday. The Sacramento violence left at least 10 people hospitalized, several of whom had knife wounds. One of BAMN’s most prominent organizers is Yvette Felarca, a Berkeley middle school teacher and pro-violence militant. Felarca currently faces charges of inciting a riot for her role in the Sacramento violence. Another example if a group called "It's Going Down," who have openly called for violence against Trump supporters. Another thing many of these groups have in common is they show up to protest events held by conservatives, such as the more recent example of the Patriot Prayer Rally, which resulted in yet another riot in Portland, Oregon, after these Antifa members showed up wearing black clothing and face masks, then attacked prayer rally attendees. In early 2017, Antifa groups inflicted over $100,000 in damages to US Berkeley. The protesters set fires and smashed windows on the UC Berkeley campus to disrupt a scheduled appearance by Milo Yiannopoulos, a far right writer. His sold-out appearance was canceled by the university over safety concerns. Some people who had planned to attend the speaking engagement were physically attacked. When the protesters moved off campus into downtown Berkeley, in addition to smashing windows and spray painting graffiti on businesses, a Starbucks was looted. John Caner, CEO of the Downtown Berkeley Association, said that at least 10 businesses were damaged According to witnesses, some of the black-clad protesters tried to intimidate bystanders who snapped photos of the destruction, slapping phones out of people's hands and pushing them away. It is also noteworthy that the FBI and DHS, in private documents call Antifa activities "domestic terrorist activities," and have classified Antifa activities as such since 2016, according to Politico. Related: A Timeline Of Antifa Violence: January – August 2017 Here is some raw footage of an Antifa riot, deliberately organized and conducted to prevent Milo Yiannopoulos from speaking at a scheduled and sold-out event on campus. REPUBLICANS PROPOSE THE 'UNMASKING ANTIFA ACT OF 2018' Now Republicans in the House of Representatives have introduced the "Unmasking Antifa Act of 2018." The proposal was introduced by Rep. Dan Donovan (N.Y.) and is co-sponsored by GOP Reps. Pete King (N.Y.), Paul Gosar (Ariz.) and Ted Budd (N.C.). According to the text provided by the website, this bill is to amend title 18, United States Code, to provide penalty enhancements for committing certain offenses while in disguise, and for other purposes. SEC. 2. INTERFERENCE WITH PROTECTED RIGHTS WHILE IN DISGUISE. (a) In General.--Chapter 13 of title 18, United States Code, is amended by inserting after section 249 the following: ``Sec. 250. Interference with protected rights while in disguise ``(a) In General.--Whoever, whether or not acting under color of law, while in disguise, including while wearing a mask, injures, oppresses, threatens, or intimidates any person in any State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District in the free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege secured to him by the Constitution or laws of the United States, or because of his having so exercised the same, shall be fined under this title, imprisoned not more than 15 years, or both. ``(b) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section shall be construed so as to deter any law enforcement officer from lawfully carrying out the duties of his office; and no law enforcement officer shall be considered to be in violation of this section for lawfully carrying out the duties of his office or lawfully enforcing ordinances and laws of the United States, the District of Columbia, any of the several States, or any political subdivision of a State. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term `law enforcement officer' means any officer of the United States, the District of Columbia, a State, or political subdivision of a State, who is empowered by law to conduct investigations of, or make arrests because of, offenses against the United States, the District of Columbia, a State, or a political subdivision of a State.''. (b) Clerical Amendment.--The table of sections for chapter 13 of title 18, United States Code, is amended by inserting after the item related to section 249 the following: ``250. Interference with protected rights while in disguise.''. SEC. 3. DESTROYING BUILDINGS OR PROPERTY WITHIN SPECIAL MARITIME AND TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION WHILE IN DISGUISE. Section 1363 of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following: ``Whoever, during the commission of an offense under this section, wears a disguise, including a mask, shall, in addition to any term of imprisonment otherwise imposed under this section, be imprisoned for 2 years.'' Anyone wearing a mask that violates another persons constitutional rights is subject to a fine and a maximum sentence of 15 years, and two years can be added to the sentence if they destroy property. THE SPIN HAS ALREADY BEGUN The media spin has already begun with Reason Magazine declaring "The "Unmasking Antifa Act of 2018" would basically make it a federal crime to protest while wearing a mask," while promoting their article which asserts "all sorts of acts of legal protest could be considered criminal if someone—be they with Antifa, the NRA, the KKK, or the saving kittens drive—throws on a tutu, tiara, fake mustache, mask, bandanna, or any other sort of costume element." Side Note- I find it very interesting that the Reason writer attempts to associate the NRA with Antifa or the KKK. When was the last time anyone saw an NRA protest, or an NRA event where members were wearing masks? Can anyone provide an example of an NRA protest that resulted in rioting, violence, destruction of property? Or even provide a single instance where an NRA event encouraged anyone to violate someone elses constitutional rights? The problem with Reason's line of thinking is neither the NRA nor the save kittens drive "injures, oppresses, threatens, or intimidates any person in any State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District in the free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege," and neither is as extreme as the KKK, who, for the record, there are "masking" laws already on the books to protect people from. For example, as explained by Vice, "Unmasking laws are not a recent invention, and in fact, it's technically been illegal to wear a mask in Donavan's home state of New York alongside at least one other mask-wearer since 1845. That's when tenant farmers donned calico gowns and feather masks in an uprising against their landlords who were trying to evict them. According to the Wall Street Journal, these rebels tarred and feathered people and even murdered a sheriff. Later, unmasking laws would be used to combat the Ku Klux Klan in states like Alabama, where it's been illegal to wear a mask outside of certain holidays since 1949. Georgia also has an anti-masking law designed to protect against the Klan." The Daily Beast follows the "preferred narrative" of liberals by claiming "the bill could imprison masked protesters for up to 15 years," in their subheader, despite the fact that they acknowledge the legislation is against those that "“injures, oppresses, threatens, or intimidates any person” while wearing a mask or disguise.." Huffington Post also converges on the "preferred narrative" of liberals, stating "The extreme vagueness of “oppresses” and “intimidates” raises concerns that anyone who simply shows up at a protest in a mask could be put away for a very long time if the bill becomes law....." That writer goes to declare "People should not go to prison for attending protests. That is why there is an amendment to the Constitution protecting the right to free assembly..." These are intellectually dishonest arguments because the bill does not criminalize "protesters" wearing masks, just those that are violating another persons constitutional rights, and/or destroying property. Another bit of dishonesty, by omission, is the Constitution protects the right to "peaceably" assemble," which the writer surely knows. The liberals over at Splinter are claiming that Antifa, which has a long history of rioting, destroying property, attacking peaceful rallies, injuring and acting brutally violent against anyone that disagrees with them, are simply "expressing" their "right to free speech under the First Amendment." So setting aside the insanity of such a draconian punishment—a maximum possible penalty of 15 years in prison and/or an unspecified fine for wearing “a mask” while expressing your right to free speech under the First Amendment—the language of the bill is also ludicrously broad. How can you begin to cleanly define what qualifies as an act that “oppresses” or “intimidates” ANY PERSON AT ALL, even among people who are counter-protesting, say, a literal Nazi march? Aren’t those people we should feel comfortable challenging, particularly when they deign to step out in public? And what exactly qualifies as a “mask”? Again, attacking people with wooden poles with nails attached, or attacking people with bike locks to the head, or burning buildings like they did in Berkeley, is NOT "expressing your right to free speech," yet the liberal media wishes to conflate simply protesting in a non-violent manner, with what Antifa groups engage in. LIBERALS UP IN ARMS OVER PROPOSED BILL A quick search on social media for "Unmaksing Antifa Act," shows liberals, seemingly just fine with violence perpetrated against Trump supporters, which they label "neo-Nazis" and White Supremacists," are outraged (yes, again) over the "Unmasking Antica Act of 2018" proposal. We see arguments from people with "resist" in their user handle claiming "The Unmasking Antifa Act would violate the Equal Protection Clause by criminalizing the same conduct for only one class of people and not the other." Other liberals are spewing outrage by claiming "..."in case there was any confusion that this is a bill explicitly targeting their political opponents while trashing the Constitution, it's called the Unmasking Antifa Act of 2018..." Then we see other liberals jumping on the "federal crime to protest while wearing a mask," bandwagon, completely ignoring the actual terminology in the proposal about penalizing those wearing a mask while violating other peoples rights. There are hundreds, if not thousands of comments in that search term at Twitter, many in support of criminalizing terrorist behavior and violence, in contrast to the liberals of Twitter again melting down, over the bill. BOTTOM LINE - 'PEACEFULLY ASSEMBLE' The First Amendment states "Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances." Keyword: Peaceably. Nowhere in there, despite the liberal media's claims, guarantees the right to "violently" assemble, hiding behind masks like cowards in order to attack others, destroy buildings and property, or riot. 

:: 7-13-18 SHTF plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3 Times LAST WEEK Women Defended Themselves and Others With a Gun

Daisy Luther July 13th, 2018 The Organic Prepper Comments (10) Read by 1,147 people

I’ve often written about the fact that gun control is every bit as much of a women’s issue as equal pay and maternity leave. Anyone who believes in destroying the 2nd Amendment doesn’t understand what an equalizer a firearm can be. A determined woman with a gun can fend off a number of larger male attackers, sometimes without even firing a shot. I know this is true because I have had occasion to protect myself and my daughter with a gun in the past. But if some gun control advocates had their way, all guns would be banned. Every single one. This would take away the right of women all over the country to protect themselves. I argue constantly that guns have a place in every woman’s home. Below, you can find 3 stories about women who defended themselves and others with guns in just the past week. A Restaurant Worker in Wisconsin Miranda Schaeffer told Fox & Friends that her gun may have been the deciding factor in saving the lives of herself and a co-worker last week. She and her co-worker were physically attacked by a customer who wanted a refund at the George Webb restaurant in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, where they work last Friday night, July 6, 2018. Schaeffer recounted the incident: “He didn’t look like he was playing any games with anybody. He wanted his money,” Schaefer said. “But he didn’t want to wait. Like literally maybe a minute. And as soon as [Kaehler] said you can’t come back here, that’s when he punched her. And I said ‘no, we’re not going to have no more of this.’ So I pulled out the firearm and that’s when I said ‘you’ve got to go.’” Schaefer said the assailant would have kept assaulting her and her coworker, had she not pulled out her gun and told him to move along. “He would have most definitely kept on coming,” Schaefer said. “He would have kept on hitting. He would have tried to fight both of us. The punch was originally for me because I told him no about the refund because I’m not allowed to you give the refund.” “He didn’t want to wait. And since he didn’t want to wait that’s when he punched her,” she continued. “He was going to keep on going and keep on going. It was going to be bad. That punch itself was terrible.” (source) Schaeffer’s coworker had urged her to bring the firearm to work due to a history of violent incidents at the location, as well as a lack of security. An Ex-Wife in Alabama A woman in Jefferson County, Alabama successfully defended herself against her estranged husband last week, as well. Chief Deputy Randy Christian said deputies were dispatched about 10 a.m. to a home in the 2800 block of Seventh Street N.E. A woman told lawmen her estranged husband had broken into the house and tried to sexually assault her. The woman was armed with a handgun and shot him in the leg to fend him off, Christian said. The suspect fled in vehicle but was stopped by deputies in the 1900 block of Old Springville Road. He was taken to the hospital with injuries that aren’t life-threatening. Detectives questioned the suspect, who they identified as Eric Austin. After questioning, Austin was arrested and charged with attempted rape and second-degree domestic violence. (source) The man was put under guard at the local hospital and will be sent to the Jefferson County Jail after he is released. A Mom in Texas When a Dallas, Texas mom went into the gas station for just a moment, a potential carjacker took that as an opportunity to try and steal her SUV…with her two young children inside, ages 2 and 4. “It happened so fast…Not even five minutes, not even five minutes. It happened so fast!” Booker said jumped back into the vehicle and ordered the man to stop the car. When he refused, she tried to push the gear into park as the car rolled through the parking lot. The suspect, Rickey Wright, still refused to stop, so Booker reached for her gun. “When I see that he’s not trying to stop, he kept hitting the gas, I went toward my glove compartment and grabbed my gun and I fired at him from the side,” she said. (source) She shot Wright in the face. He is in the hospital with serious injuries and has been charged with unlawful restraint and unauthorized use of a motor vehicle. These women refused to be victims. These brave women didn’t wait around to be victims. They took their personal security into their own hands. Each of them got a gun and learned how to use it. They didn’t hesitate when the time came and because of this, they and others remained unscathed. Notice that none of the assailants threatened the women with a firearm. They tried to use their superior strength and size to intimidate their would-be victims. In each case, the gun served as an equalizer. Biology defies the politically correct ideal that everyone is equal. If my daughters were to ever find themselves in a position where they had to fight to save their own lives, I would far rather they be armed with the handgun of their choice than any number of weekend self-defense classes. Nothing is going to empower them more than a firearm that they can use with comfort and accuracy. Nothing is going to be more likely to end a conflict before it erupts into violence than seeing that the person you thought was going to be your victim is willing to fight back with deadly force. The idea that we all need to hand over our guns and then the world would be a safer place is nothing but a silly, rose-colored daydream with no basis in reality. If that offends you, then you need to sincerely think about the fact that under your guidelines, the smaller, weaker person will always be the victim. We all have the natural right to protect ourselves and our loved ones. Why are some people so terrified of the idea of taking control of their own safety? There is no way to guess how many times a firearm in the hands of a would-be victim deters a criminal and saves a life. The mere sight of a firearm doesn’t cause violence. It can prevent the violence that is brewing. Yes, people really DO want to take all the guns. Despite the assurances of the left that “no one is coming for your guns,” opponents of the 2nd Amendment have been a lot more vocal lately stating that this is not the truth. Last year, Lt. Governor (and would-be governor) of California Gavin Newsome flat out said on Facebook: “It’s been 5 years since 20 first graders were shot dead at Sandy Hook…We have a message for the NRA – National Rifle Association of America: If you hurt people, we ARE coming for your guns.” (source) A survey undertaken in March says that half of all Democrats want to ban ALL guns. Here are half a dozen articles with examples of people who want to take our guns. The Hill Design Mom Daily Beast Esquire Reddit Press Herald And of course, these articles are a drop in the bucket. There are many, many more. Would all of these people prefer it if the restaurant workers above were killed by their assailant? If the two children were kidnapped and killed by the carjacker? If the woman was raped by her ex-husband? Take control of your own safety. Any person who feels marginalized or vulnerable to hate crimes should be there lining up at the shooting range with me and the three women mentioned above. If you are a gay person, a minority, a transgender person, or of a religion that is being persecuted, you, too, need to take the power into your own hands to defend yourself from the bullies of this world should they physically attack you. I urge you to get a gun and take some instruction to learn how to use it, store it, and carry it safely and responsibly. (Here are some tips on choosing a gun.) If you agree with the following statements, then you cannot logically agree with the type of gun control that takes away everyone’s right to bear arms.

I have the right to keep my family safe.

I have the right to protect myself against someone bigger and stronger than me.

I have the right to protect myself when traveling.

I have the right to protect myself at work.

I have the right to be safe in public places.

I have the right not to be raped until the police arrive.

Most of us are on the same side. We want to be safe. I urge you to take that safety into your own hands like these women did, because as the saying goes, when you need help in seconds, the police are only minutes away. The Pantry Primer Please feel free to share any information from this article in part or in full, giving credit to the author and including a link to The Organic Prepper and the following bio. 

:: 7-12-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In Unprecedented Move, Rosenstein Asks 100s Of Prosecutors To Review SCOTUS Pick's Records

by Tyler Durden Thu, 07/12/2018 - 05:05

In a somewhat unprecedented move, Deputy AG Rod Rosenstein has asked the offices of all 93 U.S. attorneys to each provide up to three federal prosecutors to assist the Justice Department in reviewing government records of President Trump’s Supreme Court nominee Brett Kavanaugh. Even The New York Times admits this move is "an unusual insertion of politics into federal law enforcement." While the Justice Department has helped work on previous Supreme Court nominations, department lawyers in Washington typically carry out that task, not prosecutors who pursue criminal investigations nationwide. Mr. Rosenstein’s email, which had the subject line “Personal Message to U.S. Attorneys From the Deputy A.G.,” included the sentence, “We need your help in connection with President Trump’s nomination of Judge Brett Kavanaugh to serve on the Supreme Court.” Former law enforcement officials told the Times that Rosenstein's request is troubling. "It’s flat-out wrong to have career federal prosecutors engaged in a political process like the vetting of a Supreme Court nominee. It takes them away from the mission they’re supposed to be fulfilling, which is effective criminal justice enforcement," Christopher Hunter, a former F.B.I. agent and federal prosecutor for almost 11 years, told the publication. But Michael Zubrensky, a former Justice Department lawyer who oversaw the agency's Office of Legal Policy, said Kavanaugh's long paper trail could be the reason for Rosenstein's request. Sarah Isgur Flores, spokeswoman for the Department of Justice, told the Times that prosecutors have been used in the past to vet Supreme Court nominees. "[T]he scope of the production of executive branch documents we’ve been asked for is many, many times as large," she said. Rosenstein also wrote that he would need the equivalent of 100 full-time attorneys to work on the nominee's confirmation hearing. As The Hill notes, Kavanaugh previously worked for President George W. Bush's administration, as well as for the investigation led by Kenneth Starr of former President Clinton. He left a lengthy paper trail that Democrats and outside groups opposed to his nomination are likely to search through for arguments against his confirmation. Rosenstein has faced pressure from congressional Republicans over his role in overseeing special counsel Robert Mueller's investigation. Democrats have raised the Mueller probe in the context of Kavanaugh's nomination, arguing that he should not be confirmed because he could end up making decisions on the probe itself. 

:: 7-11-18 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NATO pledges to boost defense spending after stern words from Trump

By Brooke Singman | Fox News day ago White House

NATO leaders pledged their “unwavering commitment” to boost defense spending on Wednesday, following stern words from President Trump criticizing European leaders for spending too little. The U.S. and European allies signed a declaration stating they are “committed to improving the balance of sharing the costs and responsibilities of alliance membership.” The declaration comes after confrontational and testy discussions between Trump and other NATO leaders. Since the election, Trump has criticized NATO countries for not paying their fair share, while suggesting he would only come to the defense of NATO nations that fulfilled their financial obligation. Trump also has pressed NATO countries to fulfill their goal of spending 2 percent of their gross domestic products on defense by 2024. NATO estimates that 15 members, or just over half, will meet that benchmark based on current trends. As NATO vows to pursue those targets, Trump is seeking even more. Via Twitter, he called for members to meet the 2 percent commitment immediately. And in a statement Wednesday, White House Press Secretary Sarah Sanders said Trump, at the summit, "suggested that countries not only meet their commitment of 2 percent of their GDP on defense spending, but that they increase it to 4 percent. Trump wants to see our allies share more of the burden and at a very minimum meet their already stated obligations." Before sitting down for the first official meeting of the day, the president engaged in a testy exchange with NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg. He pressed why the U.S. should continue to pay money to the military alliance while the countries purchase energy from Moscow. “We are stronger together,” Stoltenberg said, while acknowledging there can be differences among allies. “But how can you be together when you’re getting energy from the group you want protection from?” Trump responded, using Germany as an example. Trump challenged Stoltenberg to explain why Berlin was getting energy from Russia, and asserted that Germany was “totally controlled” by and “captive to Russia” over a pipeline project. That pipeline project, Nord Stream 2 pipeline, doubles the amount of gas Russia can send directly to Germany, while sidestepping transit countries like Ukraine. The project is opposed by the U.S. and some European Union members. “We’re supposed to protect you against Russia and yet you make this deal with Russia,” Trump said of Germany. “Explain that. It can’t be explained.” Trump followed up on Twitter: "What good is NATO if Germany is paying Russia billions of dollars for gas and energy? Why are there only 5 out of 29 countries that have met their commitment? The U.S. is paying for Europe’s protection, then loses billions on Trade. Must pay 2% of GDP IMMEDIATELY, not by 2025."

Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump

What good is NATO if Germany is paying Russia billions of dollars for gas and energy? Why are there only 5 out of 29 countries that have met their commitment? The U.S. is paying for Europe’s protection, then loses billions on Trade. Must pay 2% of GDP IMMEDIATELY, not by 2025.

1:07 PM - Jul 11, 2018 106K 50.5K people are talking about this

Former Secretary of State John Kerry later blasted Trump’s comments about Germany as “strange” and “counterproductive.” “It was disgraceful, destructive, and flies in the face of the actual interests of the United States of America,” Kerry said in a statement, claiming Trump “set America back this morning.” “He is steadily destroying our reputation in the world,” Kerry said, adding that Trump displayed a “woeful ignorance” of European defense spending. Anticipation has built for weeks over how confrontational the meeting might be, given the U.S. president's complaints about trade and NATO allies' military budgets -- and how the summit might compare with Trump's scheduled meeting in Finland with Russia's Vladimir Putin. That meeting has riled Democrats in Washington amid the probe over Russian meddling in the election. Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer tweeted Wednesday, "President Trump should not meet with President Putin alone." The summit in Brussels is the first stop on Trump’s four-country European tour where tensions already have risen over tariffs and the potential trade war between the European Union and the U.S. Trump implemented tariffs of 25 percent on steel and 10 percent on aluminum imports, and the EU is pushing to retaliate. The president met first with French President Emmanuel Macron, who said the U.S. and France "will continue to work together." Trump said they discussed their "tremendous relationship," and talked about trade. Trump also met with German Chancellor Angela Merkel. The president told reporters they discussed military spending and trade, and touted their "good relationship." The next stop on the president’s tour will be Britain, amid a tumultuous climate for Prime Minister Theresa May. May’s government is in turmoil over her plans for exiting the European Union. This week, U.K. Foreign Minister Boris Johnson stunningly resigned amid the growing backlash over May and her handling of Britain’s departure from the EU. Johnson resigned less than 24 hours after Brexit Secretary David Davis and junior Brexit minister Steve Baker left their posts in protest of how the government is handling Brexit. Trump suggested Tuesday that he may meet with Johnson when he gets over there. Trump, who has been vocal in his support of Brexit, is slated to meet with May on Friday. Trump’s tour will continue with a stop in Scotland over the weekend, then conclude with his final stop in Helsinki, Finland on Monday for his highly anticipated summit with Russian President Vladimir Putin. Trump suggested that his meeting with Putin could be the “easiest” stop on the European tour, after confrontational talks with NATO and EU leaders. Fox News’ Edmund DeMarche, Kristin Brown, and The Associated Press contributed to this report. Brooke Singman is a Politics Reporter for Fox News. Follow her on Twitter at @brookefoxnews 

:: 7-11-18 Patroit Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Takes on NATO

His focus is more about balancing the economic playing field rather than securing military alliances.

Political Editors · Jul. 11, 2018

If we’ve learned anything about President Donald Trump, it’s that he hates bad deals. He especially hates those bad deals that are costing the American taxpayer. Trump has repeatedly blasted how unfairly the U.S. has been treated in international trade. These unfair trade deals have been his primary justification for imposing tariffs. But Trump has also voiced criticism of America’s historical military alliances, specifically in regards to the U.S. having borne the lion’s share of defense costs. The North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) in particular has been one of Trump’s favorite targets, as he again made clear last week in Great Falls, Montana, stating at a rally, “I’m going to tell NATO, ‘You got to start paying your bills. The United States is not going to take care of everything.’” On Tuesday, Trump headed to the NATO summit where many of Europe’s leaders have been wondering just how serious he is about balancing the scales. If last month’s G7 summit indicated anything, it’s that Trump will not be moved simply because of historical precedent. For Trump, the U.S. has been getting a raw deal and he intends to rectify it. But it would be a mistake to see this as simply a play by Trump to get NATO allies to spend more on their military defense. For Trump, this ultimately is about rebalancing the U.S.‘ economic relationship with Europe. After arriving at the NATO summit, it didn’t take the president long to deliver his message. Trump once again aired his grievance to NATO’s European leaders that the U.S. was “spending far too much” on defense. But Trump aimed his most pointed criticism at Germany. Speaking to NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg, Trump said, “Germany, as far as I’m concerned, is captive to Russia because it’s getting so much of its energy from Russia. Explain that. We’re supposed to be guarding against Russia and Germany goes out and pays billions and billions of dollars a year to Russia.” Trump added, “I think it’s very sad when Germany makes a massive oil and gas deal with Russia where we’re supposed to be guarding against Russia.” Trump was referencing a pipeline deal that Germany and Russia have brokered. Germany is the European Union’s leading importer of natural gas from Russia, amounting to 40% of the country’s annual natural gas purchases. Trump further noted, “The former chancellor of Germany is head of the pipeline company that’s supplying the gas. You tell me, is that appropriate? I’ve been complaining about this from the time I got here.” Trump’s complaint is legitimate and NATO nations known it. But like when a new boss comes in calling for changes to an underperforming, recalcitrant company, the old management will often chafe angrily against those demands. While several European leaders have expressed concerns that Trump is not committed to NATO, the facts simply don’t support this accusation, as White House officials recently noted that Trump had done more to secure NATO allies than Barack Obama did in his “first six years in office.” For example, it was Trump who gave the green light to supply Ukraine with long-requested weapons to defend itself against Russian aggression, something Obama repeatedly refused to do. Far from abandoning NATO, Trump is working to reform it, to whip it back into shape. And in so doing, he’s rebalancing our military alliance commitments with NATO nations as well as working to pave the way for a level economic relationship between the U.S. and Europe. According to NATO’s 2014 defense spending agreement, member nations are to spend 2% of their GDP on defense by 2024. Below is a graph showing where nations currently stand. (Note: Not all NATO nations are represented on the graph.) 

:: 7--18 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea reportedly pushed $1 billion nuclear blackmail to Israel — and it shows Pyongyang's real threat

A North Korean diplomat reportedly told an Israeli diplomat in 1999 that Pyongyang would provide ballistic missile technology to Iran unless it paid $1 billion.

North Korea has nuclear weapons, but it's deterred from using them because it would be nuked right back in a more massive response.

But if North Korea sells nuclear weapons and related technology, another rogue state or terror organization may feel less restrained to actually use them.

Even if North Korea doesn't sell weapons, it can still blackmail countries like Israel with its nuclear leverage.

A North Korean diplomat reportedly told an Israeli diplomat in 1999 that Pyongyang would provide ballistic missile technology to Iran, a state sworn to destroy Israel, unless it paid up to the tune of $1 billion. North Korea has a long and well documented history of providing weapons technology, including chemical and nuclear weapon infrastructure, to countries like Iran and Syria. While Pyongyang commands a few dozen operational nuclear warheads, according to intelligence reports, its real threat to the world lies not in starting an outright nuclear war, but in selling nuclear weapons to states, or terrorists, that may use them. It's unclear if Israel ever paid North Korea's blackmail, though Israel would later destroy an Iranian nuclear reactor that North Korea was suspected of helping build. North Korea selling nukes is a bigger threat than just building them If North Korea launched a nuclear attack, it would swiftly find itself on the receiving end of more powerful, more precise nuclear weapons. North Korea's nuclear weapons serve mainly to deter attacks. But because of North Korea's decision to defy international law by testing and developing nuclear weapons, it finds itself under heavy sanctions and impoverished. This leaves North Korea as a cash-hungry state with an excess of nuclear weapons and ballistic missile technology. A terror group or fellow rogue state, seeing the legitimacy and national power nuclear weapons have bestowed upon North Korea, might seek to buy nuclear technology off Pyongyang. While many experts generally expect North Korea to maintain the status quo with its nuclear weapons by using them mainly to deter enemies, it's less clear that Iran, Syria, or especially a terror network would show such restraint. "Depending on the demand, we certainly cannot exclude the possibility that North Korea will sell its nuclear weapons for cash," said Nam Sung-wook, a former South Korean intelligence official told the Wall Street Journal, who first reported on North Korea's attempted blackmail. The UN has concluded that North Korea has a long history of weapons cooperation with Iran and Syria, the US's two foremost nation-state enemies in the Middle East. Iran's stated goal is to destroy Israel, and while their conventional military offers them little hope of achieving that, nuclear weapons actually could do the job. Trump isn't doing anything about this The US under President Donald Trump has lowered the threat of outright nuclear war with North Korea following talks and a summit with Kim Jong Un, but no work towards denuclearization appears to have actually taken place. North Korea has not shared with the US any details of its nuclear program, and the US has no specifics from the Kim regime on how many weapons it has or where it keeps them. So despite Trump's insistence that North Korea isn't a threat anymore, there's absolutely no way of knowing if Kim would provide nuclear weapons to aggressive states, or use that leverage to blackmail countries for fear of nuclear war. 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::   ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 7-11-18 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ireland moves to criminalize trade with settlements, drawing Israeli ire

Palestinians welcome Irish Senate's advancement of bill setting prison time for those who import settlement goods; proposal still faces hurdles to become law

By Raphael Ahren 11 July 2018, 7:30 pm

In a bitter diplomatic defeat for Israel, the upper house of Ireland’s parliament on Wednesday advanced legislation that would criminalize the import and trade of goods produced in the settlements. The Control of Economic Activities (Occupied Territories) Bill 2018 passed a second reading by the Irish Senate, known as Seanad Éireann, with 25 “yes” votes, 20 “no” votes and 14 abstentions. The bill still faces several hurdles before it becomes law. The advancement of the legislation was denounced by Israel and hailed by Palestinian officials and Arab Israeli Knesset members. “The Irish Senate has given its support to a populist, dangerous and extremist anti-Israel boycott initiative that hurts the chances of dialogue between Israel and the Palestinians; it will have a negative impact on the diplomatic process in the Middle East,” the Foreign Ministry said in a statement. “The absurd in the Irish Senate’s initiative is that it will harm the livelihoods of many Palestinians who work in the Israeli industrial zones affected by the boycott,” read the statement, issued by the ministry’s spokesperson, Emmanuel Nahshon. “Israel will consider its response in accordance with developments regarding this legislation.” The Palestinians, meanwhile, celebrated the vote. “This courageous step builds on the historic ties between Ireland and Palestine, as well as it shows the way forward for the rest of the European Union,” top Palestine Liberation Organization official Saeb Erekat said in a statement issued before the vote was taken. “Today the Irish Seanad has sent a clear message to the international community and particularly to the rest of the European Union: the mere talking about the two-state solution is not enough without taking concrete measures. Those trading with Israeli settlements are complicit in the systematic denial of the Palestinian right to self-determination.” The Joint (Arab) List also welcomed the bill, saying it hoped it would “mark the beginning of a new stage in which Israel starts to pay an international political, economic and moral price for its actions.” The bill’s passage would start “a new stage in treating the Zionist lobby as a danger the values that Europe claims to represent,” the Arab Israeli party said. The government in Dublin — known to be one of the most pro-Palestinian governments in Europe — opposed the bill, arguing that it is not legally entitled to curtail trade with Israeli companies based in the settlements. “On behalf of the government I am unable to agree that this bill is the way forward,” Foreign Minister Simon Coveney said during the discussion that preceded the vote. While the foreign minister said he could “emotionally connect” with the bill, lamenting the “deep injustice” that Palestinians have suffered for decades, Coveney said there were important legal and political reasons to oppose the bill. For one, as a member of the European Union, Ireland does not have the right to ban the import of goods that are available elsewhere in the union, he said. In fact, he said, “passage of the bill would be a breach of European law,” adding that Ireland’s attorney general confirmed this view. Perhaps even more importantly, Coveney added, advancing the bill would not only sideline Ireland as a party that both Israelis and Palestinians would take seriously but would also greatly diminish Dublin’s ability to influence EU policy on the Middle East. Ireland would be “fanning the flames” of an already volatile Middle East if it passed the legislation, he said. The sponsor of the bill, Independent Senator Frances Black, disagreed with Coveney’s legal assessment, citing two legal opinions that support her view. The proposed legislation does not constitute a boycott of Israel but only of the settlements, she stressed. “We must be clear on this: Israeli settlements in the West Bank are war crimes,” she said. The government’s policy of seeking to engage with Israel “isn’t working,” she added, lamenting that Dublin continues to condemn the settlements but fails to act. “As long as we buy their stolen goods, nothing will change,” she said. Ahead of the speech, Black said she was a bit a nervous because she had been told that “the whole of Palestine is listening.” The proposed legislation — a private member bill — declares it an offense “for a person to import or attempt to import settlement goods.” Likewise, those who “assist another person to import or attempt to import settlement goods” would be committing a crime punishable by up to five years in prison, if the bill were to become law. “The bill seeks to prohibit the import and sale of goods, services and natural resources originating in illegal settlements in occupied territories,” Black said in a statement posted to her website on June 25. “Such settlements are illegal under both international humanitarian law and domestic Irish law, and result in human rights violations on the ground. Despite this, Ireland provides continued economic support through trade in settlement goods.” While the bill does not mention Israel and the Palestinian territories, critics have charged that it appears to have been written exclusively with the Israeli-Palestinian conflict in mind. Black, a former singer from Dublin who entered parliament in 2016, has long been supportive of the Palestinian cause and a fierce critic of Israel’s settlement enterprise. “I saw the impact of settlement expansion when I visited the West Bank this year: the restrictions on movement, the shrinking space for housing and healthcare, the lack of electricity,” she wrote in an op-ed for the Irish Times published earlier Wednesday. “I witnessed the crushing indignity of a Palestinian community cut off from their water supply so that it could be diverted to an Israeli chicken farm. That commercial settlement, built on stolen land beyond internationally recognized borders, is a war crime. Is the moral response to condemn the illegality, but then ask how much for the eggs?” Black also said that she invited two Palestinian farmers to Dublin who have been directly affected by Israel’s settlement policies. “Mona and Fayez al-Taneeb have been living in the shadow of Israel’s illegal annexation wall since 2003, fighting against the demolition of their farm and the confiscation of their land by a commercial Israeli settlement,” she wrote. “The very presence of this settlement is a gross violation of international law, but this offers little consolation to the people whose lives hang in the balance. Encroachment continues, land is seized, and more than 40 percent of the West Bank has now been taken, undermining the viability of a sustainable Palestinian state.” The bill has at least half a dozen legislative obstacles to clear, including several readings in the lower house of Ireland’s parliament, known as Dáil Éireann, before it can be signed into law by President Michael Higgins. On January 30, the Irish Senate surprisingly postponed voting on the bill, hours after Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu sharply criticized the proposed legislation. “The initiative gives backing to those who seek to boycott Israel and completely contravenes the guiding principles of free trade and justice,” Netanyahu said, hours before the planned vote. Despite the vote being delayed, Netanyahu ordered the Foreign Ministry to summon the Irish ambassador in Israel, Alison Kelly. 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 7-5-18 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mainstream Media Admits FBI Groomed Terrorist for 4th of July Attack, Gave Him Supplies

by The Free Thought Project · Published July 5, 2018 · Updated July 5, 2018

Mainstream Media Admits FBI Groomed Terrorist for 4th of July Attack, Gave Him Supplies By Rachel Blevins – The Free Thought Project

The FBI arrested a man for his involvement in plotting an Independence Day terrorist attack, after providing him with the supplies. Cleveland, Ohio – An innocent man is now facing terrorism charges after he was caught plotting a bombing at a Fourth of July celebration and then arrested by the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The only problem is that the plot was created by undercover FBI agents, who convinced the man to agree to a role in the plan, and then provided him with supplies. Demetrius Pitts, 48, is now facing criminal charges after conversations with undercover agents led to his arrest. According to the criminal complaint against Pitts, the FBI claimed that its agents reached out to him because he made comments on Facebook that indicated he may be interested in joining al-Qaeda, traveling overseas for training, and then returning to the U.S. to carry out an attack. While it is not clear what the comments from Pitts—who was reportedly using a Facebook account with a different name—stated exactly, it is clear that there was no indication he actually planned on carrying out a terrorist attack. In fact, a report from NBC News admitted that “there’s no indication that Pitts could have carried off any attack on his own.” FBI Special Agent in Charge Stephen Anthony justified the contact by insisting that instead of waiting to see if Pitts ever joined al-Qaeda and traveled overseas for training, agents were completely justified in reaching out to Pitt and trying to convince him to carry out an attack now. “Law enforcement cannot stand by and wait for Mr. Pitts to make a violent attack,” Anthony said. Pitts agreed to meet an undercover agent in person, and the criminal complaint claimed that the agent secretly recorded their conversations, which revolved around wanting to assassinate President Trump, and planning a terrorist attack in Cleveland. “I’m trying to figure out something that would shake them up on the Fourth of July,” Pitts told the agent. However, the complaint raises questions about how much Pitts even wanted to be involved with the planned attack, because he simply wanted to “go look at the base of the ground” where it would take place, and he wanted the other “brothers” who the FBI agent claimed were involved, to fulfil all of the other parts of the plan. “I don’t wanna meet all the Brothers,” Pitts said in one conversation. “Now what about the detonator guy?” the agent asked. “Now I don’t even wanna meet him,” Pitts replied. “He has nothing to do with me… The only thing I’m going to be responsible for is going to look at the spot, to scope out the scenery.” In order to carry out his role, Pitts needed a bus pass to take him downtown and a cellphone to take photos of the places that would be bombing targets—both of which were supplied by the FBI. fbi Given the fact that he did not provide any of the supplies needed for the attack, he did not want to be the one who carried out the attack, and he simply promised to provide a basic layout of downtown Cleveland, proves that Demetrius Pitts was clearly not the ticking time bomb the FBI claimed he was. The report claimed that Pitts was sentenced to prison for a robbery in 1989, and he pleaded guilty to theft in 2007. His latest run-in with the law occurred in 2016 when the state of Pennsylvania requested that Pitts be extradited on assault, robbery and theft charges. Pitts has now been charged with providing material support to a terrorist organization because he agreed to use a cellphone and a bus pass provided by the FBI to take photos of downtown Cleveland. Diane Stoudemire, Pitts’ aunt, told USA Today that she was shocked by the news and that Pitts has “never been a violent person.” “He had had some problems with drugs and everything,” Stoudemire said. “He came up without his father, which is my brother, that was killed before Demetrius was born. His mother passed away while Demetrius was in penitentiary, so he’s been having such a hard time.” This is not the first the FBI has used its undercover agents to befriend a man online who looks like he may be critical of the U.S. government and sympathetic to terrorist groups in the Middle East, and has convinced him to carry out an attack on U.S. soil—so that the FBI can then heroically arrest the suspect, even if he refused to carry out the attack. In December, the FBI was credited with stopping a man from carrying out an ISIS inspired attack after their undercover agents attempted to coerce him into it, but when he refused to carry out the attack, he was still painted as a “terrorist,” and he now faces up to 20 years in prison. Then in March, a similar incident happened when an FBI informant targeted a mentally ill man who agreed online, to carry out an attack and was arrested as soon as he claimed he would accept supplies from the FBI. While the FBI appears to have intentionally sought out the men its agents befriended in all three cases, the agency chose to ignore several reports about a suspect who was actually planning an attack. The FBI received multiple credible reports that Nikolas Cruz was planning to commit mass murder in the months before the Parkland shooting. Less than six weeks before the shooting, someone the FBI described as “a person close to” Cruz reached out to the agency and desperately pleaded for their help. The person reported Cruz’s “gun ownership, desire to kill people, erratic behavior, and disturbing social media posts, as well as the potential of him conducting a school shooting.” Yet the FBI apparently chose to focus on fictitious cases and did nothing to interfere with Cruz’s rampage. Rachel Blevins is an independent journalist from Texas, who aspires to break the false left/right paradigm in media and politics by pursuing truth and questioning existing narratives. Follow Rachel on Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Steemit and Patreon. 

:: 7-5-18 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Price Are You Willing To Pay To Save America?

Jul 05, 2018 Read More Articles by Dave Daubenmire

It is the 4th of July afternoon as I sit and pen these thoughts. While most of America is out boating or golfing, visiting parades or parents, lighting sparklers or swallowing beverages I find myself sitting at home feeling especially nostalgic. I don’t feel bad and I don’t feel sad, I simply FEEL much of what is going on around me. It is something deep, almost spiritual really, that hunt and pecks my fingers across the keyboard. I carved this time out during this day of celebration because my heart is turned toward reflection. My emotions were triggered by watching one of those corny man-on-the-street interviews so common on social media where a man with a camera and a microphone takes to the streets to prove how dumbed-down the American populace really is. “What do we celebrate on the 4th of July?” the man with the microphone asked some twenty somethings as they traipsed down the street of a secularized American city. Although the purpose of the video was humor, it was hard to find anything to laugh about as one after another of the cellphone zombies searched their public school lobotomized rolodex to find the answer to such a seemingly simple American history fact. Ignorance is never pretty to watch and I found very little edification in the-who-gives-a-crap attitude of these possible American voters. I think it was Thomas Jefferson who said something akin to “he who thinks we can remain ignorant and free whishes for what never was or never will be.” How many billions of dollars have Americans spent simply to make people dumber? The National Education Association and the US Department of Education should be brought up on charges of treason. Heck, college educated students today can’t distinguish between a man and a woman. Jethro Bodine and Elly May Clampett figured that out without having spent one day at an IVY League school. Why do we pay so much for so many to be so ignorant? Americans have traded what they dare not lose for what they cannot keep. My thoughts flowed to Gettysburg this morning and to a recent visit that I made to the “hallowed ground” where on July 1, 2, and 3 of 1863 the most cataclysmic clash in the history of America spilled over the hills of Pennsylvania. On July 3rd nearly 55,000 casualties fell upon the dust of Cemetery Ridge during one blood-soaked morning…Americans killing AmericansIt was those boys I thought of this morning. Not the good for nothing college aged punks streaming onto the streets of America in protest of losing their right to murder their children and in support of a giveaway to foreign invaders the heritage for which their ancestors had, as Lincoln accurately stated, “thus far so nobly advanced.” We are witnessing a travesty in this nation this morning. It grieves my heart that the great-great-grandchildren of the men who spilled the blood at Gettysburg would be so willing to give away what cost their ancestors “their last full measure of devotion.” What a slap in the face to their sacrifice. Did you know that the average age of a Union soldier was 25 years old? Were you aware that over 3 million such American fought each other and that over 700,000 Americans were killed by their fellow Americans? FACTS. In the 21st century how could so great of a nation produce such selfish and insolent posterity? So as I surf the net I see the seeds of insurrection bearing fruit as America’s recent public school graduates take to the streets with absolutely no knowledge of the sacrifices of those who came before them. The government schools have programmed them…indoctrinated them…in an America-hating ideology force-fed them by the Communistic NEA. Today, even some “national leaders” are calling for insurrection against a duly elected President. My heart tells me that it will not be long until we see violence in the streets of America. Here is the take-home. Most Americans just want to be left alone. They are tired of homo-policy gangs, and brutal baby killers masquerading as defenders of children. It is not the Christians that are “forcing their belief on others” but the insurrectionists who demand equally for their deviancy and acceptance of their debauchery. The last I looked it was the Leftist who were using the jackhammers to chip away at American hero monuments across this land. The chickens are coming home to roost. The children of disobedience are spilling out into our streets. These demonically powered protestors will not go silently into the night. Every major victory the Left has won has been snatched through the courts. Despite what they tell you NONE of their diabolical agenda has ever been approved by the will of the American people. Freedom isn’t free, as the old saying goes, and we now find ourselves facing a caged animal. The Left’s last vestige of power, the Supreme Court, is slipping through their fingers and they understand what most of us have yet to figure out. The LEFT rules by tyranny. Forced acceptance is their method of evangelism. The courts are their enforcers of lawlessness. So, here on Independence Day I pray that you sit with your posterity and explain to them the meaning of independence and the sacrifices that those who came before them made. Although Lincoln’s words would have had more meaning had they been uttered by a President that understood individual liberty and State sovereignty they nonetheless ring true today. It is for us the living, rather, to be dedicated here to the unfinished work which they who fought here have thus far so nobly advanced. It is rather for us to be here dedicated to the great task remaining before us — that from these honored dead we take increased devotion to that cause for which they gave the last full measure of devotion — that we here highly resolve that these dead shall not have died in vain — that this nation, under God, shall have a new birth of freedom — and that government of the people, by the people, for the people, shall not perish from the earth. It is a perilous time to be an American and as is often repeated by military veterans who understand sacrifice, ALL GAVE SOME AND SOME GAVE ALL. America needs a new birth of freedom. Making America Great Again will not come easy. There are enemies of liberty within the camp and they will not go down without a fight. Do you have the courage it will require to birth this spirit of liberty? Look deeply into the eyes of your grandbabies. What price are you willing to pay? 

:: 7-4-18 Viligant Citizen :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Symbolic Pics of the Month 07/18

By Vigilant Citizen - July 4, 2018

In this edition of SPOTM: The fashion world losing its mind, a bunch of celebrities trying to stay relevant and more proof of the occult elite revealing its true ugly face. The fashion show by designer Xander Zhou featured male models walking around with fake pregnant bellies. There is a clear and constant effort to blur genders and to confuse people about their natural differences. And the fashion world is part of that effort. Also, the feminization of men is of the utmost importance. Dude, you do not need to hold that belly because * newflash * YOU’RE NOT PREGNANT. This model wears a t-shirt saying “New World Baby”. Commenting on the meaning of this shirt, the designer stated: “We’re prepared to welcome a future of male pregnancy.” In a Teen Vogue article about this fashion show, the conclusion was: “People of all gender identities can become pregnant.” They’re truly losing it. No matter how much outright brainwashing mass media will dish out, one undeniable fact will always remain: Only women can be pregnant. That’s it. Deal with it. The Spanish fashion brand Palomo shot to prominence in a few short years after getting endorsements by the likes of Beyonce. The brand’s 2018 fall-winter ad campaign is in perfection continuation of the gender blurring/ feminization/dehumanization agenda going on in the fashion world. The campaign features young male models dressed in Peter Pan-like clothes, crawling on all fours while attached to leashes. etc. etc. etc.

Scribe note: The above are discriptions to the pictures in the article click on the link below to view the pictures and much more. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If You’ve Nothing to Hide,You Should Welcome Google’s New Surveillance System

By Dave Hodges

On this 4th of July holiday, I am working on several stories that I have been told by several sources are true. However, some of the material may be classified and can only be revealed as rumor or most commonly through open source intelligence. I am working on several stories by trying to verify the information through open source intelligence on the Internet. However, one story that is unbelievable, but is absolutely true and it called the social justice, social point scoring system being installed by Google in Communist China. After reading this article, it will become clear why messages of freedom, freedom loving Christianity are being censored by social media. If You Have Not Done Anything Wrong, You Should Not Have Anything to Hide This viewpoint graphically represents what is going on inside of China courtesy of Google (good luck finding this article on the web, if you do not come to The Common Sense Show, directly). We know that the NSA tracks every move you make and every breath you take. Some estimates say that you are videotaped and photographed an average of 1300 times per day. Your cell phone, even with your battery removed transmits your location and records every conversation that you have within listening range of the cell phone. I have previously reported that the NSA maintains a 16 category dimensional score, which is fluid based upon your affiliations, browsing habits, context of conversations, (ie loyalty to the authority). Based upon your 16 point dimensional score, you are also assigned, by AI, an overall aggregate score. It is theorized, but widely believed that your aggregate score will be used to prioritize who is taken and who is terminated in a purge. On this July 4th, it is important to remember your future due process is determined by an AI algorithm. Ask yourself why the natch and grab policy of the NDAA was implemented? It is for “the purge”. As with most controversial policies and legal changes, there is a period of conditioning for public acclimation and submission and this will be followed by beta testing. The aforementioned Beta testing is currently happening in China in the social point system scoring algorithm being finalized in China. the system is gradually being introduced to the United States and ultimately, it represents the total loss of freedom. For America to Survive Google Must be Defeated The Communist Chinese government is near completion on a broad spectrum system of analysis that tracks your overall behavior from the time to you wake, live out your day, retire that night and arise the next morning. The behavior of a person in this system is scored with point system, similar to what the NSA does with your personal tracking data that categorizes people into euphemistic categories such as “Red list-Blue list, etc)” The personal spy system of surveillance, in China, is called the social credit system.” This system was rolled out four years ago and contains many Asian and Chinese-specific cultural taboos. For example, throughout the Asian world, a collective psychology, along with eg0-centered suppression behaviors are honored as opposed to the West’s individual achievement mantra. Subsequently, according to one Chinese communist government document. “keeping trust is glorious and breaking trust is disgraceful.” This made China the optimal place to beta test this ultimate control device over a population. Google is behind this system and therefore, Google must be defeated. Piloting the Inevitable The social credit system program is already mandatory and there are no opt outs. The expected completion of Google’s AI system is expected to be completed by the year 2020. However, the system is already enforcing Communist China’s edicts of displaying the proper respect for the ruling authority. The scheme has already proven successful in controlling much of the Chinese and their personal behavior. The system has already been integrated into various levels of government ranging from city government to the vast Chinese national government. Part of Google’s beta test includes managing personal behavior on a micro level. The most minute of infractions can cause one’s social credit score to plummet. Some examples of prohibited behaviors in China that are tracked include speeding, stopping to close to the intersection, jaywalking (determined by the GPS in one’s electronic devices, touching the center line or shoulder while driving, eating too many unhealthy fast foods which drives up medical costs, drinking too much alcohol, visiting subversive websites that have not been blocked by the Communist Party, smoking in no-smoking area, buying too many video games and posting “fake news” to the internet, spending too much time on the Internet, saying or publishing anything remotely critical of the ruling authority at any level from one’s professors, to one’s landlord to one’s local city council member. Consequences for Non-Compliance There are a multitude of consequences that can occur. Patrick Wood and his book on technocracy highlights some of the social and economic consequences for displaying the wrong behaviors: Travel can be denied. (Editor’s Note: This is already happening in the United States with the n0-fly lists). Internet speeds can be lessened. (Editor’s Note: This is something, that to date, that the cell phone carriers wanted to implement with the in charge. It will happen if a liberal is elected President in 2020). One can be denied a permit, or have an existing permit to work revoked. One can be denied housing. (Editor’s note: If the price of housing in California sweeps the country, most people will be living in federally funded housing, thus giving the government more control over your behavior. Did you know that an annual income of less that $117,000 qualifies one for public assistance in San Francisco?) Denied education both for oneself and one’s children. (Editor’s note: Is this why we are seeing social justice warriors on so many college campuses today as they enforce compliance to liberal world view?). Denied credit cards. (Editor’s note: Ask yourself why you just cannot pay cash to stay in a hotel, you need a credit card?) Denied the right to stay in a hotel. Good citizens are awarded more matches on dating websites. Good citizens are given reductions in energy costs, groceries and other important resources needed for day-to-day living. (Editor’s note: Doesn’t this remind you of grocery store and gas station loyalty rewards cards? What about public utilities charging less for off-peak use in a massive conditioning of the public that the government controls your use of utilities). People with high social credit scores are given preferential treatment for hiring and at higher salaries. Sources; Patrick Wood and Beijing News Conclusion It should be clear as to why the social media monopolies are censoring all conservative thought, because it is going to be forbidden in the Google world of social justice. The genesis of this control begins with a national ID card which is being implemented all across the United States over the next few years. Everything about is stored on this remotely programmable chip. The following video is an excellent, yet somewhat satirical approach to total control. 

:: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.

:: 7-4-18 The Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boys are forced to rape their MOTHERS and little girls are told witchcraft will allow them to catch bullets: UN report reveals mass rape and cannibalism in Congo war

Horrific atrocities taking place in the Kasai region of Congo, UN report reveals

Accounts of rebel and government troops committing rape and cannibalism

Witnesses recall seeing people cutting up, cooking and eating human flesh, including penises cut from men who were still alive and from corpses

Group of Kamuina Nsapu militia spotted sporting female genitals as medals

Conflict erupted in 2016, involving Kamuina Nsapu and Bana Mura militias and Congo's armed force

By Julian Robinson for MailOnline and Reuters Published: 12:51 EDT, 3 July 2018 | Updated: 12:03 EDT, 4 July 2018

Horrific atrocities including mass rape and cannibalism are taking place in a war in the Democratic Republic of Congo, according to a UN report. Testimony from the country's Kasai region included boys being forced to rape their mothers, little girls being told witchcraft would allow them to catch bullets, and women forced to choose gang-rape or death. Both rebels and government troops have committed atrocities during the conflict including dismemberment of civilians, according to accounts published by a team of U.N. human rights experts who said the world must pay heed. The team investigating a conflict in the region told the U.N. Human Rights Council last week that they suspected all sides were guilty of war crimes and crimes against humanity. Their detailed 126-page report catalogued gruesome attacks committed in the conflict, which erupted in late 2016, involving the Kamuina Nsapu and Bana Mura militias and Congo's armed forces, the FARDC. 'What happened in the Kasai simply beggars description,' Congo's Human Rights Minister Marie-Ange Mushobekwa told the Council. 'One victim told us that in May 2017 she saw a group of Kamuina Nsapu militia, some of whom sported female genitals (clitorises and vaginas) as medals,' the report said. 'Some witnesses recalled seeing people cutting up, cooking and eating human flesh, including penises cut from men who were still alive and from corpses, especially FARDC, and drinking human blood.' Lead investigator Bacre Waly Ndiaye told the Council that in one incident, at least 186 men and boys from a single village were beheaded by Kamuina Nsapu, many of whose members were children forced to fight, unarmed or wielding sticks, and were convinced that magic had made them invulnerable. Many such child soldiers were killed when FARDC soldiers machine-gunned them indiscriminately, he said. 'The bodies were often buried in mass graves... or were sometimes piled in trucks by soldiers to be buried elsewhere.' There were initially thought to be about 86 mass graves, but after investigating on the ground the team suspected there may be hundreds, he said. A Congolese government spokesman told Reuters that such information should be passed to magistrates in Congo. 'We were not aware of this and it is very curious. But it is clearly a politically motivated press campaign that has nothing to do with justice,' he said. Mushobekwa said the government had given the expert team its whole-hearted cooperation and wanted the truth to come out, but she said some of the findings were 'rather doubtful' because the investigation had been done quickly. 'One thing is absolutely certain. Each element of law enforcement and security forces that is responsible for these crimes will answer for their actions and will be severely punished,' she said. 

:: 7-4-18 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

8 Recent Stories That Show Our World Has Gone Mad And One That Provides Us The Remedy To The Madness: Christian Prayer

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die July 4th, 2018

With the 'unhinged resistance' on the left now fully on display as Susan Duclos reported in this July 3rd ANP story in which she told us about a threat levied against the family of Senator Rand Paul by an Obama-supporting Democrat to cut up his entire family into tiny pieces, simply opening up the Drudge Report on Tuesday evening gave us an entirely new slew of stories providing evidence that our world has gone mad in 2018. Next in the lineup comes this story from The Sun which reports Somali terror group Al-Shabaab has banned plastic bags "to protect humans and animals" despite being one of the world's most barbaric terrorist organizations, a group that has slaughtered thousands of innocent people. (Coincidentally, or not, the city of Seattle also recently banned plastic straws and utensils! THINK: Globalist agenda!) While terrorists and Democrats are busy banning plastic to 'protect' humans, we read in this new story from the Atlanta Journal Constitution that a jealous woman in Marietta, Georgia burned down the home she was temporarily living in after her boyfriend went to see another woman. And while that might sound radical, a cheating husband in Thailand got a much worse deal after his manhood was sliced off and thrown out the window by his wife who used a 12" long carving knife upon him after she discovered his extramarital affair. Yet the insanity doesn't end there. As the Atlanta Journal Constitution recently reported, back on June 18th, a 27-year-old Georgia man stabbed his 15-year-old sister 53 times for "taking too long in the bathroom". And in Arizona, a 92-year-old woman recently shot and killed her 72-year-old son after he attempted to move her into an assisted living home, concealing two handguns in her bathrobe pockets before confronting and killing him in cold blood. And from California we see another horrifying story that is a direct result of the left's agenda of teaching kids sexuality at a very young age after a 10-year-old boy was starved and tortured and eventually murdered by his own mother and her boyfriend only days after he had 'come out of the closet' and told them he was gay. And from Great Britain we learn that a 28-year-old nurse has been arrested as a mass murderer who has killed at least 17 babies there with this story from The Sun reporting if convicted, she'll become the UK's most prolific mass murderer in their history. And this from the country that gave us Jack the Ripper. And while those stories and many more happening every day might make it seem that our world is now 'helpless' and 'hopeless', our final story provides us the remedy to the madness. As we learn in this story over at Prepare For Change that Steve Quayle had linked to on his website, former Satanic high priest John Ramirez has claimed that Christian prayer prevented him from carrying out evil. Now a pastor, Ramirez knows all about the 'dark side' and these words should be a trumpet call to all: He once sacrificed animals as part of satanic rituals and his friends even called him, “Lucifer’s son.” In his book, Armed and Dangerous: The Ultimate Battle Plan for Targeting and Defeating the Enemy, Ramirez details why Christians need to pray more effectively. “I wrote this book because I wanted Christians to know that it’s not only a defense spiritual warfare, but there’s an offense spiritual warfare,” he told CBN News. “We need to keep the devil, the devil in his place.” “I was able to go in there and capitalize and take a stand and a position in the spirit realm against the Christians that were not praying,” he explained. “I took that territory away so I owned your neighbor; I owned your neighborhood; I owned your region because you didn’t saturate with prayers. I beat you to it.” He also shared how when Christians did pray that it stopped his evil plans in their tracks. “It is those believers, it’s that group of people, those intercessors that gave me such a beatdown in the spiritual,” he said. “When I came into the neighborhood and they were in the spirit together holding hands. Do I know they were physically holding hands in one area? I don’t know, but in the spirit realm, they were holding hands. And, they were able to chase me out the neighborhood. No mission accomplished. Mission aborted, weakened my assignment and no mission accomplished because they knew something: they had the power in that neighborhood that I didn’t have.” Yet we probably shouldn't be the least bit surprised by the madness gripping the planet. As we reported on ANP back on January 10th, according to Patriarch Kirill of the Russian Orthodox Church, our planet was on a very dangerous path towards self-annihilation with evil being 'normalized', accepted by the masses as 'goodness'. With Patriarch Kirill warning us then that "if evil prevails, end times will be upon us", the stories detailed within the first two sections of this story show that we are well on our way there. From that ANP story: When asked about the apocalypse and if 'the end is near' and what would bring about such a scenario, Patriarch Kirill tells us "In the case when the human society stops to be viable, when the resources to exist will be exhausted which would happen in the case when we have absolute dominance of evil". Warning us that evil is not viable and in cases where systems are taken over by evil, those systems will fall, Kirill continues "If evil drives away good from human society, then the end will come". When asked by the interviewer "why do we have to talk about this today?", Patriarch Kirill replies "Because we are now living through a special period in history. Never before did human society put good and evil on the same level. There were attempts to justify evil but never to say that good and evil are relative and not absolute truths. People's perception of good and evil was that they were absolute truth. But today they are relative. When can evil unrestrainedly grow in human society? EXACTLY when this point of view that good and evil are the same triumphs globally. And we are currently not at the beginning of this process but a certain amount of time has passed. History as we know it is exhausted, so how can the church keep silent? How can it avoid sending up an alarm? How can it avoid warning that we are on a very dangerous path of self-annihilation? If the church will not say this than who will?" As we reported on ANP back on June 25th, 'luciferian inversion' is now running rampant in America with the globalists and Democratic party's attempts to demonize Christians, Conservatives and Constitutionalists while Barack Obama made sure that any mention of Islam and terrorism were purged from federal law enforcement training manuals. With the globalists ongoing war upon President Trump and everything 'nationalism' helping to launch nearly half of America into full-blown-cases of 'Trump derangement syndrome', many have warned of trouble ahead. Yet while many Democrats are depressed after swallowing the mainstream media lies whole and a record-low number of 47% of Americans consider themselves 'extremely proud' to be Americans, they must have no clue about the bullet America dodged by keeping Hillary Clinton out of office and getting 'America-1st' President Trump in. And with President Trump slowly helping to balance the scales that had been tipped so far in the opposite direction, we should thank God for this amazing 2nd chance that we've been given while doing one of the very best things that we can for our country and for our fellow Americans: Pray for them. On this 4th of July, may God Bless America. 

:: 7-4-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A TRUTH YOU CAN’T UNSEE: What We Feared Has Arrived…

27,672 views Lisa Haven Published on Jul 4, 2018

Here's the link that goes with the video: 

DONATE To Lisa Haven Via Patreon: 


:: 7-4-18 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Home Office Told to Expand Programme Importing Refugees to Every UK Town, Village

4 Jul 2018 By Virginia Hale

George Soros-funded NGO Citizens UK has launched a campaign demanding the Home Office extend the refugee resettlement scheme to every corner of Britain. The left-leaning new Home Secretary Sajid Javid was urged to “take a brave stand with refugees and show the world once again Britain is a country of welcome”, at a campaign launch in London on Friday. According to the group’s press release, “200 civil society leaders from mosques, churches, schools and other organisations” attended the event in support of extending beyond 2020 the government’s programme transporting 20,000 mostly Syrian migrants over five years into homes in UK councils. Citizens UK, which claims to be a “community organising group”, pointed to council figures showing migrants have been distributed across every part of Britain — including many rural areas — as a demonstration of the scheme’s “success”. Nour Sakr, a Refugees Welcome leader from Syria — the civil war of which the United Nations (UN) announced in September last year had finally come to an end — said: “I can’t help my people back home but thanks to the Government’s VPRS [Vulnerable Persons Resettlement] scheme I and other volunteers are helping hundreds of families start new lives free from violence. “It would be terrible to stop Britain’s refugee effort by cutting the scheme,” she said, adding: “I’m here to encourage Sajid Javid to take a brave stand with refugees and show the world once again Britain is a country of welcome.” Rabbi Janet Darley, a Citizen UK leader, said: “We are proud that local authorities across the UK have successfully resettled vulnerable refugees through the Government’s VPRS scheme – it’s been a big success. “Torah commands us 35 times to welcome and care for the stranger, reminding us it is important we do not turn our backs on refugees after 2020, especially at a time when devastating conflicts around the world continue to force millions to flee. “Our message to the Home Office is to thank them for the scheme and remind them that the support of civil society and local Councils for refugee resettlement remains as strong as ever. Let’s not stop now,” added the Utah-born campaigner. Because of the ‘Dubs amendment’, which forced Britain to import so-called unaccompanied minors from the third world who had illegally migrated to Europe, Citizens UK’s Safe Passage website states that “over 1,700 children are now safely in the UK thanks to the safe and legal routes we have opened”. “Mainly from France, we have also brought children from Greece, Italy, Bulgaria, Syria, Belgium and Sudan,” the NGO boasts, adding it also helps “vulnerable adults” enter the UK “wherever possible”, and that the group is working to “expand and make family reunification possible widely across Europe and the world”. With polls consistently demonstrating immigration to be overwhelmingly unpopular in Britain, Citizen UK claims that “Community Organising is about returning power to people”. Last year, the Soros-funded NGO cited a scalp claimed in its quest to shut down newspapers publishing stories that report any downside to mass migration, calling the cosmetic company Body Shop’s decision to pull advertising from the Daily Mail as a “huge win” for the group. Citizens UK is a major backer of Stand Up to Racism, a campaign group which also piles pressure on companies to pull advertising from The Sun, the Daily Mail and the Express, whose “toxic” coverage of migrants they claimed has sparked “a wave of violence against immigrant families”. 

:: 7-2-18 New America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. Promises "Full Implementation" of UN Gun-control Agreement

Written by Joe Wolverton, II, J.D.  Monday, 02 July 2018

June 29 marked the end of the Third Review Conference (RevCon) of the United Nations’ Programme of Action (PoA) on Small Arms and Light Weapons. Delegates at the conference, including representatives of the United States, worked on producing updates to the global gun-control agreement. According to the text of the latest draft of the agreement, the PoA will serve as an “international instrument to enable states to identify and trace, in a timely and reliable manner” the small arms and light weapons that are the target of the scheme. In practice, this means that the governments of member nations (including the United States) should create a massive, all-inclusive database of all parties that manufacture, own, sell, trade, or transfer arms and ammunition. If recent history is a reliable indicator of how such data would be used, after the catalog is complete, Congress could, hypothetically, pass a law (or the president would issue an executive order) compelling “voluntary” surrender of whatever privately-owned weapons, ammo, parts, and components (including reloading equipment) the UN deems “illicit.” If, after a statutorily set window, citizens don’t turn in these now-illicit items to their local law enforcement, then officers will be sent to remind violators of their responsibility under the law to disarm. The delegates — including those from the United States — present at the PoA planning meeting have agreed to begin developing domestic legal frameworks that will provide for the “proper management of small arms and light weapons stockpiles.” To assist member states in the implementation of the disarmament and stockpiling of the prohibited small weapons and light arms in the hands of anyone other than approved government entities, the PoA places the enforcement of the provisions “into the operational activities of United Nations peacekeeping missions.” In other words, should the Congress and the president fail to begin seizing and stockpiling privately owned weapons “in a timely manner,” then the UN will deploy blue-helmeted peacekeeping troops to assist in the operation. Regarding the implementation of the PoA at the national level, the final draft of the report of the latest RevCon lists six points to which all member states agreed to advance within their respective domestic governments. Here are those six commitments, taken directly from the document:

1.To establish or strengthen national laws, regulations and administrative procedures in support of the full and effective implementation of the Programme of Action.

2. To strengthen coordinated national approaches for the implementation of the Programme of Action, including, as appropriate, the establishment or designation of national coordination agencies or bodies involving relevant government agencies, including those responsible for law enforcement, border control and export and import licensing.

3. To promote the full participation and representation of women in mechanisms relating to the implementation of the Programme of Action and to encourage strong cooperation with civil society, parliamentarians, industry and the private sector.

4. To establish or designate a national point of contact to act as a liaison between States on matters relating to the implementation of the Programme of Action; and to share and update this information regularly; and to provide the point of contact with the necessary means to carry out its role.

5. To encourage the development and implementation of national action plans or other national policies in support of the implementation of the Programme of Action by making better use of existing information to improve the measurement of progress and to coordinate the development and implementation of such plans or policies, as appropriate, in collaboration with relevant stakeholders, including those from civil society and industry, with those relevant to target 16.4 of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and to the relevant United Nations resolution on women, disarmament, non-proliferation and arms control.

6. To significantly reduce the illicit flows of small arms and light weapons, as appropriate, through illicit weapons recovery and voluntary surrender programmes.

Anyone with even the most cursory constitutional education will be able to identify several significant problems present in this list of commitments, a list to which the United States has agreed. First, in order to legally comply with the goal of “full and effective implementation of the Programme of Action,” the Second Amendment to the Constitution would have to be repealed. That critical provision of the Bill of Rights explicitly forbids the federal government from infringing whatsoever on the right of the people to keep and bear arms. The Programme of Action, on the other hand, requires that member states do all they can to not only infringe on the right to keep and bear certain arms the UN doesn't approve of, but on the right to buy, sell, and trade them (and the ammunition that makes them effectual), too. Second, the agreement would require the repeal of the 10th Amendment, as it would place state governments, as well as state and local law enforcement, subject to federal and international agencies tasked with licensing weapons and controlling international borders. Placing the state governments and their resources at the mercy of the federal and international governing bodies would turn the Constitution upside down and would violate the anti-commandeering principle which holds that the federal government cannot coerce states into participating in federal programs. Third, the appointment of a “liaison” between the federal government and the United Nations would be an extra-constitutional act that would result in the endowment of an unelected person with the “necessary means to carry out” the Programme of Action in the United States. One wonders how liberally the globocrats and the homegrown gun-grabbers would define the phrase “necessary means” in order to accomplish their shared goal of seizing weapons and ammunition from civilians. Could this liaison call upon the General Assembly or the Security Council to send UN “peacekeepers” into the territory of one of the sovereign states of the American union charged with assisting law enforcement with the mandated registration and eventual seizure of all light weapons? While this seems far-fetched, is it really outside the realm of possibility for some future date? Next, the Programme of Action calls for the domestic implementation of some system capable of using “existing information to improve the measurement of progress” of the full implementation fo the Programme of Action, including disarmament and the control of all sale, purchase, and trade of disapproved firearms. How, do you imagine, would the progress of implementation be measured? By means of a compulsory national firearm registration? By means of tracking the manufacture and sale of ammunition from factory to end-user? Yes. If you doubt it, consider this paragraph from the PoA agreement: “To take advantage of the opportunities that new technologies, when available, can offer for enhanced small arms and light weapons stockpile management and security, including through improved marking and record-keeping, and for the destruction of surplus small arms and light weapons that have been designated for destruction.” Finally, there are many, many more patently unconstitutional provisions of the UN’s Programme of Action and the United States, in order to protect the Second Amendment, must refuse to negotiate with those who would see Americans disarmed and vulnerable to rule by the global plutocrats. Right now, that seems unlikely though, as the “Working Paper Submitted by the United States” declares that “Implementation [of the PoA] must remain priority #1” and that “the United States continues to support full implementation of the PoA at the global, regional, and national levels.” Perhaps Americans who oppose eventual disarmament by the UN and the participation of our government in that betrayal should contact President Trump and encourage him to get the United States out of the UN. 

:: 7-4-18 Freedom Outpost :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

No, Tom Perez, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Is The History Of Your Party - Communism Is Its Future

Socialism has been the Democrat Party's history. Communism is the future of the Democrat Party, Mr. Perez, not Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez.

Tim Brown — July 4, 2018

On Tuesday, Democratic National Committee Chairman Tom Perez told progressive radio host Bill Press that Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez is "the future of our party." Here's the exchange. Press: There was a primary in several states. Your home state of Maryland and also up in New York where the 4th most powerful Democrat in the United States, Congressman Joe Crowley was knocked out by a young woman, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez­­­ - 28 years old - never ran for office before - big progressive - calls herself a Democratic socialist, actually like Bernie Sanders did – she was a Bernie Sanders supporter, and in Maryland, Ben Jealous another strong progressive wins the Democratic nomination for governor. What’s this tell you about where the Democratic Party is going today? Perez: Well, my daughters – I have 3 kids, two of whom are daughters, one just graduated college, one is in college, and they were both texting me about their excitement over Alexandria because, you know, she really represents the future of our party. She ran a spirited campaign.

Josh Caplan @joshdcaplan 

DNC Chair Tom Perez proudly declares Socialist Ocasio-Cortez is “the future of our party!"

10:34 AM - Jul 3, 2018

1,825 3,184 people are talking about this

Now, understand that I titled the piece that Ocasio-Cortez is no the future of the party, she's merely this history. The future of the party is something even more evil than her ideology is. Though Ocasio-Cortez has not yet found her way onto, we know that she does pay dues to the Democratic Socialists of America. You might as well call them Nazis, as that is what National Socialists are. Yahoo News reports: The primary defeat Tuesday of Rep. Joe Crowley, D-N.Y., who was both a top-ranking House Democrat and the head of one of New York’s last political machines, is an upset that is still sending shockwaves through the Democratic Party. Crowley was taken down by a 28-year-old political rookie named Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, who won in part by denouncing Crowley’s brand of old-school machine politics. But she had a campaign machine of her own, an outside group known as the Democratic Socialists of America. In the avalanche of coverage of Ocasio-Cortez’s win, the logistical support and manpower she received from the DSA has drawn relatively little notice. But the group is poised to make its presence felt in the midterms. More than 100 volunteers from the DSA had flooded the streets of the 14th Congressional District, which includes parts of Queens and the Bronx, for months. Ocasio-Cortez will be the first DSA member in Congress since Rep. Ron Dellums left office in 1998, but she isn’t the first candidate to score a dramatic upset with the help of the leftist organization. And if they have their way, she won’t be the last “Our recent electoral successes demonstrate that people are sick and tired of being ignored and they’re ready to fight back, and that includes in the political arena,” DSA national director Maria Svart wrote in an email to Yahoo News. “Democratic socialist ideas will win and we do the hard work of knocking on doors to make it happen,” Svart added. Now, in case you were wondering exactly what the DSA actually is, I'm here to tell you. According to Discover The Networks: At the height of the Cold War and the Vietnam War era, the Socialist Party USA of Eugene Debs and Norman Thomas split in two over the issue of whether or not to criticize the Soviet Union, its allies, and Communism: One faction rejected and denounced the USSR and its allies—including Castro's Cuba, the Sandinistas, North Vietnam and the Viet Cong—and supported Poland's Solidarity Movement, etc. This anti-Communist faction took the name Social Democrats USA. (Many of its leaders—including Carl Gershman, who became Jeane Kirkpatrick's counselor of embassy at the United Nations—eventually grew more conservative and became Reagan Democrats.) The other faction, however, refused to reject Marxism, refused to criticize or denounce the USSR and its allies, and continued to support Soviet-backed policies—including the nuclear-freeze program that sought to consolidate Soviet nuclear superiority in Europe. This faction, whose leading figure was Michael Harrington, in 1973 took the name Democratic Socialist Organizing Committee (DSOC); its membership included many former Students for a Democratic Society activists. DSOC operated not as a separate political party but as an explicitly socialist force within the Democratic Party and the labor movement . As such, it attracted many young activists who sought to push the Democratic Party further leftward politically. Among the notables who joined DSOC were Machinists' Union leader William Winpisinger, feminist Gloria Steinem, gay rights activist Harry Britt, actor Ed Asner, and California Congressman (and avowed socialist) Ron Dellums. By 1979 DSOC had made major inroads into the Democratic Party and claimed a national membership of some 3,000 people. In 1983 DSOC, under Michael Harrington's leadership, merged with the New American Movement to form the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA). Harrington’s strategy was to force a “realignment” of the two major political parties by pulling the Democrats emphatically to the left and polarizing the parties along class lines. He expected that this would drive business interests away from the Democrats and into the Republican Party, but that those losses would be more than offset by an influx of newly energized minority and union voters to the Democratic Party, and that over time the Democrats would embrace socialism as their preferred ideology.[1] Thus Harrington sought to establish DSA as a force that worked within, and not outside of, the existing American political system. Following Harrington's lead, most DSAers were committed to electoral politics within the Democratic Party.[2] They feared that if they were to openly move too far and too quickly to the left, they would run the risk of alienating moderate Democrats and thereby ensuring Ronald Reagan's reelection in 1984.[3] Like everything tied to Marxism, the people will become disillusioned but will retain basically the same Marist mindset, just offer a different way to tone it down, but eventually and inevitably it will grow into full-blown Communism. They may separate themselves on some small issue, but at the heart they are for tyrannical government, less freedom, government theft of property and money and imposing a godless, lawless society on the people. And right on que, the DSA showed their true colors and openly called for Communism. Olivia Katbi Smith, co-Chair of the Portland DSA chapter, tweeted out on Saturday, "As a DSA chapter co-chair I just wanna set the record straight for a minute: communism is good." She wasn't alone. The Charlottesville DSA co-chair retweeted her tweet saying, "The Charlottesville DSA co-chair." etc etc. Clearly, these people came from the public indoctrination centers known as public schools. Remember, the ideology of Communism has been responsible for unlawful incarceration, oppression, starvation and outright murder of millions of people over the past 100 years. There is nothing "good" about Communism nor Communists. They are of their father the devil (John 8:44-45), who comes only to kill, steal and destroy (John 10:10). They promise liberty, but are the slaves of corruption (2 Peter 2:19). Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez may win her seat or may not. She may not even be alive in a few years. No one knows for sure, but the ideology of Ocasio-Cortez will evolve into full-blown Marxism, of that you can be sure, and if you don't believe me, just look at someone like Hillary Clinton. Ocasio-Cortez, like most Marxists who lie in order to influence and deceive people into believing they are something when they are not, lied to gain notoriety. If she will lie about herself, I ask those people who voted for her, what else is she lying to you about? Socialism has been the Democrat Party's history. Communism is the future of the Democrat Party, Mr. Perez, not Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez.

Scribe note: If you click on this link the various tweets are available pertaining the contents of this news article. 

:: 7-5-18 Rulful news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Great Unwinding and The Aftermath – A New World order and a New World currency in 2018

Mark July 5, 2018

With Global debt reaching unprecedented and unserviceable levels it has got me thinking where this is all going. It has been 30 Years since the Rothschild publication “The Economist” suggested on their front cover that there would be a new World currency in 2018. If you do not know who the Rothschilds are basically they are the richest family in the World and have a long history in banking and finance. This is January 9, 1988, Vol. 306, pp 9-10: THIRTY years from now, Americans, Japanese, Europeans, and people in many other rich countries, and some relatively poor ones will probably be paying for their shopping with the same currency. Prices will be quoted not in dollars, yen or D-marks but in, let’s say, the phoenix. The phoenix will be favoured by companies and shoppers because it will be more convenient than today’s national currencies, which by then will seem a quaint cause of much disruption to economic life in the last twentieth century. At the beginning of 1988 this appears an outlandish prediction. Proposals for eventual monetary union proliferated five and ten years ago, but they hardly envisaged the setbacks of 1987. The governments of the big economies tried to move an inch or two towards a more managed system of exchange rates – a logical preliminary, it might seem, to radical monetary reform. For lack of co-operation in their underlying economic policies they bungled it horribly, and provoked the rise in interest rates that brought on the stock market crash of October. These events have chastened exchange-rate reformers. The market crash taught them that the pretence of policy co-operation can be worse than nothing, and that until real co-operation is feasible (i.e., until governments surrender some economic sovereignty) further attempts to peg currencies will flounder. The new world economy The biggest change in the world economy since the early 1970’s is that flows of money have replaced trade in goods as the force that drives exchange rates. as a result of the relentless integration of the world’s financial markets, differences in national economic policies can disturb interest rates (or expectations of future interest rates) only slightly, yet still call forth huge transfers of financial assets from one country to another. These transfers swamp the flow of trade revenues in their effect on the demand and supply for different currencies, and hence in their effect on exchange rates. As telecommunications technology continues to advance, these transactions will be cheaper and faster still. With unco-ordinated economic policies, currencies can get only more volatile. Because it will link current events to ancient Biblical prophecies, step by step. And you will realize why we are standing at the precipice of the darkest event in the history of mankind… In all these ways national economic boundaries are slowly dissolving. As the trend continues, the appeal of a currency union across at least the main industrial countries will seem irresistible to everybody except foreign-exchange traders and governments. In the phoenix zone, economic adjustment to shifts in relative prices would happen smoothly and automatically, rather as it does today between different regions within large economies (a brief on pages 74-75 explains how.) The absence of all currency risk would spur trade, investment and employment. The phoenix zone would impose tight constraints on national governments. There would be no such thing, for instance, as a national monetary policy. The world phoenix supply would be fixed by a new central bank, descended perhaps from the IMF. The world inflation rate – and hence, within narrow margins, each national inflation rate- would be in its charge. Each country could use taxes and public spending to offset temporary falls in demand, but it would have to borrow rather than print money to finance its budget deficit. With no recourse to the inflation tax, governments and their creditors would be forced to judge their borrowing and lending plans more carefully than they do today. This means a big loss of economic sovereignty, but the trends that make the phoenix so appealing are taking that sovereignty away in any case. Even in a world of more-or-less floating exchange rates, individual governments have seen their policy independence checked by an unfriendly outside world. As the next century approaches, the natural forces that are pushing the world towards economic integration will offer governments a broad choice. They can go with the flow, or they can build barricades. Preparing the way for the phoenix will mean fewer pretended agreements on policy and more real ones. It will mean allowing and then actively promoting the private-sector use of an international money alongside existing national monies. That would let people vote with their wallets for the eventual move to full currency union. The phoenix would probably start as a cocktail of national currencies, just as the Special Drawing Right is today. In time, though, its value against national currencies would cease to matter, because people would choose it for its convenience and the stability of its purchasing power. The alternative – to preserve policymaking autonomy- would involve a new proliferation of truly draconian controls on trade and capital flows. This course offers governments a splendid time. They could manage exchange-rate movements, deploy monetary and fiscal policy without inhibition, and tackle the resulting bursts of inflation with prices and incomes polices. It is a growth-crippling prospect. Pencil in the phoenix for around 2018, and welcome it when it comes. As global currencies wage a race to the bottom, citizens of the world are kept distracted by insignificant things to keep them calm right up to the end. The end will be the destruction of many world currencies and the savings of those invested in them. When that happens those who have lost everything will panic, and for good reason. The conspiracy theorists and sound money people will be proven to be prophets but none of that will matter by then. If it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. All of the savings that people think they have was long ago looted by the bankers and now they must destroy those ledger entries that people think they have. Much like the phantom gold that no longer exists in vaults but only on paper, those ledger entries must be destroyed before the banks are required to give that money back to its rightful owners. It is not only the savings but the promised payments from government entities that must be eliminated. The government has made promises it cannot keep and now it must find a way out while maintaining “plausible deniability”. That is the crux of the unwinding we will see in the near future. The people have been robbed of their wealth and their futures and now it is time to perpetrate the cover up so the guilty parties can sail off into the sunset with their ill gotten loot. It almost sounds like a movie plot but unfortunately the people will have to stick around after this show and deal with the aftermath. That is something most people do not see coming and are ill prepared to deal with emotionally, physically or financially. There are many things that people will disagree on when it comes to the future but there are some things those following events will agree on. There will likely be a catastrophic event in conjunction with a monetary crisis. Most people will be completely unprepared for the events. Only those that hold hard assets and the means to protect them will come through this with any wealth in tact. The government will increase their control of the population. Basic resources like food, water and energy will be expensive or difficult to get. This is especially true for imported goods. People will lose the homes they cannot afford and their retirement savings. Government payments will be cut off or severely cut back. There will be armed resistance against the government as they reduce freedoms that people are accustomed to. They could only treat patients in the most critical conditions. The #1 killer in any crisis is disease and infection Most Americans think our medical system is the same as other 1st world countries… That’s what I used to think… But in fact, our medical system is a “ticking bomb” waiting to “explode”! Roving gangs will likely be a problem at least in the short term following the crisis. The country will look much different in ten years than it does now, and likely not for the better. People will need a different strategy for retirement than they now hold. Healthcare will become more expensive and less available to the average citizen. The U.S. will likely become a third world nation as far as living standards are concerned. These items point out the direction we are headed as a nation. Those that ignore the reality we now live in will suffer greatly and will be immobilized with fear and uncertainty as to what to do. The government they looked to in the past for guidance and safety will be at odds with their very existence in the future. Those things they took as a given will no longer exist. This list defines what you as an individual must be prepared to deal with in the uncertain future ahead. Only by addressing these issues will you have any peace of mind in the coming days as events play out on a global scale. It has been said many times before but must be repeated because many still do not hear the message. You must be prepared to provide basic necessities to your family for a prolonged period of time. This includes clean drinking water, nutritious food, shelter, sanitation, security, clothing, health care and any excess funds should be used to buy precious metals or some other wealth preservation tool. Any transportation and communication assets you have will greatly enhance your survival position. Beyond these basic items you will also need to think about some way to produce income in the years ahead. Having special knowledge or capitol equipment to produce needed goods will insure you can continue to care for your family long term. The ability to produce food, water, clothing or energy and provide medical help or capitol goods will insure you have a product to sell that will be in demand. In a dysfunctional world the business opportunities are many. Basic supplies that were once taken for granted will be sought after by everyone. Herbal remedies, meat production, paper goods, cleaning agents, tools, building supplies and such mundane things as blocks of ice and footwear will have to come from somewhere. Something as simple as an absorption freezer powered by a homemade power source like bio-gas can provide frozen meat and ice to sell the year round. You must also be cognizant of many possible dangers that an uncertain world can present. These include natural disasters, the threat of war, disease, nuclear dangers such as fallout and contamination and chemical threats from malfunctioning plants and storage sites. The . It is a sad thing that people spend more time planning a summer vacation than the ability to plan for the future is more imperative now than every do for their future. That lack of planning will insure a difficult future for them and their children as the world unwinds at an ever faster pace taking their standard of living to ever lower levels until reaching the bottom of this unknown new world. You need to prepare now like your life depends on it, because it does. Learn more about the different remedies that we’ve are lost to history The Lost Book Of Remedies about:

How To cure any disease naturally using common plants growing in your own backyard?

Natural common growing plants remedies to replace your chemical antibiotic pills.

Three of the most powerful remedies to cure diabetes, high cholesterol level, relieve pains, stop bleeding in minute, cure arthritis, stabilize your blood sugar level, and much more.

Click here and watch this video for more info.

Related what would happen if we lost the internet for a lengthy period of time, I reached a strange but compelling conclusion: the food distribution system would collapse June 19, 2018In "Technology"


When The Going Gets Tough, The Tough Create Their Own Jobs June 15, 2018In "Economics"

Previous Previous post: The global elite that have their hand on all the switches know how individualistic and enterprising many Americans are etc 

:: 7-5-18 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Population migration patterns: US cities Americans are abandoning

Michael B. Sauter, 24/7 Wall Street Published 8:00 a.m. ET July 5, 2018 | Updated 11:18 a.m. ET July 6, 2018

Each year, roughly 40 million Americans, or about 14% of the U.S. population, move at least once. Much of that movement includes younger people relocating within cities, but it is trends of Americans moving to warmer climates, more affordable areas, and better job opportunities that have largely determined migration patterns in recent decades. Because of those long-term patterns, as well as the recent period of economic recovery, cities in some parts of the country have lost tens of thousands of residents. To find the 50 U.S. metropolitan areas that have had the largest net decline in population as a result of migration between 2010 and 2017, 24/7 Wall Street reviewed population figures from the U.S. Census Bureau’s Population Estimates Program. The 50 cities where the most people are moving away from can primarily be found in the Northeast, Midwest, and West Coast, particularly in states like Illinois, Michigan, Ohio, and New York. Among the cities where  Angeles people are leaving in droves are places such as Chicago, Detroit, St. Louis, New York, and Los. William Frey, demographer at the Brookings Institution, a nonprofit public policy research group, explained that these cities that have been losing thousands of residents due to migration are part of the long-term trend of movement from the Northeast and the Midwest to warmer climates, a trend that has increased in recent years. “The story of the broader migration pattern in the U.S. is from Snow Belt to Sun Belt," Frey said. "That migration has slowed a little bit in the early part of the decade, when we were still dealing with the aftermath of the recession, but it's coming back.”

50. Fairbanks, Alaska

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -7,011

Population change, 2010-2017: +2.2% (97,585 to 99,703)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 12,364 births, 3,417 deaths

Median home value: $226,900

49. Johnstown, Pennsylvania

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -7,070

Population change, 2010-2017: -7.4% (143,674 to 133,054)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 9,624 births, 13,203 deaths

Median home value: $93,400

48. Hinesville, Georgia

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -7,171

Population change, 2010-2017: +3.2% (77,919 to 80,400)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 12,218 births, 3,030 deaths

Median home value: $133,600

47. El Centro, California

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -7,219

Population change, 2010-2017: +4.8% (174,528 to 182,830)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 22,531 births, 7,106 deaths

Median home value: $170,900

More: Who is getting paid more? 16 states where personal incomes are booming

46. Bakersfield, California

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -7,314

Population change, 2010-2017: +6.4% (839,621 to 893,119)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 102,106 births, 41,099 deaths

Median home value: $204,200

45. Norwich-New London, Connecticut

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -7,365

Population change, 2010-2017: -1.8% (274,059 to 269,033)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 19,518 births, 17,252 deaths

Median home value: $242,000

44. Fresno, California

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -7,571

Population change, 2010-2017: +6.3% (930,495 to 989,255)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 113,926 births, 47,252 deaths

Median home value: $238,100

43. Macon-Bibb County, Georgia

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -7,877

Population change, 2010-2017: -1.5% (232,286 to 228,914)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 21,752 births, 17,233 deaths

Median home value: $122,000

42. Anchorage, Alaska

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -8,464

Population change, 2010-2017: +5.3% (380,821 to 400,888)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 43,973 births, 15,756 deaths

Median home value: $299,700

41. Vineland-Bridgeton, New Jersey

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -8,476

Population change, 2010-2017: -2.6% (156,628 to 152,538)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 14,926 births, 10,604 deaths

Median home value: $165,900

40. Erie, Pennsylvania

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -8,511

Population change, 2010-2017: -2.1% (280,564 to 274,541)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 22,920 births, 20,396 deaths

Median home value: $125,700

39. Mobile, Alabama

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -8,517

Population change, 2010-2017: +0.2% (413,143 to 413,955)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 40,422 births, 30,886 deaths

Median home value: $126,800

38. Atlantic City-Hammonton, New Jersey

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -8,550

Population change, 2010-2017: -1.7% (274,540 to 269,918)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 22,801 births, 18,976 deaths

Median home value: $215,100

37. Fayetteville, North Carolina

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -8,741

Population change, 2010-2017: +5.6% (366,322 to 386,662)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 47,548 births, 19,638 deaths

Median home value: $134,600

More:Which manufacturers are bringing the most jobs back to America?

36. Jacksonville, North Carolina

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -8,791

Population change, 2010-2017: +9.1% (177,799 to 193,893)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 30,768 births, 7,184 deaths

Median home value: $151,500

35. Yakima, Washington

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -8,916

Population change, 2010-2017: +2.9% (243,237 to 250,193)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 29,681 births, 13,811 deaths

Median home value: $166,300

34. Binghamton, New York

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -9,470

Population change, 2010-2017: -3.8% (251,737 to 242,217)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 18,295 births, 18,409 deaths

Median home value: $121,000

33. Sierra Vista-Douglas, Arizona

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -9,495

Population change, 2010-2017: -5.0% (131,356 to 124,756)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 11,814 births, 9,110 deaths

Median home value: $130,100

32. Farmington, New Mexico

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -9,633

Population change, 2010-2017: -2.4% (130,045 to 126,926)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 13,381 births, 6,949 deaths

Median home value: $153,100

More:What's the richest town in every state?

31. Lawton, Oklahoma

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -9,641

Population change, 2010-2017: -2.3% (130,291 to 127,349)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 14,355 births, 7,848 deaths

Median home value: $124,900

30. Charleston, West Virginia

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -9,772

Population change, 2010-2017: -5.6% (227,061 to 214,406)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 18,078 births, 20,856 deaths

Median home value: $111,300

29. Saginaw, Michigan

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -9,783

Population change, 2010-2017: -4.1% (200,169 to 191,934)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 16,380 births, 14,912 deaths

Median home value: $96,200

28. Pine Bluff, Arkansas

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -10,001

Population change, 2010-2017: -9.3% (100,278 to 90,963)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 8,244 births, 7,701 deaths

Median home value: $84,700

27. Montgomery, Alabama

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -10,317

Population change, 2010-2017: -0.2% (374,541 to 373,903)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 35,032 births, 25,380 deaths

Median home value: $135,700

26. Wichita, Kansas

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -10,335

Population change, 2010-2017: +2.3% (630,924 to 645,628)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 65,873 births, 40,647 deaths

Median home value: $132,400

25. Watertown-Fort Drum, New York

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -10,901

Population change, 2010-2017: -1.8% (116,232 to 114,187)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 15,196 births, 6,527 deaths

Median home value: $149,600

24. Albany, Georgia

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -10,964

Population change, 2010-2017: -3.9% (157,500 to 151,434)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 15,175 births, 10,379 deaths

Median home value: $109,600

More:Migration and growth: The fastest growing (and shrinking) cities in the US

23. New Haven-Milford, Connecticut

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -11,253

Population change, 2010-2017: -0.2% (862,462 to 860,435)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 64,732 births, 55,491 deaths

Median home value: $247,600

22. Visalia-Porterville, California

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -12,390

Population change, 2010-2017: +5.0% (442,178 to 464,493)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 55,606 births, 20,845 deaths

Median home value: $186,600

21. Shreveport-Bossier City, Louisiana

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -12,410

Population change, 2010-2017: +0.3% (439,811 to 440,933)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 46,192 births, 32,742 deaths

Median home value: $150,900

20. Hartford-West Hartford-East Hartford, Connecticut

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -13,682

Population change, 2010-2017: -0.2% (1,212,398 to 1,210,259)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 86,636 births, 75,155 deaths

Median home value: $247,400

19. Youngstown-Warren-Boardman, Ohio-Pennsylvania

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -14,057

Population change, 2010-2017: -4.2% (565,799 to 541,926)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 40,696 births, 50,302 deaths

Median home value: $106,000

18. Peoria, Illinois

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -14,415

Population change, 2010-2017: -1.8% (379,186 to 372,427)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 35,268 births, 27,573 deaths

Median home value: $136,800

17. Hanford-Corcoran, California

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -14,442

Population change, 2010-2017: -1.9% (152,982 to 150,101)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 17,121 births, 5,895 deaths

Median home value: $190,500

16. Rochester, New York

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -15,934

Population change, 2010-2017: -0.2% (1,079,691 to 1,077,948)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 84,317 births, 69,938 deaths

Median home value: $138,900

15. Brownsville-Harlingen, Texas

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -17,233

Population change, 2010-2017: +4.3% (406,219 to 423,725)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 53,118 births, 18,432 deaths

Median home value: $80,000

14. Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News, Virginia-North Carolina

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -17,297

Population change, 2010-2017: +2.9% (1,676,817 to 1,725,246)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 163,787 births, 97,935 deaths

Median home value: $239,900

13. Syracuse, New York

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -17,717

Population change, 2010-2017: -1.2% (662,625 to 654,841)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 52,435 births, 42,535 deaths

Median home value: $133,300

12. Toledo, Ohio

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -18,475

Population change, 2010-2017: -1.0% (610,002 to 603,668)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 54,309 births, 42,313 deaths

Median home value: $129,200

11. Rockford, Illinois

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -18,789

Population change, 2010-2017: -3.2% (349,431 to 338,291)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 30,366 births, 22,915 deaths

Median home value: $121,600

10. New York-Newark-Jersey City, New York-New Jersey-Pennsylvania

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -21,503

Population change, 2010-2017: +3.9% (19,566,480 to 20,320,876)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 1,811,927 births, 1,035,505 deaths

Median home value: $426,300

9. El Paso, Texas

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -21,829

Population change, 2010-2017: +5.1% (804,123 to 844,818)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 98,803 births, 36,570 deaths

Median home value: $119,600

8. Flint, Michigan

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -22,658

Population change, 2010-2017: -4.3% (425,788 to 407,385)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 35,720 births, 31,707 deaths

Median home value: $106,900

7. Milwaukee-Waukesha-West Allis, Wisconsin

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -27,959

Population change, 2010-2017: +1.3% (1,555,954 to 1,576,236)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 144,429 births, 95,601 death

Median home value: $204,000

6. Memphis, Tennessee-Mississippi-Arkansas

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -30,000

Population change, 2010-2017: +1.8% (1,324,827 to 1,348,260)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 136,058 births, 82,670 deaths

Median home value: $142,400

5. Cleveland-Elyria, Ohio

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -33,117

Population change, 2010-2017: -0.9% (2,077,271 to 2,058,844)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 168,361 births, 153,138 deaths

Median home value: $146,100

4. St. Louis, Missouri-Illinois

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -39,894

Population change, 2010-2017: +0.7% (2,787,763 to 2,807,338)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 246,280 births, 186,111 deaths

Median home value: $169,200

3. Detroit-Warren-Dearborn, Michigan

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -54,640

Population change, 2010-2017: +0.4% (4,296,317 to 4,313,002)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 364,121 births, 293,091 deaths

Median home value: $160,700

2. Los Angeles-Long Beach-Anaheim, California

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -93,959

Population change, 2010-2017: +4.1% (12,828,961 to 13,353,907)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 1,202,115 births, 578,750 deaths

Median home value: $578,200

1. Chicago-Naperville-Elgin, Illinois-Indiana-Wisconsin

Population decrease due to migration, 2010-2017: -296,320

Population change, 2010-2017: +0.8% (9,461,541 to 9,533,040)

Natural growth, 2010-2017: 869,178 births, 501,469 deaths

Median home value: $229,900

Detailed findings Not all the cities with the largest net declines in population from migration since 2010 are necessarily the fastest shrinking cities. However, among the U.S. metropolitan areas with the highest net population declines due to migration, the vast majority have had the largest overall decreases in population. Two notable exceptions are New York and Los Angeles. While tens of thousands more people moved out of each city than moved in, both cities have still had among the highest net increases in population. This is because of natural population growth -- hundreds of thousands more people in these cities have been born than died. Notably, Los Angeles had a net migration loss of 93,959, but the overall population increased by over three-quarters of a million people because of births. Frey explained that movement from New York and Los Angeles to many of the cities with the largest net migration increases is due to residents of these cities getting pushed out because of rising populations and prices, the latter of which is a product of the economic recovery. "Now that things are picking up again, people are moving out of cities. As the housing market is coming back, people are being sucked out of pricey areas to where it is more affordable again.” Frey gave the example of one common migration pattern: Los Angeles to Las Vegas, the latter of which had the 15th highest net population increase due to migration. Los Angeles has always lost residents to Las Vegas, but when the recession hit and housing prices fell, that movement slowed significantly. Now that housing prices have recovered in Los Angeles and have become too expensive for many residents, people are once again moving out of the city in droves. As of 2016, Los Angeles had the seventh highest median home value of any metropolitan area, at $578,200. Las Vegas’ median home value is just slightly more than half that, at $233,700. The same sort of thing is true for a place like New York,” Frey added. “There has always been huge movement going from New York to Florida, but during the Great Recession period that slowed up quite a bit, and now it is picking up again.” Frey added that the reasons behind the decline in population in cities like Los Angeles and New York -- overcrowding and high prices -- are very different than the reasons for decreases in other cities on this list, notably Rust Belt cities like Flint, Michigan; Toledo, Ohio; and Rockford, Illinois; and even larger cities like St. Louis, Cleveland, and Milwaukee. These cities have been losing domestic migrants for decades due to stagnating economic conditions stemming from the decline of American manufacturing. Methodology To identify America’s Fastest Declining Cities, 24/7 Wall Street reviewed the annual estimates of resident population and the estimates of the components of residential population change from April 1, 2010 to July 1, 2017, provided by the American Community Survey. Population, and home value data also came from the 2016 American Community Survey. 

:: 7-4-18 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

People of Faith Must Defend Our Nation's Founding Principles

By Op-Ed Contributor Jason Yates | Wed 4 Jul 2018 8:44 EDT

Today we celebrate America's 242nd birthday. While that might not seem long in the timeline of history, we must remember that at one point our country was referred to as the "American Experiment," a moniker which reflects the uncertainty surrounding the viability of this new, unprecedented and unproven attempt at self-government. After all, before there was a Declaration of Independence or a Bill of Rights, America was little more than the dream of a motley crew of immigrants who sought freedom to practice their religion and a fair, representative government. The Founders of the American Experiment crafted a government whose authority, at its heart, flowed from certain fundamental, biblical truths, not a person or personality. In a letter to Thomas Jefferson — the author of the Declaration of Independence — our second president, John Adams, said "the general principles on which the Fathers achieved independence were the general principles of Christianity." How incredible that a Founding Father admitted that the truth of Christianity, not secular humanism or any other religious system, provides the bedrock upon which this great nation has been built! The Declaration and its moral arguments would go on to inspire the framework of the U.S. Constitution. As President Adams, one of its drafters plainly admitted, it is "religion and morality alone which can establish the principles upon which freedom can securely stand. The only foundation of a free constitution is pure virtue." Adams would later say the Constitution "was made only for a moral and religious people" and is, therefore, "wholly inadequate to the government of any other" type of people. America was founded to function only so long as moral and religious people drew from their reservoir of virtue to guide America forward. I believe John Adams was correct. America has a historical legacy undoubtedly established in Christianity. We've experienced God's blessing because from the beginning our Founders sought His wisdom rather than rely on their own, for as Psalm 33:12 declares, "Blessed is the nation whose God is the LORD." That means people of faith must stand guard to keep this American Experiment alive, to defend the principles that have advanced religious liberty, peace, prosperity and freedom. I pray your family has a wonderful day celebrating America's birthday. Make sure to take time to reflect on our nation's founding principles and thank God that his eternal law so clearly influenced the writers of the Declaration of Independence and U.S. Constitution. Ultimately, it is God's truth, not man's system of government or laws that we must be rooted in. As we celebrate this Independence Day, let the history of our nation's founding remind us to be vigilant to think, pray and vote according to our Christian faith. 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 7-2-18 Bloomberg :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea Expanding Missile-Manufacturing Plant, Report Finds

By Kanga Kong July 2, 2018, 12:17 AM EDT

North Korea continued to develop a key rocket-engine facility in the run-up to Kim Jong Un’s summit with U.S. President Donald Trump, according to an independent analysis of satellite imagery. The Middlebury Institute of International Studies report found that North Korea has recently expanded a factory complex in the eastern city of Hamhung that produces key engines for solid-fuel ballistic missiles. The factory also makes other missile components, including re-entry vehicles for warheads that could be used on longer-range missiles capable of reaching the U.S. “The expansion suggests that, despite hopes for denuclearization, Kim Jong Un is committed to increasing North Korea’s stockpile of nuclear-armed missiles,” the report’s authors David Schmerler and Jeffrey Lewis wrote. The analysis, which was first reported by the Wall Street Journal, is the latest to undercut Trump’s assurances that North Korea is “no longer a nuclear threat” after his June 12 meeting with Kim in Singapore. U.S. intelligence officials have separately concluded that Kim was seeking to conceal his nuclear weapons stockpile and had no intention of surrendering his arsenal, NBC News reported. The Middlebury report examined imagery from the weeks before the Trump-Kim summit, in which Kim agreed to “work toward complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula.” The expansion efforts came after the North Korean leader made a similar denuclearization pledge during his April 27th meeting with South Korean President Moon Jae-in. The factory in question produces wound-filament airframes and nozzles for engines used in solid-fuel missiles, particularly the Pukguksong series of rockets, the report said. Such missiles are more concerning to U.S. military planners because they can be kept hidden while fueled, making them easier to deploy and harder to target during any attack. The expansion suggests that Kim is working to make good on his May 2017 order -- following a successful test of a Pukguksong-2 missile -- to “rapidly mass-produce” the rocket. While Kim has subsequently pledged to halt nuclear-weapons tests, he hasn’t said anything about production and has made no commitment to disarm. U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo is working to firm up those commitments in the wake of the summit, with the Financial Times reporting that he plans to soon visit Pyongyang. Pompeo spoke with South Korean Foreign Minister Kang Kyung-wha by telephone on June 29 to discuss the next steps in negotiations. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-4-18 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israelis overwhelmingly prefer Trump to Obama — poll

Just 40% of secular Israelis want to see mass Jewish immigration from US, while 43% do not; most Israelis feel US Jews should not criticize Israel publicly

By TOI staff 4 July 2018, 6:37 pm

Israelis overwhelmingly favor US President Donald Trump over his predecessor Barack Obama, according to a poll released on Wednesday, and are lukewarm in their support for the immigration of American Jews to the Jewish state. The survey, conducted for Haaretz newspaper to coincide with US Independence Day, found that almost half of Israelis — 49 percent — strongly approved of Trump (and 23% slightly approved), while only 22% disapproved of the US president. However, when asked about Obama, only 19% of respondents strongly approved of him (while 30% slightly approved), compared to a substantial 46% who disapproved of the former American leader. Trump came to Israel last year in his first overseas trip as president and visited Jerusalem’s Western Wall, becoming the first American president to do so. In December, he recognized Jerusalem as Israel’s capital and in May the US embassy in Israel was moved from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem. In his views vis-à-vis the Palestinian Authority, Trump has been seen as more favorable to Israel than his predecessor. His approval ratings in Israel eclipsed his support at home, where he only enjoys a 41.8% approval rating, according to 538’s poll aggregator. According to the Haaretz poll, 44% of Israelis believed Trump’s peace plan would be pro-Israel, while only 7% thought it would be pro-Palestinian (31% thought it would be balanced). The Haaretz poll also asked Israelis whether they want the majority of US Jews to move to Israel. In total, 50% of Israeli respondents said they support mass Jewish immigration from the US, but among secular Israelis only 40% want American Jews to relocate (43% disagreed), whereas 88% of Orthodox Jewish Israelis wanted the US Jews to move. The survey also found that a majority of Israelis (52%) believe American Jews had no right to publicly criticize Israel, while only 37% thought they should be able to voice their dissent with the Jewish state. Asked whether Israel should give equal rights to Reform and Conservative Jews, a total of 47% of Israeli survey respondents said it should — of those who agreed, 71% were secular, while only 3% of the religious population agreed. Thirty percent — 11% of the secular public and 90% of religious Israelis — said Reform and Conservative Jews should not have the same rights. Moreover, 44% of Israelis approve of the way Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was handling Israel’s relations with US Jews, according to the Haaretz poll, while 26% disapprove. Construction of an egalitarian prayer space at the Western Wall, which would allow for Reform and Conservative prayer sessions — the subject of negotiations with leaders of liberal Judaism since 2012 — has been mired in political difficulties since it was first approved by the government in 2016. On Tuesday the Knesset appointed Netanyahu to head the committee asked to implement the construction of the space. 

:: 7-3-18 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mexico's president-elect shuns guards, asks 'people' for protection

[Reuters] By Daina Beth Solomon ,Reuters•July 3, 2018 By Daina Beth Solomon

MEXICO CITY (Reuters) - Mexican President-elect Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador left the country's national palace on Tuesday in the front passenger seat of a white Volkswagen Jetta, swarmed by hundreds of jubilant supporters including one waving a live rooster. There was not a bodyguard in sight. Since claiming victory on Sunday, the leftist politician has promised transformative change for Mexico. That includes ambitious plans to stem the corruption and violence that have become the status quo, though Lopez Obrador has yet to provide details. Lopez Obrador's approach to security is one of the first signs of how he is breaking from the mold of the typical Mexican presidency. His plan to travel without armed guards has sparked worry in some quarters about his safety on the heels of Mexico's deadliest year since modern records began. "The people will protect me. ... He who fights for justice has nothing to fear," Lopez Obrador said after meeting with President Enrique Pena Nieto, who he said offered federal protection. "You'll all be watching out for me," he told a large hall packed with press during a lively, 35-minute back-and-forth that sharply contrasted with Pena Nieto's brief, tightly controlled appearances. Some audience members were skeptical. "This is the institution of the presidency of the republic, this isn't just one person," a journalist said, asking Lopez Obrador if he would change his strategy. "We're just reporters," another called out. Since Sunday, Lopez Obrador's every move has been broadcast live, with journalists and supporters forming a slow-moving convoy around the 64-year-old, who has pledged to shed various trappings of power including the presidential residence and plane, while earning half of Pena Nieto's salary. At one point, Lopez Obrador's Jetta, which often snaked through Mexico City with the windows down, knocked a member of the posse off his motorcycle while making a right turn. The man appeared unhurt.

Mexico's president-elect shuns guards, asks 'people' for protection

[Reuters] By Daina Beth Solomon ,Reuters•July 3, 2018

Supporters try to get a selfie with Mexico's president-elect Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador as he is leaving his campaign headquarters in Mexico City, Mexico July 3, 2018. REUTERS/Daniel Becerri

A supporter of Mexico's president-elect Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador shows a rooster, that he wants to give him as a present, while waiting for him outside National Palace in Mexico City, Mexico July 3, 2018. REUTERS/Daniel Becerri Mexico's president-elect Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador leaves National Palace after a private meeting with Mexico's President Enrique Pena Nieto in Mexico City, Mexico July 3, 2018. REUTERS/Daniel Becerril

Supporters try to get a selfie with Mexico's president-elect Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador as he is leaving his campaign headquarters in Mexico City

Supporters try to get a selfie with Mexico's president-elect Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador as he is leaving his campaign headquarters in Mexico City, Mexico July 3, 2018.

Since claiming victory on Sunday, the leftist politician has promised transformative change for Mexico. That includes ambitious plans to stem the corruption and violence that have become the status quo, though Lopez Obrador has yet to provide details. Lopez Obrador's approach to security is one of the first signs of how he is breaking from the mold of the typical Mexican presidency. His plan to travel without armed guards has sparked worry in some quarters about his safety on the heels of Mexico's deadliest year since modern records began. "The people will protect me. ... He who fights for justice has nothing to fear," Lopez Obrador said after meeting with President Enrique Pena Nieto, who he said offered federal protection. "You'll all be watching out for me," he told a large hall packed with press during a lively, 35-minute back-and-forth that sharply contrasted with Pena Nieto's brief, tightly controlled appearances. Some audience members were skeptical. "This is the institution of the presidency of the republic, this isn't just one person," a journalist said, asking Lopez Obrador if he would change his strategy. "We're just reporters," another called out. Since Sunday, Lopez Obrador's every move has been broadcast live, with journalists and supporters forming a slow-moving convoy around the 64-year-old, who has pledged to shed various trappings of power including the presidential residence and plane, while earning half of Pena Nieto's salary. At one point, Lopez Obrador's Jetta, which often snaked through Mexico City with the windows down, knocked a member of the posse off his motorcycle while making a right turn. The man appeared unhurt. Close-to-the-people campaigning has been the style of the former Mexico City mayor for 13 years during two prior presidential bids, taking him to the most remote and dangerous pockets of Mexico. Even in recent months, despite a surge of politician killings, Lopez Obrador has ventured into drug-cartel strongholds rarely visited by Pena Nieto, such as Chilapa and Reynosa. Mexico is on track to register even more murders this year than in 2017, according to government data, and Lopez Obrador's vows to curb violence appealed to many voters frustrated with the ruling Institutional Revolutionary Party's inability to stem the bloodshed. But Lopez Obrador's new status may compel him to make some compromises, said Vicente Sanchez, a professor of public administration at the Colegio de la Frontera Norte in Tijuana. "He should understand the risk, and that once he's elected, he doesn't owe it to himself, but to the country," Sanchez said. "He has too much desire to go down in history as an austere figure, close to the people."

(Reporting by Daina Beth Solomon; Additional reporting by Lizbeth Diaz and Daniel Becerril; Editing by Leslie Adler) 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..

:: 7-3-18 The Times of Istael :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Austria gives Iran 48 hours to lift immunity of diplomat implicated in bomb plot

Vienna says Iranian's diplomatic status to be revoked due to warrant for his arrest over planned attack on opposition group in France

By AFP 3 July 2018, 5:24 pm

VIENNA — Austria asked Tehran Tuesday to lift the immunity of an Iranian diplomat suspected of involvement in an alleged plot to bomb a rally by an exiled Iranian opposition group in France. The diplomat, who is based at the embassy in Vienna, was detained in Germany on Saturday. Vienna delivered the request to “lift the immunity of the Iranian diplomat” to Iran’s ambassador to Austria, who was summoned to the foreign ministry after news of the alleged plot emerged on Monday, a ministry spokesman said. Austria also informed Iran on Tuesday that the diplomat would be “deprived of his diplomatic status within 48 hours because of the existence of a European arrest warrant” against him, said the spokesman, Matthias Forenbacher. The diplomat was one of six people arrested in Belgium, France and Germany over the alleged plot. The apparent foiled attack was to have targeted a meeting of thousands of Iranian opposition supporters in a northern suburb of the French capital that was also attended by leading US figures, including close allies of US President Donald Trump. Federal prosecutors in Brussels first revealed the arrests, charging a husband and wife they described as Belgian nationals “of Iranian origin.” They said the Iranian diplomat in Vienna was believed to be a contact of the couple. The arrests were revealed on the day Iranian President Hassan Rouhani arrived in Switzerland on a visit that Tehran said was of “crucial importance” for cooperation between the Islamic Republic and Europe after the US withdrawal from the Iranian nuclear agreement. Rouhani is also due to visit Austria, which currently holds the six-month presidency of the European Union. Iran’s foreign minister dismissed the attack plot as a “false flag ploy” designed to overshadow Rouhani’s tour. “How convenient: Just as we embark on a presidential visit to Europe, an alleged Iranian operation and its ‘plotters’ arrested,” Mohammad Javad Zarif tweeted.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 6-29-18 USNI News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Carrier USS Harry S. Truman Operating in the Atlantic as Russian Submarine Activity is on the Rise

By: Sam LaGrone June 29, 2018 3:32 PM • Updated: June 29, 2018 6:42 PM

The aircraft carrier USS Harry S. Truman (CVN-75) has left the Mediterranean Sea and is now operating in the Atlantic Ocean, a defense official confirmed to USNI News. This week the carrier, the embarked Carrier Air Wing 1 and some of its escorts passed through the Strait of Gibraltar into the Atlantic after spending several days in port in Marseille, France. “As a matter of longstanding policy, we do not discuss future operations, but I can tell you that the Harry S. Truman Carrier Strike Group will continue to conduct operations in support of our NATO allies, European and African partner nations, coalition partners, and U.S. national security interests,” Cmdr. John Perkins, a spokesman with U.S. Naval Forces Europe and Africa, told USNI News. The move to the Atlantic is arguably a continued expression of two constituent themes in the Pentagon as of late: a return to great power competition outlined in new strategic planning documents, and the direction from Secretary of Defense James Mattis that U.S. forces need to be “strategically predictable and operationally unpredictable.” In terms of great power competition, there is growing evidence that Russia continues to push its newest attack submarines to operate the North Atlantic at a pace not seen since the Cold War, Navy leaders have continued to stress publicly. “Russian submarines are prowling the Atlantic, testing our defenses, confronting our command of the seas, and preparing the complex underwater battlespace to give them an edge in any future conflict,” current U.S. Naval Forces Europe-Africa commander Adm. James Foggo wrote in U.S. Naval Institute’s Proceedings in 2016. “Not only have Russia’s actions and capabilities increased in alarming and confrontational ways, its national-security policy is aimed at challenging the United States and its NATO allies and partners.” Bryan Clark, a senior fellow at CSBA, said that carrier strike group operations in the Atlantic make sense for high-end exercises for the U.S. and partner nations. Both the U.K. Royal Navy and the French Navy field effective submarine forces that haven’t trained much lately with U.S. surface ships. “Our Atlantic coast guys need a chance to train against good submariners,” he said. “Either they’re it doing with the French or the British for training or for hope of finding a Russian submarine.” For its part, the Truman Strike Group embarked with an extensive escort fleet that will include up to six guided-missile destroyers and the German Navy guided missile frigate FGS Hessen (F 221). Clark said the U.S. DDGs are equipped with an effective anti-submarine warfare packages that work well in the Atlantic but aren’t typically deployed there. “You have to make a special effort to put them there,” he said. Chief of Naval Operations Adm. John Richardson has also alluded to an increased Russian submarine presence in public statements about the need for the Navy to operate differently in a new era. “It’s an aspect of the security environment that it’s getting harder to do things without being observed, no matter where you are. So we’re going to have to be clever about that,” he told USNI News last month. In line with the Mattis guidance, the Navy is using a so-called dynamic force employment model that in the last several months has broken from the traditional patterns of the last several years. Earlier in June, the amphibious warship USS Iwo Jima (LHD-7) entered the Persian Gulf after a two-and-a-half-month gap of a capital ship in the region, while two other ships in the Iwo Jima Amphibious Ready Group – USS Oak Hill (LSD-51) and USS New York (LPD-21) – operated in the Baltic and Mediterranean seas, respectively. “The Navy is making deliberate prioritization decisions in accordance with the [national defense strategy] which may disrupt the ‘business as usual’,” a Navy official told USNI News on Friday. “We must prioritize lethality, deterrence capability, training and readiness of the defined fighting unit, and will ensure the mission is met with the right capability and platform.” While the Navy did not acknowledge Truman’s mission in the Atlantic, the move harkens back to an exercise from last year. On its return to Norfolk, Va., the George H.W. Bush Carrier Strike Group operated off of the U.K. as part of Saxon Warrior, an exercise with the U.K., Germany, Sweden and Norway. The exercise was the first in the series since 2011 and was in part prompted by Russian operations in the region, USNI News understands. However, the Truman carrier strike group is expected to continue its deployment for several more months. 

:: 7-1-18 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A First: 3 Polyamorous Adults Recognized as Child’s Parents in Court Ruling

Michael Foust | Contributor | Friday, June 29, 2018

Three adults living in a polyamorous relationship can be the legal parents of a child, according to a ruling by a Canadian judge in what is believed to be the first ruling of its kind in the nation. The case involves two men living with a woman, who is the mother of the child born in 2017, according to the CBC. It was a Newfoundland and Labrador court. “Society is continuously changing and family structures are changing along with it,” Justice Robert Fowler wrote. “This must be recognized as a reality and not as a detriment to the best interests of the child.” The ruling was handed down in April but did not become public until June. It is the first time a Canadian court has ruled that three parents in a relationship can be legally recognized as the parents. The trio filed suit after the province told them that only two parents could be listed on the child’s birth certificate, the CBC reported. “I have no reason to believe that this relationship detracts from the best interests of the child,” Fowler wrote. “On the contrary, to deny the recognition of fatherhood (parentage) by the applicants would deprive the child of having a legal paternal heritage with all the rights and privileges associated with that designation.” Answers in Genesis founder Ken Ham criticized the judge’s ruling, saying it was not in the child’s best interest. “Yes, it’s a detriment to the child because there’s only one definition of a true family when God created this institution with one man one woman (Genesis 1&2),” Ham said. “The ‘best interests of the child’ are when they’re taught the truth God created them, they’re made in God’s image and very special, and they have a sin nature so God provided a free gift of salvation for them in God’s Son Jesus who died and rose from the dead.” Michael Foust is a freelance writer. Visit his blog, 

:: 6--18 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jerusalem: Recognizing Reality

By Hal Lindsey

On Wednesday, President Trump formally recognized Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. He also announced a beginning of the process to move the U.S. Embassy there. That process will take at least three years, and probably much more. He also endorsed the so-called “two-state solution” as the framework for peace with the Palestinians… as long as both sides agree to it. He did not specify anything regarding future boundaries of Jerusalem, or whether it should be split. He said those decisions need to be made as part of negotiations between Israel and the Palestinians. Israel itself has claimed Jerusalem as its capital since the time of King David. Modern Israel was first recognized as a nation in 1948. It took possession of West Jerusalem that year. But because of the ongoing war, it made Tel Aviv its temporary capital. The next year, David Ben-Gurion, Israel’s first Prime Minister, said, “For the State of Israel there has always been and always will be one capital only — Jerusalem the Eternal. Thus it was 3,000 years ago — and thus it will be, we believe, until the end of time.” Listening to the media, you would think President Trump’s decision is outside mainstream U.S. diplomatic orthodoxy. But that not true. No U.S. president ever pulled the trigger on the move, but as candidates, several of them were for it. Despite them taking that position, it was never a significant point of controversy in any presidential election. Congress passed a law in 1995 saying that Jerusalem should “remain an undivided city” and “be recognized as the capital of the State of Israel.” The law allowed presidents to postpone the move, but they had to do so every six months. Until now, that’s what they have all done. The leader of Senate Democrats, Chuck Schumer, urged President Trump to move the embassy. “As someone who strongly believes that Jerusalem is the undivided capital of Israel,” he said, “I am calling for the U.S. Embassy in Israel to be relocated to Jerusalem.” The President did not go that far. He said nothing about Jerusalem being “undivided.” Nevertheless, his decision has been criticized by leaders around the world, including in the United States. California Senator Diane Feinstein wrote to Trump saying, “Recognizing Jerusalem as Israel’s capital — or relocating our embassy to Jerusalem — will spark violence and embolden extremists on both sides of this debate.” She said such a move would “undermine any remaining hope for a two-state solution.” A Palestinian general delegate to the United Kingdom said that to declare Jerusalem the capital of Israel is like “declaring war.” Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas warned that there will be “dangerous consequences.” The Palestinian terrorist group, Hamas, called for three “days of rage,” starting Wednesday, but making Friday the main day. The State Department warned U.S. embassies around the world to be on alert following the announcement. It also issued a warning to U.S. travelers in Israel. “Hostilities between the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) and terrorist groups, including Hamas, in the Gaza Strip could resume and the security situation could deteriorate with little or no notice.” Turkey’s President Erdogan said Jerusalem is a “redline” for Muslims. He said the move would be a violation of international law, and that, “This could go as far as cutting our diplomatic relations with Israel. President Trump argued that his action is “recognition of reality.” He pointed out that all the major institutions of the Israeli government, including the Knesset, are located in Jerusalem. Nations put embassies in the capitals of other nations because they want their ambassadors close to the center of power. In Israel, that’s Jerusalem. Through the years, proposed peace plans from the United Nations, the U.S., and Europe, have always allowed Israel to keep at least part of Jerusalem. Israel says that Jerusalem is its capital. Since the Israelis will be staying in Jerusalem under any of these plans, why does the world not allow Israel to choose its own capital? From a secular, diplomatic prospective, the President’s move makes sense to me. Israel is the one great democracy of the Middle East, and America’s most faithful ally. The Israelis — not a bunch of European elites — should decide the location of Israel’s capital. But I’m not a diplomat. I’m a preacher of the Gospel and a student of scripture. I look at this from another angle. In Genesis 12:3, God said to Abraham (then still named “Abram”), “I will bless those who bless you, And the one who curses you I will curse.” (NASB) “God Bless America” is a prayer. One of the actions that must accompany that prayer is for America to continue to bless Israel. 

:: 6-24-18 Chicago Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kushner rips Abbas, says Mideast peace plan due 'soon'

By Ilan Ben Zion Associated Press June 24, 2018

President Donald Trump's son-in-law and senior adviser said in an interview published Sunday that the administration will soon present its Israeli-Palestinian peace plan, with or without input from Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas. In an interview published in the Arabic language Al-Quds newspaper, Jared Kushner appealed directly to Palestinians and criticized Abbas, who has shunned the Trump team over its alleged pro-Israel bias, particularly on the fate of contested Jerusalem. The interview came out after a weeklong trip around the region by Kushner and Mideast envoy Jason Greenblatt. The team met with leaders of Israel, Jordan, Qatar, Egypt and Saudi Arabia to discuss the worsening humanitarian situation in Gaza and the administration's proposals for a peace deal. The Palestinians refused to meet with Kushner, and leaders have criticized the Trump negotiating team in recent days. Senior Palestinian negotiator Saeb Erekat accused Kushner and Greenblatt on Saturday of trying to topple the Abbas-led West Bank autonomy government and dismantle the U.N. aid agency for Palestinian refugees. On Sunday, Erekat doubled down on his criticism, telling Israel's Channel 10 that the American negotiators are "not neutral" and predicting their peace plan would fail. Any peace plan would face major obstacles, including the increasingly dire humanitarian situation in the Gaza Strip, internal Palestinian divisions, and recent cross-border violence between Gaza's Hamas rulers and Israel. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu told his Cabinet on Sunday that he met twice with Kushner and Greenblatt this weekend and discussed "how to solve the humanitarian situation in Gaza without strengthening Hamas." It remains unclear how the Trump administration would proceed with a peace plan without Palestinian cooperation. Kushner said the plan is "almost done," but offered scant details aside from the promise of economic prosperity. He made no mention of a Palestinian state arising alongside Israel, though he acknowledged that Arab partners support that goal. The Palestinians seek the West Bank, east Jerusalem and Gaza — territories captured by Israel in the 1967 Mideast war. Israel withdrew from Gaza in 2005, and two years later, Hamas seized control of Gaza from Abbas' forces. Abbas now governs only small autonomous zones in the West Bank. Kushner cast doubt on Abbas' ability to make a deal, alleging that the Palestinian leadership is "scared we will release our peace plan and the Palestinian people will actually like it" because it would offer them a better life. "The global community is getting frustrated with Palestinian leadership and not seeing many actions that are constructive toward achieving peace," Kushner said. "There are a lot of sharp statements and condemnations, but no ideas or efforts with prospects of success." Palestinian leaders have refused to meet with the Trump team since the president recognized Jerusalem as Israel's capital in December. Jerusalem is an emotional issue at the epicenter of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Israel captured the city's eastern half, home to holy sites for Jews, Christians, and Muslims, in the 1967 Mideast war and annexed it. The annexation is not internationally recognized. Palestinians seek east Jerusalem as capital of a future state. "If President Abbas is willing to come back to the table, we are ready to engage; if he is not, we will likely air the plan publicly," Kushner said. Abbas spokesman Nabil Abu Rdeneh responded to Kushner's interview by restating that American efforts will yield no result if they bypass the Palestinian leadership, and if they are not aimed at an independent Palestinian state with east Jerusalem as its capital. Later in the day Israel's military said its aircraft carried out several strikes in Gaza in response to Palestinians launching "arson and explosive balloons." Gaza's Health Ministry said three people were wounded. Local media and witnesses in Gaza said the injured were members of Hamas forces. For weeks, Israel has been struggling to combat large fires caused by kites and balloons rigged with incendiary devices launched by Palestinians in Gaza that have destroyed forests, burned crops and killed wildlife and livestock. The military said that Hamas is now orchestrating the flying fire bomb attacks and "will bear the consequences for its actions." 

:: 6-26-18 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: Supreme Court Travel Ban Ruling 'a Moment of Profound Vindication'

Tuesday, 26 June 2018 01:41 PM

President Donald Trump on Tuesday said the Supreme Court's ruling upholding his travel ban targeting several Muslim-majority countries was a victory for Americans and "a moment of profound vindication" for his policy. "Today’s Supreme Court ruling is a tremendous victory for the American people and the Constitution," he said in a statement. "This ruling is also a moment of profound vindication following months of hysterical commentary from the media and Democratic politicians who refuse to do what it takes to secure our border and our country." 

:: 6-26-18 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel Struck Target Near Damascus Airport, Syrian Media Says

Israel targeted Hezbollah arms depot, watchdog says ■ Regime-run media says attack linked to Israel's 'continued support to the terrorist organizations'

Jack Khoury and Reuters Jun 26, 2018 1:56 PM

Two Israeli missiles struck a target near Damascus International Airport, Syrian state-run media said overnight on Monday, adding that no casualties or damage were reported. The target was an arms depot belonging to the Lebanese Shi'ite movement Hezbollah, the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights said. According to the Lebanon-based Al-Mayadeen TV, a source said Syrian air defense systems had intercepted two missiles in addition to the ones fired at the airport. The Syrian news agency, SANA, said the incident was linked to Israel's "continued support to the terrorist organizations in an attempt to raise their morale, following their defeat against the Syrian army." The report added that the Syrian army seized territory from rebels in the southwest. The capture of the area cut across an opposition-held finger of territory in northeastern Deraa province, where Syrian President Bashar Assad has pressed his assault despite U.S. warnings. An American official told CNN that Israel was behind the attack in Syria last week, near the border with Iraq. According to Shi'ite militias in the region, 22 Iraqi fighters, backed by Iran, were killed in the attack, but according to the Syrian Human Rights Organization, the death toll reached 52. Syrian media accused the American coalition of the attack, but Washington denied it. The IDF refused to comment on the report. Last month, Israel's air force planes attacked dozens of Iranian targets in Syria, including Iranian intelligence sites, military camps and arms depots, in the most extensive attack Israel has carried out in Syria in recent decades. The attack was carried out following the firing of dozens of rockets from Syria at IDF positions in the Golan Heights. Four rockets penetrated Israel and were intercepted, while the rest landed in Syrian territory. There were no casualties reported. About two weeks after the attack, Major General Amikam Norkin said that during the incident Iranian forces stationed in Syria fired 32 rockets at the Golan Heights. According to the general, the Syrian anti-aircraft system launched more than 100 surface-to-air missiles at Israeli planes that attacked Iranian targets in the country. In April, Israel struck Syria's T4 army base near Hama which killed seven Iranian military advisers and members of the Revolutionary Guards. Israel's air force attacked the base after Iran transferred surface-to-air missiles that reach a range of 110 kilometers. 

:: 6-25-18 Tribune Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Express Tribune > World

Pregnant women, children among 13,000 refugees abandoned 'to die' in Sahara Desert

By News Desk Published: June 25, 2018

Algeria has left more than 13,000 migrants, including pregnant women and children, to die in the Sahara Desert over the past 14 months, Al Jazeera reported on Monday. The government has undertaken this process in the past 14 months expelling them without food or water and compelling them to roam, sometimes at gunpoint, under the piercing sun with some never making it out alive. The banished migrants and refugees can be seen coming over the horizon by the hundreds, appearing at first as specks in the distance under temperatures of up to 48 degrees celsius. In Niger, where the majority head, the lucky ones march across a desolate 15km no-man’s-land to the border village of Assamaka. Others roam for days on end before a United Nations rescue squad can get to them. Untold numbers perished as nearly all of the more than two dozen survivors said there are people in their groups, who simply vanished into the desert. “Women were lying dead, men … Other people got missing in the desert because they didn’t know the way,” said Janet Kamara, who was with a baby at the time. “Everybody was just on their own,” she added. She recalled at least two nights in the open before her group was rescued, however, she said that she had lost track of time. “I lost my son, my child,” said Kamara, a Liberian. Another woman in her early twenties also went into labor and lost her baby, she said. Algeria’s mass expulsions have picked up since October 2017, as the European Union applied fresh pressure on North African countries to head off migrants and refugees going north to Europe through the Mediterranean Sea, as well as, the barrier fences with Spain. An EU spokesperson said they were aware of what Algeria was doing, but that sovereign nations may banish migrants and refugees as long as they comply with international rules and regulations. ‘Tossed into the desert’ Unlike Niger, Algeria takes none of the EU money intended to help with the migration and refugee crisis despite that fact that received a dispensation of $111.3m in aid from Europe between 2014 and 2017. Algeria provides no figures for its involuntary expulsions. Notwithstanding, the number of people crossing on foot to Niger has been on the rise ever since the International Organization for Migration (IOM) started counting in May 2017, when 135 people were dropped, to as high as 2,888 in April 2018. In all, according to the IOM, a total of 11,276 men, women and children managed to survive the march. At least another 2,500 were forced on a similar trek into neighbouring Mali, with an unidentified figure succumbing along the way. The migrants and refugees described being rounded up in the hundreds at a time, squeezed into trucks for hours on end to what is known as Point Zero and then being dropped in the desert and pointed towards Niger. They walk, sometimes at gunpoint. “There were people who couldn’t take it. They sat down and we left them. They were suffering too much,” said Aliou Kande, an 18-year-old from Senegal. Kande said nearly a dozen people gave up, fainting in the desert. His group of 1,000 wandered from 8am until 7pm, he said. He never saw the missing people again. “They tossed us into the desert, without our telephones, without money,” he added. ‘There is no mercy’ The migrants and refugees’ accounts are confirmed by video footage showing hundreds of people stumbling away from lines of trucks and buses, spreading wider and wider through the Sahara. Two persons said gendarmes fired on them, and multiple videos seen showed armed, uniformed men standing guard. Liberian Ju Dennis filmed his deportation with a phone he kept hidden on his body. It shows people crammed on the floor of an open truck, hopelessly endeavouring to shade their bodies from the sun and hide from the gendarmes. He narrated every step of the way in a hushed voice. Traffickers kill 12 migrants trying to flee Libya camp: UN “You’re facing deportation in Algeria – there is no mercy,” he said. “I want to expose them now…We are here, and we saw what they did. And we got proof.” Algerian authorities have refused to comment. However, the country has in the past denied criticism that it is committing rights abuses by abandoning migrants and refugees in the desert, calling the allegations a “malicious campaign” intended to anger neighboring countries. ‘Swift killer’ The Sahara is a swift killer that leaves little evidence behind. The IOM has estimated that for every person known to have died crossing the Mediterranean, as many as two are lost in the desert – potentially upwards of 30,000 people since 2014. The vast flow of people puts an enormous strain on all the points along the route. “They come by the thousands. This time, the expulsions that I’m seeing, I’ve never seen anything like it,” said Alhoussan Adouwal, an IOM official who has taken up residence in Assamaka to send out the alert when a new group arrives. He then tries to arrange rescue for those still in the desert. “It’s a catastrophe.” Most choose to leave by IOM bus for the town of Arlit, about six hours to the south through soft sand. And then on to Agadez, the Nigerien city that has been a crossroads for African trade and migration for generations. Ultimately, they will return to their home countries on IOM-sponsored flights. Even as these migrants and refugees move south, they cross paths with some who are making the trip north towards Algeria and Europe. Every Monday evening, dozens of pickups filled with the hopeful pass through a checkpoint at the edge of the city. They are fully loaded with water and people gripping sticks, their eyes are firmly fixed on the future. The article originally appeared on Al Jazeera

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-18-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Terrified" San Francisco Tourists Shocked By Aggressive Vagrants, Discarded Needles, Dead Bodies

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/18/2018 - 09:11

San Francisco - a Democratic stronghold known for cable cars, quaint architecture and its diverse culture, has become a bastion of squalor and crime as city dwellers and visitors alike dodge aggressive, drug-addled vagrants. And it's beginning to scare the tourists... An Australian couple visiting the city were shocked by what they saw after deciding to walk back to their hotel: "Is this normal or am I in a 'bad part of town?' Just walked past numerous homeless off their faces, screaming and running all over the sidewalk near Twitter HQ and then a murder scene. Wife is scared to leave hotel now," reads a Wednesday posting by Reddit user /u/nashtendo. When another Redditor said "put on your big boy pants... scared to leave the hotel?"... The Aussie replied: It was my wife that was scared and it was partly the mass of concentrated, drug affected homeless mixed with a guy being rolled into an ambulance dead. -/u/nashtendo "We did La and Nyc on this trip too. Both felt safer," he said later in the thread, adding "Syringes were visible, people were staggering, others had wide aggressive eyes. 'Off their faces' might be an Australian thing (sorry) but I meant just visibly drug affected." Another Reddit user replied: It's pretty normal. I'm honestly hoping tourists will realize how shitty this city has become and stop coming. Maybe the loss of income will finally push the city to stop allowing the rampant drug dealing and homeless people treating the entire city like their toilet. You would think a city that deoends so heavily on tourism and conventions for the bulk of their income would put more effort into maintaining a certain standard, but there is rampant drug dealing out in the open in some of the most heavily tourist areas. The city know about it, they just don't care. -/u/SgtPeanutbutter "You see things on the streets that are just not humane," Kevin Carroll, executive director of the Hotel Council of San Francisco told The Chronicle's Heather Knight in April. "People come into hotels saying, 'What is going on out there?' They're just shocked. ... People say, 'I love your city, I love your restaurants, but I'll never come back.'" In a completely seperate thread, another Reddit user posted in the San Francisco subreddit "Why is this city so terrifying?" I’ve wanted to visit SF my entire life and I finally make it here and my goddddd it’s terrifying. Anyone have any advice for a tourist aside from “don’t be such a pussy.” -u/xnmb1 "The streets are filthy. There's trash everywhere. It's disgusting," Joe D'Alessandro, president of S.F. Travel told the Chronicle's Heather Knight in April. "I've never seen any other city like thisthe homelessness, dirty streets, drug use on the streets, smash-and-grabs." The city, which hands out up to 4.8 million syringes each year, has struggled to figure out how to keep streets clean and safe for residents, while accommodating a growing homeless population and longstanding HIV and Hepatitis C epidemics. There are roughly 16,000 residents in San Francisco with HIV, and 13,000 with Hep C. City Health Director Barbara Garcia estimated in 2016 that there were 22,000 intravenous drug users in San Francisco - around one for every 38.9 residents, while the city hands out roughly 400,000 needles per month. Of the 400,000 needles distributed monthly, San Francisco receives around 246,000 back - meaning that there are roughly 150,000 discarded needles floating around each month - or nearly 2 million per year, according to Curbed. Mayor Mark Farrell has said, repeatedly, in recent weeks that the problem of discarded syringes on city streets has become a sticking point for him, and the city promised millions of dollars to curb the problem of hazardous waste on sidewalks and streets. Meanwhile, San Francisco Chronicle’s Matier and Ross chimed in Wednesday with an uncomfortable observation: Most of the needles littering streets in downtown neighborhoods came by way of the city itself, as part of the Department of Public Health’s 25-year-old needle exchange program. -Curbed While certainly nowhere near the top of the list, crime is also a problem in San Francisco - which is higher than 92.7% of the United States according to 

:: 6--18 Springer Link :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Playing God? Synthetic biology as a theological and ethical challenge

Authors Authors and affiliations Peter Dabrock 

:: 6-13-18 Science Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists discover biomarker for flu susceptibility

Date: June 13, 2018 Source: Stanford Medicine

Summary: Researchers have found a way to predict whether someone exposed to the flu virus is likely to become ill. They used a computational approach to pinpoint a blood-based genetic biomarker to determine an individual's susceptibility to the disease. Researchers at the Stanford University School of Medicine have found a way to predict whether someone exposed to the flu virus is likely to become ill. Purvesh Khatri, PhD, associate professor of medicine and of biomedical data science, and his team used a computational approach to pinpoint a blood-based genetic biomarker to determine an individual's susceptibility to the disease. "We've been after this for about four years," Khatri said. "To our knowledge, it's the first biomarker that shows susceptibility to influenza, across multiple strains." The biomarker is a gene called KLRD1, and it essentially acts as a proxy for the presence of a special type of immune cell that may be a key to stamping out nascent flu infection. Put simply: the more of this cell type found in a person's blood, the lower their flu susceptibility. The research even hints at new avenues for pursuing a broadly applicable flu vaccine. A paper describing the work will be published online June 14 in Genome Medicine. Khatri is the senior author. Graduate student Erika Bongen is the lead author. The secret's in the cell type At the start of their study, Khatri and his group ran gene expression analyses that sifted through the collection of human genes, looking for a sign that one might be particularly important for fighting off the flu. But the sheer number of genes in a small number of samples overshadowed any potential signal, so Khatri turned to a different approach that repurposed immune cell data collected from more than 150 studies that monitored gene expression in the immune cells of more than 6,000 samples. "The idea was, instead of looking at 20,000 variables [or genes], let's bring it down to 20 -- let's only look at 20 immune cell types and see if any of these show a consistent pattern in regard to H1N1 or H3N2 flu infection, and then we'll look at genes that are related to that cell type only," Khatri said. "And that turned out to be the answer." Using a computational approach developed in his lab, Khatri and his team parsed the identity and proportion of cells present in participants of two studies -- one conducted at Harvard University, the other at Duke University -- comprising a total of 52 individuals who volunteered to sniff up live influenza in the name of science. The researchers were looking only at types of immune cells present in each individual just before they were infected with the flu. "We found that a type of immune cell called a natural killer cell was consistently low at baseline in individuals who got infected," Bongen said. Those who had a higher proportion of natural killer cells had better immune defenses and fought off illness. "So we asked, 'What are the genes that represent natural killer cells?' And there turned out to be this one gene, KLRD1, that seemed to be a good target," Bongen said. Old data, new tricks KLRD1, when expressed, manifests as a receptor on the surface of natural killer cells. KLRD1 is basically a counting chip. When the score was tallied, Khatri saw that, on the whole, those whose immune cells consisted of 10-13 percent natural killers did not succumb to the flu, whereas those whose natural killer cells fell short of 10 percent wound up ill. It's a fine line, Khatri said, but the distinction between the groups is quite clear: Everyone who had 10 percent or more natural killer cells stood strong against the infection and showed no symptoms. Khatri said his findings could help health professionals understand who's at the highest risk for flu infection. "If, for example, there's a flu epidemic going on, and Tamiflu supplies are limited, this data could help identify who should be prophylactically treated first," Khatri said. Khatri emphasizes that for now, the link between KLRD1 levels and influenza susceptibility is only an association. The next step, he said, is to find the mechanism. "It will be crucial to understand the role of natural killer cells' protection so that we can potentially leverage that in designing better flu vaccines," he said. "Since we see that natural killer cells are protective across different strains, maybe that would be a path to a universal flu vaccine." More broadly, Khatri said that this research exemplifies the power of "data repurposing." "Our work shows how you can use data that exists from previous studies to answer questions that those studies alone would not have been able to answer," Khatri said. "But by aggregating the data, we were able to find a signal across both studies and use that to discover something new." Story Source: Materials provided by Stanford Medicine. Original written by Hanae Armitage. Note: Content may be edited for style and length. 

:: 6--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American Medical Association sliding toward support of physician-assisted suicide… here come the death panels

By Dave Hodges

Will the American Medical Association soon be in favor of physician-assisted suicide? In early June, the AMA decided not to reaffirm its position against assisted suicide – a decision which has shocked many. But indeed, the AMA has gone against its own Council on Ethical and Judicial Affairs, which recommended the AMA maintain its opposition of euthanasia for humans. Advocates for assisted suicide have been very successful at opening doors for euthanasia in medicine. In some states, affiliate groups have already taken a more neutral stance on this issue, paving the way for legislators to approve the legalization of doctor-assisted suicide. While proponents of euthanasia say that their cause gives patients the right to a dignified death, the issue isn’t really that cut and dry. There are substantial concerns about the potential for abuse and coercion. Inevitably, this could give rise to an untold number of citizens quietly being put to death against their will – while no one will be the wiser. Experts warn against assisted suicide Matt Vallière, the Executive Director of Patients Rights Action Fund, told Life News that he, and other advocates for patients’ rights, are very concerned about the AMA’s sudden change of heart. “The American Medical Association’s decision to not confirm their own Council on Ethical and Judicial Affairs’ recommendation – namely that they maintain their opposition to assisted suicide – does not take into account that this bad public policy puts vulnerable patients at high risk for coercion, mistakes and even abuse. Although the AMA’s opposition position still stands for now, a referral back to CEJA is a lost opportunity and a failure to stand against a policy that has grave consequences for everyone, but especially persons living with illness, disabilities, or socio-economic disadvantage. Assisted suicide is not medical care,” Vallière stated. Support our mission to keep you informed: Discover the extraordinary benefits of turmeric gummy bears and organic “turmeric gold” liquid extract, both laboratory tested for heavy metals, microbiology and safety. Naturally high in potent curcuminoids. Delicious formulations. All purchases support this website (as well as your good health). See availability here. Further, he noted, the AMA’s Council on Ethical and Judicial Affairs spent two years poring over research on assisted suicide before making their recommendation. The Council is an internationally respected panel of experts, and the AMA has basically ignored the panel’s statements on euthanasia in entirety, declaring that the issue needs “further study.” In their conclusion, the Council stated, “Physician-assisted suicide is fundamentally incompatible with the physician’s role as healer, would be difficult or impossible to control, and would pose serious societal risks.” The dangers of euthanasia The American College of Physicians (ACP) reaffirmed their stance against assisted suicide last year, noting that: “The power to prescribe assisted suicide carries a profound potential for misuse and abuse.” In their statement, the ACP noted that in a time when the cost of care is on everyone’s mind, the rising demand for euthanasia is alarming. And indeed it is; after all, killing off the “sick enough” would inevitably prove to be the best way to save money – how long will it take for that to become a platform? As Dr. Bernat, hailing from Dartmouth Medical School, wrote in 1997, there are several issues with assisted suicide. In addition to harming patient-professional relationships and damaging the practice of palliative care, the legalization of euthanasia will lead to more death. Dr. Bernat surmises that once physician-assisted suicides are legal, it will only be a matter of time before two things happen: Voluntary euthanasia will become legal, and soon after that, involuntary euthanasia will follow. Proponents of assisted suicide may scoff at that last contention – but look no further than the killing of a 29-year-old mentally ill woman in the Netherlands for proof that involuntary euthanasia is already reality. Can someone struggling with a mental illness make a rational choice in this situation, especially in a society that is basically telling them their life is not worth living? In the Netherlands, infants who are disabled and unable to consent to assisted suicide are regularly euthanized under what’s known as the “Groningen Protocol.” Studies have shown that staggeringly few infant euthanasia cases are reported on – even though estimates indicate 20 Netherlands babies are intentionally killed by their doctors every year. Studies from Belgium, where euthanasia is also legal, show that 30 percent of those euthanized are actually being killed without consent. Where do we draw the line? Stay updated with the latest on medical controversies at Sources for this article include: 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot?

:: 6-18-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Stories Prove It's Well Past Time To Get America Out Of The United Nations And Put A Dagger In Their Satanic Agenda

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 18, 2018

While here in the US, liberals and globalists are losing their minds over parents and children of immigrants being separated, perfectly exemplified in former NSA and CIA Director Michael Hayden's recent tweet comparing President Trump's immigration policy to that used by the Adolf Hitler and the Nazi's during the Holocaust, we'd love to ask Hayden when the last time was that he can remember an American citizen being imprisoned after carrying out a crime being allowed to bring their children with them to prison. Sharing a picture of Birkenau in Aushwitz in his tweet and captioning it "other government's separated mothers and children", as Susan Duclos reported on ANP on June 16th, the mainstream media is desperately and intentionally pushing the 'children in cages like a concentration camp' narrative in another attempt to distract the masses. Yet in this unfolding illegal immigration fiasco we get more proof that what was once called 'conspiracy theory' is indeed fact. As we reported on ANP back in 2015, an unusual number of WalMart stores across the country were going to be closed down for what were called 'plumbing problems' and while back then we speculated that such huge stores could easily be used as makeshift 'FEMA camps', as the Free Thought Project reported back on June 8th, that 'conspiracy theory' was proven as fact after Senator Jeff Merkley of Oregon was removed by cops from a Walmart in Brownsville, Texas that had been converted into a detention center. As Jeremiah Johnson reported over at SHTFPlan just days later, "how do you like it, Senator, when the 'deep state' works against you?" Reminding us in his story that "what's good for the goose is good for the gander", how many more 'conspiracy theories' that were written about during the days of Barack Obama and George Bush were also actually 'truths' that the deep state and mainstream media never wanted us to find out about? From Johnson's story: There’s an old expression: “What’s good for the goose is good for the gander.” In this case, another old expression is even better: “Turnabout is fair play.” We are all still reeling from the Obama years of “transparency,” and “change you can believe in,” that both equated to Doublethink and Doublespeak. Under Obama, everything was hidden from the American people: Benghazi, Fast and Furious, Ukraine/McCain/Nuland, and the Arab Spring. Nancy Pelosi (on the several thousand-paged Obamacare legislation): “We’ll just have to read it after its finished to know what’s in it.” Yet each and every day, President Trump makes it clear that the days of Obama and Hillary Clinton are long gone and as we see in this new story over at the Western Journal that Steve Quayle linked to on his website on Sunday, President Trump and Nikki Haley are reported planning to stick it to the UN by withdrawing from the UN Human Rights Council, an absolute joke council that has been led in the past by wholesale violators of human rights such as China, Saudi Arabia, Venezuela, Libya and Cuba. As Quayle mentioned in an SQ note he left while linking to that story, "in my opinion, the 'UN is Beelzebub's building block set' and is totally anti-American and anti-Christian" and as we've previously reported on ANP, wherever the UN goes on their 'peacekeeping missions', all hell seems to immediately follow. As the website Italian Insider reported back in October of 2017, a Swiss-based NGO protecting victims and whistleblowers of UN 'peacekeeping missions' called "Hear Their Cries" estimates there have been over 60,000 victims all around the world in a UN child rape epidemic that has gone on for well over a decade. Claiming that the UN doesn't effectively investigate nor prosecute perpetrators of child rape so UN employees act with impunity against children, the following sentence taking from their story is horrifying: While British authorities have been warning since 1999 that predatory paedophiles are targeting children’s charities in the developing world to get access to children, to date the UN has not facilitated the prosecution of any of its staff members – even though the problem is perceived by many as huge. With that statement echoing what we now see coming out of the UK with Islamic child grooming gangs being covered up and those who report upon it being imprisoned while all across Europe, women are no longer allowed to be 'free' for fear of triggering an assault, we're not the least bit surprised that Breitbart recently reported that over 1,000 Europeans have been murdered or maimed by Islamic asylum seekers since 2014. And with the globalists still using illegal immigration as a weapon of war against sovereign nations all across the planet, the awakening we've seen in European nations like Italy and Hungary recently show that there is hope with Hungary's Prime Minister Viktor Orban claiming “The replacement of populations is under way in Europe, partly because speculators like George Soros can make large financial profits” as reported by Pamela Gellar in this new story. The Daily Mail treats Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán in this article as if he were pushing some crazy conspiracy theory, but in fact, Orbán is exactly right. The inundation of Europe by Muslim migrants is Soros’ plan. His organizations work to bring these hostile invaders to our shores. Clearly, Orbán is one of the few European politicians who is not owned by the black hand, Soros. If he is destroyed by Soros, the consequences could be catastrophic for Europe and the free world in general. “Hungary’s far-right Prime Minister Viktor Orbán claims ‘replacement of populations is underway’ with mass migration because financiers want to profit from the ‘ruination of Europe,'” by Khaleda Rahman, Mailonline, June 14, 2018: And as Daisy Luther the Organic Prepper reports in this new story, the European countries that are refusing to accept the unchecked flow of illegal immigrants continues to grow with Hungary and Italy joined by Slovenia, Austria, Poland, the Czech Republic and even Denmark discouraging would-be immigrants from entering. As President Trump recently told the G7, for many many decades the United States has been like the piggy bank to the entire world and the entire world has been robbing the American taxpayer blind. Why should American citizens fund globalists projects such as the building of mosques half a world away and in places where they're either slaughtering Christians or using the mosques in the planning of future terror attacks against Americans or the West? With Turkey's Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan now claiming that there may soon be a war between the cross and the crescent, we must remember he also once quoted these lines from a famous Islamic poem: "the mosques are our barrack, the domes our helmets, the minarets our bayonets and the faithful our soldiers." With the US taxpayer under Obama and the globalists funding much of it, were we funding our own destruction? The slaughtering of Christians by Muslims in the Middle East and around the world sadly continues to this day. In the first video below our videographer takes a look inside the largest child migrant camp in America which just happens to be at an old Texas WalMart (conspiracy theory confirmed?) while in the 2nd video below, videographer Zolna Report takes a look at President Trump possibly getting the US out of the UN's Human Rights council asking "What council?" as the UN child rape epidemic continues while their completely unprosecuted workers continue the workings of 'Beelzebub' wherever they go. Should the US support THAT? 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 6--18 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GOP will hit FBI, DOJ with 'full arsenal of constitutional weapons' if they don't comply with subpoena, Gowdy warns

POLITICS 4 days ago By Gregg Re | Fox News

Trey Gowdy Rips FBI Report By Inspector General

House Oversight Committee Chairman Trey Gowdy told "Fox News Sunday" that House Speaker Paul Ryan led a meeting Friday night with senior members of the DOJ and FBI, and made it clear that “there’s going to be action on the floor of the House this week if FBI and DOJ do not comply with our subpoena request.” The House Judiciary Committee has requested more than a million documents from the FBI and DOJ relating to the Hillary Clinton email probe, the firing of former top FBI official Andrew McCabe, and reported surveillance of a Trump aide during the 2016 presidential election. But Republicans have accused the DOJ and FBI of stonewalling and intentionally impeding their investigation, despite the agencies' claims that fulfilling the request requires a careful review of the sensitive documents. Gowdy, R-S.C., said the GOP's action could involve "the full panoply of constitutional weapons available to the people’s house." "I don’t want the drama; I want the documents." - Rep. Trey Gowdy, R-SC "Under the heading of minor miracles, you had members of the House working on a Friday night," Gowdy said. "Paul Ryan led this meeting. You had [House Intelligence Committee Chair] Devin Nunes, [House Judiciary Committee Chair] Bob Goodlatte, myself and everyone you can think of from the FBI and the DOJ, and we went item by item on both of those outstanding subpoenas. SEVEN KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM BOMBSHELL DOJ WATCHDOG REPORT INTO HILLARY EMAIL PROBE And Paul made it very clear; there’s going to be action on the floor of the House this week if the FBI and DOJ do not comply with our subpoena request," he continued. "So [Deputy Attorney General] Rod Rosenstein, [FBI Director] Chris Wray you were in the meeting, you understood him just as clearly as I did. We’re going to get compliance or the House of Representatives is going to use its full arsenal of constitutional weapons to gain compliance." Last week, emails reviewed by Fox News showed that Rosenstein himself threatened to “subpoena” emails, phone records and other documents from lawmakers and staff on a Republican-led House committee during a tense meeting earlier this year, in what aides described as a "personal attack." Gowdy told "Fox News Sunday" that "the full panoply of constitutional weapons available to the people’s house" are on the table, including contempt of Congress. "I don’t want the drama; I want the documents," Gowdy added. In a statement last week, Gowdy said he was "alarmed, angered, and deeply disappointed" at the revelations in the DOJ IG report released Thursday that analyzed federal investigators' conduct during the Hillary Clinton email probe. The watchdog's report unearthed new texts from senior FBI officials who investigated both Clinton and the Trump campaign, including one in which the No. 2 investigator on the Clinton probe, Peter Strzok, vowed to "stop" Trump from becoming president. Gowdy reiterated on "Fox News Sunday" that the IG report was deeply concerning. "I don’t know what [Special Counsel Robert] Mueller has," he said. "I do know this: that bias is so pervasive and everyone who has ever stood in front of a jury and had to explain it in a way will tell you it is the most miserable feeling in the world and I’ve never seen this level of bias." Gregg Re is an editor for Fox News. Follow him on Twitter @gregg_re. 

:: 6-17-18 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rudy Giuliani Calls For Mueller Witch Hunt to be Investigated (VIDEO)

by Cristina Laila June 17, 2018 144 Comments 12.6KShare 138Tweet Email

On Sunday, an attorney for Trump, Rudy Giuliani called for the Mueller witch hunt to be investigated. On Sunday it was revealed in the Washington Post, Trump associates Roger Stone and Michael Caputo were approached by another FBI informant during their campaign in the Deep State’s quest to tie Donald Trump to Putin’s Russia. And — once again — neither of them took the bait. The Fake News media is using this story to continue to push the Trump-Russia hoax in an attempt to drag the ‘Russian collusion’ narrative into the 2018 mid-term elections. Rudy Giuliani spoke to Jake Tapper in an appearance on CNN’s State of the Union Sunday and called for the Mueller witch hunt to be investigated. “I believe that the Mueller investigation should be investigated, not necessarily because of Mueller, but because of its genesis in this very very, now almost illegal probe–this Russia probe that began with Peter Strzok in charge. He didn’t leave until July of last year,” Giuliani told Tapper. Giuliani clarified he wants an investigation into what led up to the Special Counsel. “We want the Mueller probe to be investigated the way the Trump administration has been investigated,” Giuliani said. The Inspector General report revealed a very damning text message from Mueller’s lead attorney, Peter Strzok. The Trump-hating FBI agent sent his mistress Lisa Page a text message saying “we’ll stop” Trump from becoming President. This text message from Strzok was sent to Page 9 days after “Crossfire Hurricane” was opened and 6 days before the “insurance policy” text. Mueller and his team of hacks should be shut down and investigated immediately. On Sunday, President Trump once again ripped the Russian collusion witch hunt from his Twitter account.

Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump WITCH HUNT! There was no Russian Collusion. Oh, I see, there was no Russian Collusion, so now they look for obstruction on the no Russian Collusion. The phony Russian Collusion was a made up Hoax. Too bad they didn’t look at Crooked Hillary like this. Double Standard!

10:54 AM - Jun 17, 2018 125K 78.8K people are talking about this 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 6-17-18 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Than 1,000 Europeans Murdered, Maimed in Attacks by Islamist Asylum Seekers Since 2014

By Virginia Hale 17 Jun 2018

More than 1,000 people have been murdered or injured on European soil since 2014, in attacks carried out by Islamist asylum seekers and refugees, research has revealed. Analysis by the Heritage Foundation found that asylum seekers were involved in 32 of 194 Islamist plots that have targeted Europe over the past four years, resulting in 357 deaths and 1,678 injuries. Breitbart London @BreitbartLondon Marseilles Knife Terrorist ‘Illegal Migrant,’ Islamic State Claims Attack 

5:41 AM - Oct 2, 2017

Between January 2014 and December 2017, the attacks involving migrants who were seeking asylum accounted for 182 of the fatalities and 814 injuries, according to the Daily Mail. Noting that the terror threat on the continent has soared since 2016, when German chancellor Angela Merkel opened Europe’s borders, the the U.S. think tank warned that mass migration from the Global South made it “disturbingly simple” for Islamic extremists to enter EU nations. “Ill-conceived immigration policies have made it easier for [jihadists] to strike,” the Heritage Foundation’s Robin Simcox said, commenting that “the fall-out from the decision to take in such a large amount of unvetted people in such a short time will continue for decades to come.” “Europe has faced a severe threat from Islamist terrorism for years. Yet Chancellor Merkel’s decision to open Germany’s borders in 2015 unfortunately increased that threat,” he added. “While only a minority of asylum seekers pose a security risk, the plots carried out by those exploiting migrant routes – in Paris, London, Berlin, Stockholm and elsewhere across Europe – demonstrate that even a low number of extremists can still cause huge amounts of damage,” said the report, which urged EU leaders to reduce risk by minimising the number of migrants the continent imports from conflict areas scarred by Islamic extremism. “European leaders were either naïve about the risks or failed to communicate honestly with the public the impact that accepting such large amounts of people would have on security,” asserted Simcox, a national security and terrorism expert. Breitbart London has previously reported how the Media Diversity Institute, which works with “media decision makers” and journalism watchdogs across Europe with the goal of promoting only positive views of minority and immigrant communities, has warned broadcasters against “sensationalising” immigrant-committed bloodshed against the continent’s native population. Funded by globalist billionaire George Soros, the British government and European taxpayers through Brussels, the London-based NGO urged journalists to report on terror attacks on European soil in such a way that encourages the public to “avoid acting impulsively and to avoid spreading hate speech on social networks”. When a Tunisian migrant murdered 84 by driving a 19-tonne truck into crowds of people celebrating Bastille Day, the institute blasted French media for including “shocking” testimony of the event, warning it risked causing “angry” people to post negative opinions of Islam and immigration on social media.  

:: 6-19-18 Investment Watch Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hungary’s Orban: “The replacement of populations is under way in Europe, partly because speculators like George Soros can make large financial profits”

June 19, 2018 by IWB via gellerreport:

The Daily Mail treats Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán in this article as if he were pushing some crazy conspiracy theory, but in fact, Orbán is exactly right. The inundation of Europe by Muslim migrants is Soros’ plan. His organizations work to bring these hostile invaders to our shores. Clearly, Orbán is one of the few European politicians who is not owned by the black hand, Soros. If he is destroyed by Soros, the consequences could be catastrophic for Europe and the free world in general. “Hungary’s far-right Prime Minister Viktor Orbán claims ‘replacement of populations is underway’ with mass migration because financiers want to profit from the ‘ruination of Europe,’” by Khaleda Rahman, Mailonline, June 14, 2018: Hungary’s far-right Prime Minister Viktor Orbán claimed the population of Europe is being replaced and that financial speculators like US billionaire George Soros are hoping to profit from the ‘ruination’ of the continent. In a discussion on the growing number of migrants flooding into Balkan countries on public Kossuth Radio on Friday, Orbán warned that Europe was seeing a new wave of migration. He claimed it was necessary to fight Soros and his ‘army’ to prevent a ‘multicultural Europe’ because ‘we do not want to mix with others.’ In response to press reports that Soros’ organisations are in every Balkam country, Orbán declared: ‘It’s worth fighting against a force that is stronger than us – against a force like George Soros and his army. ‘We’ve played a role in this network being exposed, as we brought it out into the open, and now they have to openly state their goals. They want immigration. ‘The replacement of populations and peoples is under way in Europe, partly because speculators like George Soros can make large financial profits. ‘They are set on the ruination of Europe, because they’re hoping for large profits.’ As well as profits, Orbán also insisted that an ideological motivation for the creation of a multicultural Europe. He said: ‘On the other hand, there is also an ideological motivation: they believe in a multicultural Europe; they don’t like Christian Europe; they don’t like the traditions of a Christian Europe; and they definitely don’t like Christians. ‘They believe that if they mix us with some other kind of people we’ll be more beautiful, we’ll look better, and Europe will be a better place in which to live. ‘We, however, do not want to mix with others.’ He added that the current rising tide of mass migration poses a challenge for Hungary’s neighbours. ‘We are indeed seeing signs of a new migration wave, of a rising tide following a low tide; it’s rising now, and this poses a challenge,’ he said. ‘We’ve managed to ensure that now every migrant knows that they shouldn’t follow the path marked by the signpost pointing to Hungary. ‘This is good, but it won’t protect our neighbours, and as we also need stable neighbours we must provide them with help.’ It comes after Orbán’s government proposed legislation, to be voted on later this month, which would criminalise the act of helping asylum-seekers. Leading Hungarian non-governmental organisations denounced the so-called ‘Stop Soros’ package of bills that could see activists and lawyers jailed. The measures would allow courts to pass criminal sentences including jail terms of up to one year on individuals for aiding asylum-seekers. Representatives from prominent local NGOs called the proposals ‘an attack against human rights defenders’. Parliament should ‘drop the idea of criminalising our work which is in solidarity with asylum-seekers and refugees’, Julia Ivan, head of Amnesty International in Hungary, told a press conference outside parliament. ‘We do what we have to do, we are not criminals,’ she said. The government says the laws are aimed at persons helping undeserving migrants to acquire refugee status, for example if those persons were not in immediate danger before entering Hungary, or who entered the country illegally. Named after the liberal Hungarian-American billionaire George Soros, the measures are the government’s latest broadside against the 87-year-old, who has long been accused by the fiercely anti-immigration Orbán of facilitating migration into Europe…. 

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 6-17-18 The Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Somali Gang Drives by Maine Park and Shoots Park-Goers with Pellet Guns – Then Beats a Young Father to Death

Jim Hoft by Jim Hoft June 17, 2018

Back in May a mob of Somali youths beat park goers with sticks and fists in Kennedy Park in Lewiston, Maine. The mob of at least 20 youths laughed as they beat two men in the park. At least one man required medical attention. Now this… This past week a Somali mob drove past Lewiston park and shot pellets and BBs at a group gathered there. Several people pursued the car from the park.  A fight broke out on the street and one father of two was killed. Police are investigating to make sure no racist words were exchanged during the beatings. The Press Herald reported: The 38-year-old man who was badly beaten during a brawl this week in Lewiston’s Kennedy Park has died, state police said. Donald Giusti of Lewiston died Friday afternoon at Central Maine Medical Center, where he had been hospitalized since late Tuesday night when the fight erupted. Friends of Giusti, a father of two, described him as a former brawler who had been trying to turn his life around… Two groups clashed Tuesday on Knox Street after teenagers in a car reportedly drove past the park and shot pellets and BBs at a group gathered there, according to Sun Journal sources who said they witnessed the events. Several people pursued the car from the park to Knox Street, where a melee broke out, the teens reportedly wielding sticks, bats and bricks, sources said. Police are investigating to determine whether there were racial elements to the fight, an assertion made by many in the aftermath of the brawl. Here is a photo of the deceased father. 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 6-17-18 Bloomberg :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Three Dead, Plants and Trains Halted After Japan Quake

By Kazunori Takada and Gearoid Reidy June 17, 2018, 7:27 PM EDT Updated on June 17, 2018, 11:17 PM EDT

Three people were confirmed dead and almost 100 injured after a strong earthquake hit Osaka on Monday morning, rattling one of Japan’s industrial heartlands and halting trains and factories across the region. The earthquake struck at 7:58 a.m. local time, with an initial magnitude of 5.9 that was later revised upwards to 6.1. At 13 kilometers (8.1 miles) it was relatively shallow, and caused heavy shaking that registered a lower 6 on the Japanese scale of 7. It was the strongest shaking registered in Osaka under records which date back to 1923. As the quake was centered inland, there was no fear of a tsunami. All trains and subways across Osaka city were halted, and the bullet train that links Osaka to Tokyo was stopped. Power was quickly restored to more than 170,000 homes that had earlier been cut off, regional utility Kansai Electric Power Co. said. There were no reports of abnormalities at its nuclear plants in the region. Three people were confirmed dead, including a nine-year-old girl, who was reported to have died after a school wall fell on her. Close to 100 people suffered injuries, according to the government’s emergency and disaster task force. Footage on national broadcaster NHK showed flooding from burst underground water pipes, train passengers forced to exit along train lines, and schoolchildren gathering outside in precautionary evacuations. While the quake appeared to spare the region of major infrastructural damage, the Meteorological Agency warned that strong aftershocks could occur, particularly in the next two to three days. In 2016, the magnitude 7 earthquake that caused significant damage and multiple casualties in southern Kumamoto was preceded two days earlier by a magnitude 6.2 temblor. Industrial Heartland The quake struck in one of Japan’s main manufacturing heartlands, home to companies including Panasonic Corp., Nintendo Co. and Keyence Corp, and plants across the area were halted as firms assessed the damage. Automakers Honda Motor Co., Mitsubishi Motors Corp. and Toyota Motor Corp. unit Daihatsu all stopped production at plants in the region. JXTG Energy shut its Osaka refinery and halted shipments, while industrial machinery maker Kubota Corp., brewer Asahi Group Holdings and cosmetics maker Shiseido Co. all stopped work at factories. Market reaction to the event was largely muted, with shares in some companies located in the region including Osaka Gas dropping, while Sumitomo Osaka Cement Co. and electrical contractor Kinden Corp. gained as the extent of damage from the quake remained unclear. A major earthquake has long been feared in the area, which is located near several major faults. Osaka is set to host the G-20 meeting in June 2019. In 1995, a magnitude 6.9 earthquake killed more than 6,000 people when it struck in neighboring Kobe. 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

:: 6-18-18 KNXV TV15 ABC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yuma Police: Man arrested for $1.3 million in fraudulent returns to Walmart

Jeff Popovich 9:18 PM, Jun 15, 2018 8:47 PM, Jun 16, 2018

YUMA, AZ - A man accused of committing fraudulent returns at more than 1,000 Walmarts across the United States was arrested in Yuma Wednesday afternoon. According to Yuma police officials, 23-year-old Thomas Frudaker was apprehended and taken into custody after officers responded to reports of a fraudulent transaction at the Walmart near 24th Street and Avenue B. Police say Frudaker had returned to Walmart to return a computer he had purchased earlier. Detectives believe Frudaker removed parts from the computer before making the return. During their investigation, officers discovered that Frudaker had committed a similar return earlier in the day at the Walmart near 32nd Street and Avenue 8 E, and at more than 1000 Walmarts across the United States over an 18 month period. These fraudulent returns have resulted in a loss of $1.3 million to Walmart, officials said. Frudaker was arrested and is facing multiple charges including fraudulent schemes, criminal damage, and theft. Anyone with information about the case is asked to contact the Yuma Police Department. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-17-18 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel foiled 250 terror attacks already this year

Sunday, June 17, 2018 Michael F. Haverluck (

Israel’s security agency Shin Bet announced Wednesday that it has thwarted 250 “significant terror attacks” against the Jewish State since January – attributing its success mainly to high-tech surveillance and tracking tools. Shin Bet Director Nadav Argaman explained to public security ministers at an international conference in Jerusalem that so-called “lone wolf” attacks in Israel and the West Bank are becoming more common than threats from organized Islamic terror groups – such as Hamas and Hezbollah. “The map of threats and challenges is varied and covers multiple unstable and difficult fronts,” Argaman, who has led his group since 2016, explained , according to the Times of Israel. “Since the start of the year, the Shin Bet security service has prevented 250 significant terror attacks – including suicide bombings, kidnappings and shootings.” The head of Shin bet released the statistics just hours after his agency announced that it arrested a Palestinian man suspected of fatally crushing an Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) soldier’s head with a stone slab in Ramallah’s al-Am’ari refugee camp last month. Israeli tech making it harder for terrorists At Israel’s rate of thwarting terrorist attacks this year, it will easily surpass last year’s total. “In December, Argaman told the Knesset’s Foreign Affairs and Defense Committee that the agency had thwarted over 400 terrorist attacks in 2017, including 13 suicide attacks and eight kidnappings, as well as 1,100 potential lone-wolf attacks,” the Jerusalem Post reported. “He further noted at that time that in 2017, 54 attacks were successfully carried out, in comparison with 108 successful attacks in 2016.” The numbers show that as Israel’s technology advances, so does it efficiency in nabbing terrorist attacks. “In 2016, the Shin Bet stopped 344 major attacks, meaning the total number of thwarted and successful attacks was similar for 2016 and 2017, but the security agency succeeded in thwarting more of them in 2017,” the Jerusalem Post’s Yonah Jeremy Bob divulged. “The major improvement was seen in the 400 potential lone-wolf attacks prevented in 2016, compared to 1,100 such potential attacks in 2017.” Being one of the most innovative and technologically advanced nations in the world evidently had a lot to do with Israel’s ability to nab terrorist attacks before they come to fruition. “The Shin Bet chief said part of the way his agency had been able to effectively respond to the ‘lone wolf’ attacks – which have confounded security services around the world in recent years – was through the use of advanced technological techniques like ‘big data’ – large amounts of information from which researchers can attempt to make predictions,” the Times of Israel’s Judah Ari Gross reported. Argaman noted how state-of-the-art advances – and his agency’s savviness to effectively utilize them – puts it at an advantage when it comes to Israel’s war on terror from against hostile neighbors in the volatile Powder Keg of the Middle East. “The Shin Bet security service knew to adapt itself and use technological, intelligence and operational tools in order to find these assailants ahead of time,” the security expert explained. “The great investment in technological developments in the worlds of ‘big data,’ machine learning and artificial intelligence by the Shin Bet has created a great leap forward from intelligence extraction to intelligence prediction for the purposes of preventing terror attacks and terrorist intentions before they’re carried out.” Yet Argaman noted that “classic” intelligence methods were also implemented by Shin Bet in its counter-terrorism operations.


Israel foiled 250 terror attacks already this year

Sunday, June 17, 2018 Michael F. Haverluck (

Israeli security West Bank Israel’s security agency Shin Bet announced Wednesday that it has thwarted 250 “significant terror attacks” against the Jewish State since January – attributing its success mainly to high-tech surveillance and tracking tools. Shin Bet Director Nadav Argaman explained to public security ministers at an international conference in Jerusalem that so-called “lone wolf” attacks in Israel and the West Bank are becoming more common than threats from organized Islamic terror groups – such as Hamas and Hezbollah. “The map of threats and challenges is varied and covers multiple unstable and difficult fronts,” Argaman, who has led his group since 2016, explained , according to the Times of Israel. “Since the start of the year, the Shin Bet security service has prevented 250 significant terror attacks – including suicide bombings, kidnappings and shootings.” The head of Shin bet released the statistics just hours after his agency announced that it arrested a Palestinian man suspected of fatally crushing an Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) soldier’s head with a stone slab in Ramallah’s al-Am’ari refugee camp last month. Israeli tech making it harder for terrorists At Israel’s rate of thwarting terrorist attacks this year, it will easily surpass last year’s total. “In December, Argaman told the Knesset’s Foreign Affairs and Defense Committee that the agency had thwarted over 400 terrorist attacks in 2017, including 13 suicide attacks and eight kidnappings, as well as 1,100 potential lone-wolf attacks,” the Jerusalem Post reported. “He further noted at that time that in 2017, 54 attacks were successfully carried out, in comparison with 108 successful attacks in 2016.” The numbers show that as Israel’s technology advances, so does it efficiency in nabbing terrorist attacks. “In 2016, the Shin Bet stopped 344 major attacks, meaning the total number of thwarted and successful attacks was similar for 2016 and 2017, but the security agency succeeded in thwarting more of them in 2017,” the Jerusalem Post’s Yonah Jeremy Bob divulged. “The major improvement was seen in the 400 potential lone-wolf attacks prevented in 2016, compared to 1,100 such potential attacks in 2017.” Being one of the most innovative and technologically advanced nations in the world evidently had a lot to do with Israel’s ability to nab terrorist attacks before they come to fruition. “The Shin Bet chief said part of the way his agency had been able to effectively respond to the ‘lone wolf’ attacks – which have confounded security services around the world in recent years – was through the use of advanced technological techniques like ‘big data’ – large amounts of information from which researchers can attempt to make predictions,” the Times of Israel’s Judah Ari Gross reported. Argaman noted how state-of-the-art advances – and his agency’s savviness to effectively utilize them – puts it at an advantage when it comes to Israel’s war on terror from against hostile neighbors in the volatile Powder Keg of the Middle East. “The Shin Bet security service knew to adapt itself and use technological, intelligence and operational tools in order to find these assailants ahead of time,” the security expert explained. “The great investment in technological developments in the worlds of ‘big data,’ machine learning and artificial intelligence by the Shin Bet has created a great leap forward from intelligence extraction to intelligence prediction for the purposes of preventing terror attacks and terrorist intentions before they’re carried out.” Yet Argaman noted that “classic” intelligence methods were also implemented by Shin Bet in its counter-terrorism operations. “In late 2015 and early 2016, Israel was struck by a wave of regular terror attacks – mostly in the form of stabbings, car rammings and shootings – across Israel and the West Bank,” Gross recounted. “The Shin Bet, Israel Defense Forces and other security services initially struggled to prevent the attacks, which were being carried out by these ‘lone wolves,’ having spent decades training to counter the types of threats posed by organized terror groups.” Putting the right technology in place curbed these forms of anti-Semitic terrorism by jihadists in Israel. “By mid-2016, the number of attacks against Israeli civilians and soldiers had returned to their regular levels, which Israeli defense officials credited to new policies and tools put in place to combat these independent attacks,” Gross added. “Though at a much lower rate, terror attacks by Palestinian ‘lone wolves’ still occur in Israel.” Sharing tools for a safer Israel Israeli police spokesman Micky Rosenfeld indicated that Israel’s law enforcement is making a concerted effort to share its intelligence and experience with Israeli Public Security Minister Gilad Erdan and ministers of homeland security from 20 other nations attending the Jerusalem forum “We’re sharing intelligence strategies, how we deal with preventing those attacks, what are the global threats that exist here in Israel, which of course are global threats that exist in Europe and other countries around the world; how we can improve transferring intelligence. because when you have strong intelligence, you can prevent a terrorist attack from taking place,” Rosenfeld told CBN News. “There’s a joint language, understanding between the ministers about what the message is [and] how we need to improve and prevent those threats from becoming real, like, unfortunately, we’ve experienced in Israel for many years.” He credited the declining number of successful terrorist attacks over the past year to Israel’s handling of lone wolf attacks. “We’ve developed strategies and implemented ways on the ground to prevent those attacks from taking place,” Rosenfeld continued. After mentioning that Islamic terrorists carried out hundreds of serious attacks against Israel since 2015, Erdan emphasized that the forum’s focus was to augment cooperation in the war on terror, which includes combatting radicalization, incitement and cyber threats. “[There are two] defining characteristics [in the current] wave of terror – [the] central role of incitement and radicalization, especially online, [and] the simplicity of the attacks carried out by individuals with easily accessible weapons and without the command and control structures of traditional terrorist groups,” Erdan explained, according to CBN News. “[These are] hi-tech communications [used to carry out] low-tech operations.” He said that terrorists are increasingly using the Internet to stage their attacks. “In the period leading up to the outbreak of these attacks – especially in the first half year of the terror wave – we were witness to an intense campaign of online and real-world incitement,” Erdan pointed out, noting that social media must play a dynamic role in fighting terrorism by utilizing the same tools terrorists use to fund their attacks. “[Israel set up a team to combat online incitement using] advanced web-intelligence tools and algorithms to identify potential terrorists. The World-Wide-Web must not be the Wild West.” United States Homeland Security Kirjsten Neilson argued that nations must band together and make a concerted effort to keep terrorists from penetrating their borders if they are to win the war on terror. “What this means is that a terrorist in your country is virtually in mine, and we have to really think about what that means as this threat evolves,” she impressed. “So, your risk is very much my risk – my risk is yours.” The American security expert went on to assure that a “collective defense” is the only true way to effectively combat the threat of terrorism today. “If we prepare individually, we will fail collectively,” Neilson contended. “Making sure that we can block terrorists from crossing borders physically – after they have in fact crossed our borders virtually – is vital. We must keep them out of our countries.” 

:: 6-17-18 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Yellow Alert Has Just Been Issued For 2 Major Volcanoes In North America

8:00AM EDT 6/12/2018 Michael Snyder

Massive eruptions of Hawaii's Kilauea volcano and Guatemala's Fuego volcano have captivated the entire world in recent days, and now it looks like even more volcanoes are starting to wake up. In fact, yellow alerts were just issued for Mexico's Mt. Popocatepetl and Alaska's Great Sitkin volcano. Mt. Popocatepetl and Great Sitkin both sit along the "Ring of Fire" that roughly encircles the perimeter of the Pacific Ocean, and many are becoming concerned that we may be witnessing some sort of "chain reaction" as volcanoes all over the globe begin to exhibit signs of increased activity. This even includes some unusual happenings at Yellowstone, and we will cover that near the end of this article. But to start with, let's take a look at the yellow alert that was just issued for Mt. Popocatepetl. The following comes from a government website in Mexico: In the last 24 hours, through the monitoring systems at Popocatépetl volcano, were registered 30 exhalations with emissions of steam and gas (image 1). At night was possible to observed incandescence that increase with some exhalations. At the time of this report the emission are dispersed to the south-southwest direction. CENAPRED emphasizes that people SHOULD NOT go near the volcano, especially near the crater, due to the hazard caused by ballistic fragments (image 2) and in case of heavy rains leave the bottoms of ravines by the danger of landslides and debris flows. The Volcanic Traffic Light Yellow Phase 2. The scenarios foreseen for this phase are: 1. Explosive activity of low to intermediate level. 2. Ash fall in nearby towns. 3. Possibility of short-range pyroclastic flows and mudflows. Any signs of activity at Mt. Popocatepetl should always be taken very, very seriously. It is known as the most dangerous volcano in North America for a reason. Experts tell us that centuries ago this volcano actually "covered entire Aztec cities" with super-heated mud... Historians tell us that Popocatepetl had a dramatic impact on the ancient Aztecs. Giant mud flows produced by massive eruptions covered entire Aztec cities. In fact, some of these mud flows were so large that they buried entire pyramids in super-heated mud. But we haven't witnessed anything like that in any of our lifetimes, so it is hard to even imagine devastation of that magnitude. In addition to Mexico City's mammoth population, there are millions of others that live in the surrounding region. Overall, there are about 25 million people that live in the immediate vicinity of Popocatepetl. Thankfully, we haven't seen a major eruption of the volcano in modern times, but at some point, that will change. In a worst-case scenario, Mt. Popocatepetl could absolutely devastate Mexico City, kill countless numbers of people and collapse the Mexican economy overnight. So let us pray that we don't see a major eruption there any time soon. Meanwhile, a yellow alert has also been issued for Alaska's Great Sitkin volcano. The following comes from the Alaska Volcano Observatory... Volcano: Great Sitkin (VNUM #311120) Current Volcano Alert Level: ADVISORY Previous Volcano Alert Level: NORMAL Related Articles Volunteers Flock to Church to Serve After Volcano Destroys Homes

75 Dead, Nearly 200 Missing as Officials Warn 'Fire' Volcano Will Explode Again Current Aviation Color Code: YELLOW Previous Aviation Color Code: GREEN Issued: Sunday, June 10, 2018, 1:26 PM AKDT

Source: Alaska Volcano Observatory Notice Number. Location: N 52 deg 4 min W 176 deg 6 min Elevation: 5709 ft (1740 m) Area: Aleutians Volcanic Activity Summary: Earthquake activity at Great Sitkin Volcano has been elevated over the past five days, and earlier today at 11:39 AKDT (19:39 UTC), a signal that may represent a short-lived steam explosion was detected by seismic data. AVO is thus raising the Aviation Color Code and Alert Level to YELLOW/ADVISORY. Great Sitkin Volcano is monitored by a five-station seismic network on Great Sitkin Island and with additional seismic stations on the nearby islands of Igitkin, Adak, Kagalask and Kanaga. A six-element infrasound array to detect explosions (atmospheric pressure waves) was installed on Adak Island in June, 2017, although it is currently (June 2018) only partly operational. AVO also uses satellite imagery to monitor Great Sitkin Volcano. Recent Observations: [Volcanic cloud height] not applicable [Other volcanic cloud information] Unknown Remarks: Great Sitkin Volcano is a basaltic andesite volcano that occupies most of the northern half of Great Sitkin Island, a member of the Andreanof Islands group in the central Aleutian Islands. It is located 43 km (26 miles) east of the community of Adak. Great Sitkin erupted at least three times in the 20th century, most recently in 1974. That eruption produced at least one ash cloud that likely exceeded an altitude of 25,000 ft above sea level. A poorly documented eruption occurred in 1945, also producing a lava dome that was partially destroyed in the 1974 eruption. A seismic swarm occurred from July 2016 through the end of 2017. Unlike Mt. Popocatepetl, Great Sitkin is located very far away from any large population centers, and so even a full-blown eruption of that volcano would not be that catastrophic. Of course, the same cannot be said about Yellowstone. As I have written about many times, a full-blown eruption at Yellowstone could potentially change all of our lives in a single moment. That is why the unusual activity that is happening there right now is such a concern... Yellowstone's Steamboat Geyser, the largest in the world, has now erupted eight times in less than three months, in a geological puzzle that has fascinated scientists working at the site. The most recent Steamboat eruption occurred Monday just after 9 a.m. "It was unbelievable," Jamie Farrell, a geologist at the University of Utah who happened to be at the geyser during the eruption, told Newsweek. He's seen plenty of other geysers go off—but not Steamboat, which is capable of the largest eruptions of all currently active geysers. Eruptions of Steamboat do not happen that often. As Mac Slavo has noted, the last one was in September 2014... Until this recent series of eruptions, the last time Steamboat blew was in September 2014. Steamboat's latest eruption was Monday morning when the geyser shot boiling hot water hundreds of feet into the air. Steam billowed from the geyser for hours longer. Steamboat is located in the Norris Geyser Basin, known to have the hottest and most changeable thermal area in nearly 3,500-square-mile wilderness park that sits on a volcanic hot spot called a caldera. That accounts for the geyser's towering columns of steam (it's very, very hot underground) but leaves a major fear-provoking question unanswered: Why now, and is it a sign the giant volcano is waking up? We better hope that Yellowstone is not awakening. In a previous article, I described what a full-blown eruption of Yellowstone might look like... Hundreds of cubic miles of ash, rock and lava would be blasted into the atmosphere, and this would likely plunge much of the northern hemisphere into several days of complete darkness. Virtually everything within 100 miles of Yellowstone would be immediately killed, but a much more cruel fate would befall those that live in major cities outside of the immediate blast zone such as Salt Lake City and Denver. Hot volcanic ash, rock and dust would rain down on those cities literally for weeks. In the end, it would be extremely difficult for anyone living in those communities to survive. In fact, it has been estimated that 90 percent of all people living within 600 miles of Yellowstone would be killed. Experts project that such an eruption would dump a layer of volcanic ash that is at least 10 feet deep up to 1,000 miles away, and approximately two-thirds of the United States would suddenly become uninhabitable. The volcanic ash would severely contaminate most of our water supplies, and growing food in the middle of the country would become next to impossible. In other words, it would be the end of our country as we know it today. Throughout human history, great societies have been taken down by natural disasters, and despite all of our advanced technology we are extremely vulnerable as well. So the fact that our planet is becoming increasingly unstable is a major concern, and I believe that this is going to have major implications for our future. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-17-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scorching heat set to hit the East Coast: Schools are closed and people are warned to stay indoors as record-breaking temperatures sweep the region - with New York getting its hottest day since 1929

National Weather Service predicted Monday's temperature will be 95 degrees

It hasn't been that hot in the city since 1929, weather experts said on Sunday

A heat advisory is in effect for New York from 11am to 8pm on Monday

By Reporter and Associated Press

Published: 17:01 EDT, 17 June 2018 | Updated: 09:51 EDT, 18 June 2018

New Yorkers are preparing for near record-breaking weather on Monday as temperatures are predicted to be well into the 90s. According to the National Weather Service, the temperature could reach a scorching high of 95 degrees. It hasn't been that hot in the city since 1929. This sweltering heat prompted the weather service to issue a heat advisory for the city, which will be in effect from 11am to 8pm on Monday. According to the service, the heat and humidity will result in high heat index values, meaning it will feel hotter than the air temperature indicates. In New York, that heat index is expected to be around 100 and the highest will occur during the afternoon. Extreme heat can cause illness and death among at-risk populations who cannot stay cool and weather experts have warned New Yorkers to stay inside to avoid extended heat exposure. Governor Andrew M. Cuomo urged New Yorkers to take precautions against heat related illnesses and limit strenuous outdoor physical activity. 'With prolonged heat and humidity in the forecast, I urge New Yorkers to take necessary steps to stay cool,' Cuomo said. 'As temperatures continue to rise, I encourage everyone to check on your friends and neighbors who may need some extra help and to cool off at state parks pools and cooling centers.' Public schools in Jersey City announced on Twitter that they will close early on Monday due to the 'excessive heat'. 'Schools will close at 12:45 tomorrow (June 18) because of excessive heat. There will be no after school programs or CASPER, the Jersey City School District said on Twitter. Temperatures are expected to climb above 90 degrees in New Jersey as well. A front will drop in from the north on Monday afternoon, potentially producing thunderstorms with gusty winds, hail and heavy rain. Monday's hot temperatures will also impact multiple school districts in Massachusetts. There will be no classes for Lowell Public Schools and McAuliffe Elementary School warned parents earlier that classes could be affected due to the facility not having air conditioning. The district has been battling building problems this year, along with gas leaks and heating problems, NECN. Students in Haverhill, Holyoke and Lawrence, Massachusetts, will have early dismissals on Monday. Temperatures are expected to go back to normal after a morning rain shower on Tuesday. By Wednesday, New Yorkers will be experiencing weather in the low 80s. The potentially deadly heatwave has also wreaked havoc on the Midwest when temperatures reached into the high 90s. Temperatures reached the high 90s on Sunday in Chicago, approaching if not surpassing the hottest June 17 on record - 96 degrees in 1957. 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 6-17-18 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Volcanic unrest around the world: eruptions at Fernandina island (Galapagos), Sakurajima (Japan), Klyuchevskoy (Russia) and Kilauea (USA)

By Strange Sounds - Jun 17, 2018

There are currently many volcanoes erupting around the world. Here the latest updates. Eruption of Fernandina Island’s volcano in the Galapagos archipelago on June 16, 2018 On June 16, nine earthquakes hit off Fernandina Island in the Galapagos archipelago, starting at 8:37 am. The largest quake of this seismic swarm, a M4.1, occurred at 9:22 am. The seismic unrest resulted in the eruption of island’s volcano between 11h and 11h15, as confirmed by a boat passing by. The eruption is located on the NNE side of the volcano and is currently characterized by lava flows, and 2-3 km high gas plumes. Lava flowing in the sea generates a powerful plume of steam and gas. Eruption of Sakurajima volcano in Japan on June 16, 2018 The Sakurajima Minamidake Crater erupted strongly on Kyushu Island, Japan on June 16 at 7:19 am local time. It was accompanied by an ash plume rising to 4,700 meters above the crater, before drifting to the west. Pyroclastic flows have been observed down the southwest flank and significant ash falls are reported on Kagoshima. The alert level is maintained at 3 / do not approach the volcano, in force since February 5, 2016. Klyuchevskoy volcanic eruption on June 15, 2018 Klyuchevskoy volcano erupted on June 15 at 21:38 UTC ejecting a plume of ash more than 6,000 meters asl., which then drifted southwest of the volcano. Moderate activity continues, justifying an orange aviation code, the risk of ash explosions always occurring. Source: KVERT Kilauea volcanic eruption continues At Kilauea, the eruption continues in the East Rift Zone, where lava fountains rise between 55 and 60 meters on crack 8, surrounded by a 51-meter spatter and tephra cone at its highest point. Fissures 16 and 18 continue to seep out of the lava. Fisures 9 and 24 appear hotter, and degass strongly. The lava flows into a well-established channel towards the ocean at Kapoho, producing “laze” plumes, loaded with hydrochloric acid and volcanic particles. Seismicity is rising at the top, where several earthquakes have been felt, some of magnitude 3. The collapse of the edges and walls of Halema’uma’u continues in response to the current subsidence of the summit. Source: HVO-USGS It’s getting really hot around the world! 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 6-16-18 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Humanity and North Korea

By Hal Lindsey

In the last few days, the United States and North Korea have engaged in a battle of blazing rhetoric. It’s been a cold war of hot words. After the UN Security Council passed a sanctions resolution against North Korea last week, the rogue state promised a “thousands-fold” revenge against the United States. They threatened to “turn the U.S. mainland into the theater of a nuclear war.” President Trump said, “North Korea best not make any more threats to the United States. They will be met with fire and fury like the world has never seen.” Acting as an accelerant on the blazing rhetoric was news that North Korea has now passed another milestone in its quest to make the U.S. mainland vulnerable to its nuclear weapons. On Tuesday, major media outlets, starting with the Washington Post, began saying that the Defense Intelligence Agency now believes North Korea has the ability to miniaturize nuclear weapons for use on ICBMs. The report also says that the North Koreans have accumulated an astounding 60 nuclear weapons. We don’t know how many of those are small and light enough to be carried on ICBMs. But now that they have the ability, they should be able to convert their arsenal into missile-ready warheads with some speed. Wired Magazine summarized the story, then wrote, “The worst-case North Korea hypotheticals, in other words, have suddenly become all too real…. The list of hurdles keeping the country from directly threatening the continental U.S. (or virtually any part of the world) with an intercontinental ballistic missile has dwindled significantly.” One of the remaining hurdles may be the lower quality of North Korean missile guidance systems. With missiles, as with guns, hitting a target at greater distance requires greater accuracy. But that brings little comfort. Suppose the North fires at Los Angeles. They could miss widely and still hit Anaheim, Riverside, or Santa Barbara. Even “a miss” would instantly become one of the greatest disasters in American history. Later Tuesday, the Koreans threatened an attack on the U.S. territory of Guam. Thursday, they said that it will be a warning shot that will hit in the water off the coast of Guam. Why play such a dangerous game? If they do anything nuclear, or if they hit Guam itself, it will almost certainly spell the end of North Korea in its current form. U.S. Secretary of Defense, James Mattis, said, “The DPRK [Democratic People’s Republic of Korea] should cease any consideration of actions that would lead to the end of its regime and the destruction of its people.” He reminded Kim that the U.S. and its allies have the most “precise, rehearsed and robust defensive and offensive capabilities on Earth.” This all seems like madness. Why would North Korea want to put its people, as well as other nations, in such danger? Here’s the thing about human beings. As a species, we don’t change much. Fashions and technology give the illusion of change from generation to generation. But the fundamental human drives remain the same. In the 1978 episode of Columbo called “How to Dial a Murder,” a woman asks the detective why people murder. The Columbo character’s answer pointed to base human motivations. It could fit any generation of humanity. He said, “Fear, jealousy, greed… all those things.” From Cain killing his brother Abel, to Hitler murdering six million Jews, the motivations remain roughly the same. We delude ourselves to think that humanity in 2017 is kinder or gentler than it was in World War II. Human beings don’t change, but our weapons do. They grow more powerful every year. Technology relentlessly marches forward. It has no conscience, no fear, and no self-control. If one person doesn’t build the more powerful weapon, another one does. Technology doesn’t just make big, expensive projects possible. Over time, it makes those projects less expensive and more manageable. It takes what was once available to an elite few, and brings down the costs so that they are available to everyone. That’s great when the phone in your pocket has more computing power than a million-dollar supercomputer from a few decades ago. It’s not so great when rogue nations get nuclear weapons and ICBMs. Technology has not improved human character, but it has made us vastly more powerful. I’m concerned about the people of our time — not because we are worse than previous generations, but because we are the same. The Humanist Manifesto II from 1973 said, “No deity will save us; we must save ourselves.” So, how’s that project coming along? The situation in North Korea is just one of many examples of a world teetering on the edge of the abyss. The situation will not go away on its own. And we cannot save ourselves. We must turn to God for salvation. Nations need to turn to God, but I’m not speaking to nations right now. I’m talking to you. This is personal. 2 Corinthians 6:2 says, “Now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation.” (NKJV) In Acts 16:31, Paul and Silas said to the Philippian jailer, “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved, you and your household.” (NKJV) Friend, now is the time. Now — before it’s too late. 

:: 6-16-18 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea: A Reckoning

By Hal Lindsey

World leaders have known for a generation that a day of reckoning with North Korea would one day come. There were no easy solutions, so they did as little as they could, hoping the situation would resolve itself. But it did not. While leaders, especially in America, kicked the can down the road, the North Koreans did what they said they would do. They said they would develop nuclear weapons, and they did. They said they would create missile systems capable of wreaking havoc on their neighbors in their region. They did it. They promised H-bombs, and they developed H-bombs. They said they would create intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs). They have them. Finally, they said they would make bigger ICBMS, capable of striking anywhere in the world. And today, they have that, too. The people who allowed this disaster — the “can-kickers” — now go on television as pundits. They criticize any approach to North Korea that differs from their own when they were in power. But here’s the problem with that. What they did, didn’t work! President Clinton tried appeasing the North Koreans. He gave them fuel and food. The New York Times wrote about the North’s interaction with the Clinton Administration. “The lesson was an important one for North Korea. By provoking the West, the government had profited: It received several years of free oil and kept its nuclear power plant intact. The United States spent millions in aid and only briefly delayed the North’s weapons program.” But that wasn’t the worst of it. With the help of former President Jimmy Carter, Bill Clinton gave them more nuclear technology in exchange for the promise that they would only use it for peaceful purposes. They accepted the technology, then restarted their weapons program. George W. Bush was criticized for proclaiming North Korea part of an “axis of evil” along with Iran and Iraq. But history proves him right. He addressed the North Korean part of the “axis” by initiating the so-called “six-party talks.” The U.S., along with South Korea, China, Japan, and Russia negotiated with North Korea. Responding to harsh sanctions, the North Koreans agreed to shut down their nuclear operation in exchange for aid. They pulled out of the agreement shortly after Bush left office. As a candidate, Barack Obama criticized Bush for isolating North Korea. He came into office promising engagement with the regime. Again, the New York Times had an interesting assessment. “Rather than negotiate, Mr. Obama imposed a policy of ‘strategic patience,’ hoping that through sanctions and espionage, the United States could wait out the isolated state. Mr. Obama hoped that the North would eventually feel it had reason to negotiate and make a good-faith effort at talks. Instead the North pursued its weapons program and launched a series of cyberattacks on American businesses.” “Strategic patience” is another way of saying, “kick the can down the road.” Doing nothing didn’t work. The U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency estimates that by August of 2016, Kim Jong-un controlled an arsenal of up to 60 nuclear warheads. Since then, they have added hydrogen bombs to the stockpile. While the experts were saying they were years away from developing ICBMs that could hit the U.S. mainland, they proved this year that they have at least two kinds of missiles with that capability. In the last few days, they showed the incredible power of their newest missile. U.S. Secretary of Defense James Mattis said this missile can hit “everywhere in the world.” Today, North Korea is hundreds of times more dangerous than it was just five years ago. When he decides to negotiate, Kim can enter talks from a position of strength. He has dealt himself into the game, and he has given himself decent cards. He can bluff with a real threat behind his words. He can blackmail the world. Most people feel okay about a conflict with North Korea because they’re convinced that Kim wants to live, and he’s not stupid. He knows a nuclear attack against the U.S. would be suicide. So, we’re safe. Right? He’ll bluff, but that’s all. Maybe, but not necessarily. In August of 2016, a North Korean diplomat, Thae Yong-ho, defected. The BBC asked Thae if Kim Jong-un might attack the U.S. “Would he even destroy a city like Los Angeles,” the interviewer asked, “though the retaliation would surely kill him?” "Yes,” Thae answered, “because he knows that if he loses the power then it is his last day, so he may do anything, even to attack Los Angeles, because once people know that in any way you will be killed, then you will do anything.” Even a former insider like Thae can only guess at what Kim might do. But his reasoning is sound. As the Bible prophesied, we live in perilous times. But God remains sovereign. And His promises remain true. If you haven’t turned to Jesus with all your heart, I urge you to do so now. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-15-18 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel Moves To Thwart Growing Hamas Maritime Threat

A series of offensive and defensive Israeli actions are keeping Hamas off balance.

June 15, 2018 Ari Lieberman

When it comes to military firsts, Israel can probably take credit for the lion’s share. Israel was the first nation to capture an intact Soviet MiG-21, the first to capture a complete intact Soviet P-12 radar station, the first to employ militarized drones in the context of a large-scale, Wild Weasel, anti-SAM operation, and the first to destroy not one but two atom bomb facilities. On June 2, 2018 the Israel Defense Forces executed another operational first. The Israeli Air Force bombed and destroyed a Hamas underwater terror tunnel. The tunnel, which was located approximately three kilometers from the Israeli border, was constructed for the purpose of concealing Hamas movements and allowing Hamas frogmen to enter the sea from an adjacent Hamas naval base undetected. Hamas has been trying to improve its militarized maritime program and has invested substantial resources into improving and expanding its sea assault capabilities. On July 8, 2014 a cell of five heavily armed Hamas frogmen infiltrated Israel from the sea at Zikim Beach, which is located just north of the Gaza Strip. They were quickly detected and Israeli ground and naval units were dispatched to confront them. After a running battle, all five were liquidated. An IDF soldier was lightly wounded in the exchange. While the attack was thwarted, it highlighted another danger and underscored the need to address the growing Hamas maritime threat. The frogmen were well trained and demonstrated considerable bravery. Though the cell was wiped out, the confrontation could have just as easily ended in disaster. In 1978, 11 PLO terrorists (the initial force consisted of 13 members but two drowned in route) landed on the Israeli coast at a beach site just north of Tel Aviv. In the ensuing hours they killed 38 Israeli civilians and wounded 71. It was the worst terrorist attack in Israeli history, surpassing the Park Hotel suicide bombing, which killed 30. Recognizing the threat emanating from Gaza, Israel has imposed limitations on Gaza sailing zones. Currently, Gazans are not permitted to sale passed six nautical miles from shore. To ease economic burdens, Israel permits some Gaza fishermen to travel up to 10.4 nautical miles from shore. When imposing such restrictions, Israeli authorities are required to conduct a delicate balancing act, taking into account security needs and economic burdens to the local fishing industry. Israel has also begun constructing an under-and above-water wall to thwart sea borne infiltration. The barrier, which defense ministry officials characterized as an “impregnable breakwater,” will be constructed in the vicinity of Zikim beach, the same beach that witnessed the 2014 infiltration. The barrier, believed to be the only one of its kind in the world will consist of three levels. It will have an underground component, topped by a level of armored stone and a third level of razor wire at the upper tier. Israel’s defense ministry believes that this undertaking will further undermine Hamas attempts to exploit vulnerabilities in Israel’s well-guarded but exposed coastline. But the IDF is not merely thinking in terms of defense. As highlighted by the June 2, strike, the IDF has demonstrated that it will act preemptively and preventatively to eliminate threats to Israel’s security. On May 29, the Israeli Air Force struck a Hamas naval base destroying a quantity of what the IDF characterized as “advanced maritime weaponry.” These were underwater sea drones created for the sole purpose of carrying out terrorist attacks. They were the brainchild of Hamas engineer, Mohammed Zawahri. Zawahri was assassinated in Tunisia by unknown assailants in December 2017. In April 2018, Fadi al-Batsh, another Hamas engineer believed to be heavily involved in Hamas’s militarized drone program was killed in Malaysia under similar circumstances. Israel reserved comment on both attacks but both are widely believed to have been executed by operatives of Israel’s vaunted intelligence service, Mossad. Hamas has demonstrated that there is no level of depravity to which it will not sink. The Islamist group has employed mortars, rockets, terror tunnels, IEDs, drones and even kite terror. The maritime threat is just another component of Hamas’s multi-tiered strategy of aggression and terrorism. Throughout its history, Israel has had to confront a plethora of threats faced by no other nation in the world. It faces genocidal Islamist enemies, Sunni and Shia, on all fronts. As a consequence, Israel has had to excel in technological innovation to deal with the challenges. It has also had to be at the top of its game and maintain a constant state of vigilance 24/7. Finally, Israel has had to adopt unique tactics to counter threats posed by malevolent adversaries. Defensive and offensive measures undertaken by Israel’s security forces – water barriers, covert operations, preemptive strikes – serve to keep the enemy off balance, thereby securing the safety of Israel’s citizens. 

:: 6-18-18 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel foils Hamas plans for major attacks across Israel

20-member cell from Nablus planned attacks in Jerusalem, Tel Aviv and West Bank

By Anna Ahronheim June 17, 2018 17:19

Twenty Hamas members from the West Bank city of Nablus who planned lethal attacks across the country – including a suicide bombing in Jerusalem – have been arrested, the Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency) said in a statement on Sunday. “In recent months, the Shin Bet, Israel Defense Forces and Israel Police uncovered a Hamas terror cell, extraordinary in its size and level of activity, which operated in the Nablus area,” the statement said. According to the Shin Bet, the joint operation took place from October 2017 until the end of April, when the arrests were made. The cell was led by 35-year-old Mu’tazem Muhammad Salem and 33-year-old Faras Kamel Zavidi, both from Nablus, and included more than 20 operatives. Most of the operatives were affiliated with Hamas; some had a long history of terrorist activity that included the manufacture of explosives and explosive devices. Salem and Zavidi were allegedly responsible for building explosive charges as well as planning the attacks, which included a suicide bombing in Jerusalem; a bombing in Tel Aviv and in the West Bank settlement of Itamar; and shooting attacks across the northern West Bank. These attacks were thwarted, some at the last minute, due to the arrest of the cell members. In addition to the main cell, other Hamas cells that were planning terrorist attacks were discovered and their attacks foiled, the Shin Bet said. During the investigation into the cell, Israeli security authorities found several explosive devices. One contained a large explosive charge of 10 kg. that could be remotely detonated by a cellphone. Other explosives were discovered that weighed approximately 15 kg. in total. Raw materials for the production of explosives, weapons and instructions for the manufacture of bombs and explosive materials were also discovered by security forces. Some of the explosives were detonated on site in a controlled explosion by the IDF. Salem and Zavidi were indicted in a military court on Sunday and detained until the end of court procedures. While the Shin Bet identified the cell as being part of the Hamas terror group, according to Salem’s indictment the idea to carry out the attacks began after Zavidi spoke to a member of the Al-Nusra Front in Syria, now known as Tahrir al-Sham, by using the Telegram messenger service. The militant in Syria is believed to have offered Salem $100,000 to manufacture a bomb and detonate it next to Israelis or IDF facilities. He was charged with attempted manslaughter, illegally creating and transporting an explosive, belonging to a terrorist group, contact with an enemy agent, conspiracy to commit a shooting, bringing terrorist funds into the West Bank and obstruction of justice. The other cell members are expected to be indicted in the near future. “This case again shows the desire and efforts that Hamas is investing in building terrorist infrastructures in Judea and Samaria in order to carry out severe attacks in Israel, said a senior Shin Bet officer, adding that “This case also indicates Hamas’ desire to carry out attacks against Israeli targets while undermining the current relative quiet. “Severe attacks and loss of life have been prevented. We, along with our partners in the IDF and Israel Police, will continue to take determined action to thwart Hamas’s murderous intentions. Infrastructure members will be dealt with to the fullest extent of the law,” he continued. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu issued a statement saying that the arrest of the cell members illustrated Israel’s need to maintain security control throughout the West Bank. “The Shin Bet, the IDF and the Israel Police thwarted a Hamas terror cell which tried to carry out explosive attacks in Jerusalem and Tel Aviv from Nablus from inside Judea and Samaria,” he said, adding that “Hamas is trying to harm us both from Gaza and from Judea and Samaria. That is the reason that we will continue to maintain security control over the entire area west of the Jordan.” Nablus was considered the central hotbed of terrorism in the West Bank during the Second Intifada from September 2000 to mid-2005, which saw close to 1,000 Israelis killed and thousands more injured. Since the beginning of the latest wave of violence to hit Israel and the West Bank that began in September 2015, numerous Hamas attacks have been thwarted by security forces. During Hanukka, Hamas members from the village of Tel near Nablus planned to kidnap hostages and use them as bargaining chips to negotiate the release of Palestinians held in Israeli jails. In January, security forces broke up a 17-member Hamas cell in the southern West Bank whose members had been active in promoting terrorist attacks under the guidanceof a Hamas activist in the Gaza Strip. 

:: 6-12-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'We're ready to write a new chapter between our two nations': Trump declares victory, boasting that he TRUSTS Kim Jong-un and persuaded him to sign a 'very comprehensive' agreement for 'complete denuclearization' after nearly 5 HOURS of meetings

Donald Trump told reporters in Singapore that he expects Kim Jong-un to uphold his part of a landmark agreement that requires him to destroy his entire nuclear weapons and missile programs

Trump said he addressed human rights with the North Korean dictator and said economic sanctions will remain as long as Pyongyang is a major abuser

Sanctions relief also depends on Kim's follow-through on denuclearization

'Our eyes are wide open, but peace is always worth the effort, especially in this case,' Trump declared, saying he had been up for more than 25 hours to oversee the negotiations

Trump said joint U.S.-South Korean military exercises will end and called them 'provocative' to the North, but hs spun that decision as an economic one, not as a negotiated concession

The press conference began with the playing of a video, first in Korean and then in English, that Trump said his delegation showed Kim on an iPad to encourage him to choose the right path

Trump said he spotted inviting-looking beaches in the footage, and said: 'Look at that beach, wouldn't that make a great condo? ... Think of it from a real estate perspective!'

Trump called Kim's stockpile 'a very substantial arsenal' but predicted he would be tearing it up

He said 'we're much further along than I would have thought,' and projected a time when the two nations have exchanged ambassadors and he has personally visited Pyongyang and invited Kim to the White House

In an interview taped before the summit, Trump told ABC News of his North Korean adversary that 'I think he trusts me, and I trust him'

By Francesca Chambers, White House Correspondent In Singapore and David Martosko, Us Political Editor For Published: 04:26 EDT, 12 June 2018 | Updated: 14:02 EDT, 12 June 2018

Kim Jong-un affirmed an 'unwavering commitment to complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula' in a signed document on Tuesday, President Donald Trump said. 'We're prepared to start a new history, and we're ready to write a new chapter between our two nations,' he told a packed room of reporters at a press conference in Singapore. Pyongyang's nuclear weapons program will come to an end, he predicted, claiming that Kim had already left Singapore and was 'on his way back' to North Korea to begin implementing their joint vows. 'I believe he's going to live up to that document,' Trump said after a day that included nearly 5 hours of face time with Kim. 'Our eyes are wide open, but peace is always worth the effort, especially in this case.' Trump said he knows 'for a fact that as soon as he arrives' in Pyongyang, Kim is 'going to start a process that makes a lot of people very happy' even though the statement that his White House provided to press made no mention of an agreed upon timetable for denuclearization. 'He wants to do that. This isn't the past. This isn't another administration that never got it started and therefore never got it done,' Trump said, tweaking the Obama administration. In an interview before he met with Kim, Trump told ABC News that he trusts his North Korean adversary to keep his promises and denuclearize his country. 'I do trust him, yeah,' the president said. 'Maybe in a year you'll be interviewing and I'll say I made a mistake. It's possible. We're dealing at a high level, a lot of things can change a lot of things are possible.' He added that trust is returned. 'He trusts me, I believe, I really do,' he said. 'He said no other president could have done this. I think he trusts me, and I trust him.' Trump told reporters that he became convinced that Kim was serious when he agreed to dismantle a sophisticated missile engine testing site. 'We're much further along than I would have thought.' At the same time, he agreed that there are no guarantees that Kim will tear apart what he called 'a very substantial arsenal.' 'Can you ensure anything?' he asked. 'All I can say is: They want to make a deal. ... Can anybody be certain? But we're going to be certain soon because the negotiations continue.' 'I may be wrong,' he allowed. 'I may stand before you in six months and say, "Hey, I was wrong." ' And then with a sly smile, Trump joked: 'I don't know that I'll ever admit that, but I'll find some kind of an excuse.' The president said Tuesday afternoon that he had been working around the clock helping to cement the terms of what he hopes will be an iron-clad agreement that Kim will honor. That would mark a change from North Korea's past performance on pacts with the West. 'I haven't slept in 25 hours, but I thought it was important to do,' he said, animated as ever in gesture and vocal cadence. Trump made no promises about relaxing the economic sanctions that have strangled the hermit kingdom for years yet said he was 'actually looking forward to taking them off' if Kim follows through on his commitments. He speculated about exchanging ambassadors with North Korea 'hopefully soon' but cautioned that 'it's a little bit early for that.' A first step would be a White House invitation. The U.S. president again said he's open to inviting Kim to the U.S. and visiting Pyongyang himself. 'At a certain time, I will,' he said of a conversation with Kim in the Oval Office. He also projected that hostilities between the North and South 'will soon end' because 'the past does not have to define the future.' 'Anyone can make war, but only the most courageous can make peace. The current state of affairs cannot continue forever,' Trump proclaimed in his second news conference this week on foreign soil. Tuesday's press conference opened with a gimmick that White House official said would be surprising and was quickly smacked down as government propaganda. A video aired, first in Korean and then in English, that Trump said his delegation showed Kim on an iPad to encourage him to choose the right path - 'a version of what could happen, what could take place.' Trump said he spotted inviting-looking beaches in the footage, and said: 'Look at that beach, wouldn't that make a great condo? ... Think of it from a real estate perspective!' He allowed that Kim may not want as much modernization as the United States, a thrivin'g democracy, has and that the autocrat may want to 'do a smaller version of this' when sanctions are lifted. 'You may not want that with the trains and everything. Super everything. Maybe you won’t want that,' he said. 'It will be up to them. It will be up to them and up to the people. They may not want that. I can understand that, too.' The president in a shocking giveaway to North Korea said the U.S. would soon end or scale back longstanding joint military exercises with South Korea, and agreed that they were 'provocative' toward the North. He characterized them as 'very expensive,' however, and portrayed their end as an economic decision rather than a negotiated concession that the U.S. had previously said it wouldn't budge on. 'We stopped playing those war games that cost us a fortune,' he said in an interview with ABC that was taped before the presser. 'You know, we’re spending a fortune, every couple of months we’re doing war games with South Korea, and I said, "What’s this costing?" Trump said, 'We’re flying planes in from Guam, we’re bombing empty mountains for practice. I said, "I want to stop that and I will stop that, and I think it’s very provocative.' The president said at his news conference that he had addressed human rights issues during the summit, but downplayed Kim's brutal past. 'I believe it's a rough situation over there. No question about it. We did discuss it today pretty strongly,' he said. 'Knowing what the main purpose of what we are doing is here denuking. Discussed at good length. We will be doing something on it. It’s rough.' Trump insisted that Kim's human rights abuses were a primary topic of conversation, aside from denuclearization. 'I think it will change. I think it probably has to,' he said of changes that Kim will have to embrace in order to hail in the 'glorious new era' that he says is North Korea's for the taking. Trump also predicted that among the 'winners' in the future will be the tens of thousands of people held in North Korea's prison camps. And he said Kim was 'very gracious' about the prospect of returning the remains of American soldiers buried in North Korea more than a half-century ago: 'He said "It makes sense, let's do it".' In between the end of his meetings with Kim and his news conference, Trump sat down for several interviews, including one with ABC. He revealed then that he had spoke to Kim prior to today - a question from reporters he'd previously avoiding answering. Of the agreement he signed with Kim, Trump said in the interview, 'It’s a starter, but it’s a terrific document. I think far more -- and there are things that we negotiated after that document that are also very important.' He said that the document does not include a guarantee to stop producing ballistic missiles at certain sites but that Kim said he would. 'We’re gonna put that out later,' he explained. Trump also said that Kim 'committed to not starting again' weapons testing that has been on pause already for seven months. 'That won’t be happening. He means it he really wants to do something I think terrific for their country and it’s the only way it can be it’s the only way it can be terrific.' As the summit concluded Trump flattered Kim by saying he's 'a very talented man' who 'loves his country very much' causing a stir that carried over into the news conference. 'Well he is very talented. Anybody that takes over a situation like he did at 26 years of age and is able to run it and run it tough - I don’t say he was nice or say anything about it,' Trump said in equally contentious remarks. 'He ran it, few people at that age. You can take 1 out of 10,000 could not do it.' Trump similarly told ABC in response to criticism that he was legitimizing the brutal dictator with his outreach: 'I’m given what I'm given, okay? I mean, this is what we have, and this is where we are, and I can only tell you from my experience, and I met him, I've spoken with him, and I’ve met him. And this was, as you know, started very early and it's been very intense.' The U.S. had promised 'security guarantees' for North Korea in the lead-up to Trump and Kim's meeting for the first time during the high-stakes Singapore summit. 'I don’t wanna talk about it specifically, but we’ve given him, he’s going to be happy,' Trump said on Tuesday. 'His country does love him. His people, you see the fervor. They have a great fervor...They’re so hard working, so industrious. I think if you look at South Korea, someday, maybe in the not too distant future, it will be something that.' Trump president hailed a newly forged 'special bond' with Kim following a day of historic talks, praised the dictator as a 'skilled' negotiator and said he would 'absolutely' invite him to the White House in the future. Kim told him in turn that it was time to 'leave the past behind' and embark on a new era of relations with America. The dictator promised the world will see a 'major change' as a result of the summit. The two men signed a joint statement at the Capella resort that U.S. did not immediately release. News photographers caught sight of the text when Trump flashed a copy to the press but the one-page statement he claimed would be 'very comprehensive' did not land in reporters' inboxes until mid-way through Trump's long question and answer session. The agreement reaffirms an earlier declaration signed between North and South Korea, and commits the North to 'work towards the complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula.' Another point commits the U.S. and North Korea 'to establish new U.S.-DPRK relations in accordance with the desire of the peoples of the two countries for peace and prosperity.' An additional point committed the nations to 'join their efforts to build a lasting and stable peace regime on the Korean Peninsula.' Trump and Kim's statement: The full text Joint Statement of President Donald J. Trump of the United States of America and Chairman Kim Jong Un of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea at the Singapore Summit President Donald J. Trump of the United States of America and Chairman Kim Jong Un of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK) held a first, historic summit in Singapore on June 12, 2018. President Trump and Chairman Kim Jong Un conducted a comprehensive, in-depth and sincere exchange of opinions on the issues related to the establishment of new US-DPRK relations and the building of a lasting and robust peace regime on the Korean Peninsula. President Trump committed to provide security guarantees to the DPRK, and Chairman Kim Jong Un reaffirmed his firm and unwavering commitment to complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula. Convinced that the establishment of new US-DPRK relations will contribute to the peace and prosperity of the Korean Peninsula and of the world, and recognizing that mutual confidence building cam promote the denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula, President Trump and Chairman Kim Jong Un state the following: The United States and the DPRK commit to establish new US-DPRK relations in accordance with the desire of the peoples of the two countries for peace and prosperity.

The United States and DPRK will join their efforts to build a lasting and stable peace regime on the Korean Peninsula.

Reaffirming the April 27, 2018 Panmunjom Declaration, the DPRK commits to work toward complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula

The United States and the DPRK commit to recovering POW/MIA remains, including the immediate repatriation of those already identified.

Having acknowledged that the US-DPRK summit -- the first in history -- was an epochal event of great significance in overcoming decades of tensions and hostilities between the two countries and for the opening up of a new future, President Trump and Chairman Kim Jong Un commit to implement the stipulations in the joint statement fully and expeditiously. The United States and the DPRK commit to hold follow-on negotiations, led by the US Secretary of State, Mike Pompeo, and a relevant high-level DPRK official, at the earliest possible date, to implement the outcomes of the US-DPRK summit.

President Donald J. Trump of the United States of America and Chairman Kim Jong Un of the State Affairs Commission of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea have committed to cooperate for the development of new US-DPRK relations and for the promotion of peace, prosperity, and the security of the Korean Peninsula and of the world.


President of the United States of America


Chairman of the State Affairs Commission of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea

June 12, 2018

Sentosa Island Singapore

The U.S. president says he now expects that he and Kim will meet again - 'many times' in the future, telling a room full of journalists representing American and North Korean outlets: 'This is going to lead to more and more and more and it’s an honor to be with you a very great honor.' Trump had said as the summit commenced that it was 'an honor' to be with Kim and open a direct line of communication that he expects after looking Kim in the eye to blossom into 'a terrific relationship' with the longtime U.S. antagonist. He told journalists later, after a working lunch, that he had a 'really fantastic meeting' with Kim that he believes was 'really, very positive.' 'I think, better than anybody could have expected, top of the line, really good. We're going right now for a signing,' he said. Talks were apparently going so well Tuesday afternoon that Trump showed Kim his limo, opening a door so he could inspect the car that travels everywhere with the U.S. president and flies in the belly of Air Force One when he's abroad. After the summit had ended, Trump assessed that Kim had a 'great personality' and is 'very smart. Good combination.' Kim, he said, is 'a worthy negotiator ... a very worthy, very smart negotiator. We had a terrific day and we learned a lot about each other and our countries.' Trump and Kim began the summit with a hearty handshake, exchanging pleasantries for the cameras and meeting one-on-one for 38 minutes with only translators present while the world watched with anticipation as the first-ever meeting between a U.S. president and a North Korean leader unfolded. Trump told reporters as he sat down for his initial meeting with Kim that he believed they were 'going to have a great discussion' that he believed would be a 'tremendous success.' 'It will be tremendously successful,' he reiterated. 'And it's an honor, and we will have a terrific relationship, I have no doubt.' Kim – whose voice is rarely if ever heard in the West – told the U.S. president through an interpreter, 'Well, it was not easy to get here. The past worked as fetters on our limbs, and the old prejudices and practices worked as obstacles on our way forward. But we overcame all of them, and we are here today.' 'That's true,' Trump said in agreement, shaking his counterpart's hand and making what appeared to be joke that was audible to only the two men and their translators as reporters were led out out of the room. Trump and Kim then held private talks with only their interpreters before walking together along a route that provided them with another opportunity to speak to press. 'Very, very good. Excellent relationship,' Trump told a tightly-restricted group of assembled journalists. The leaders ignored questions from the U.S. media on denuclearization of the Koran Peninsula, the topic of the Singapore talks. Moments later, Trump and Kim rejoined senior officials from both nations for a meeting that was supposed to get into the nitty-gritty of a possible nuclear disarmament deal. 'Of course there will be challenges ahead, but I am ready to listen,' Kim could be heard telling the U.S. president in the group setting, through a translator. 'We overcame all kinds of skepticism and speculations about this summit, and I believe that this is good for the peace.' Trump told him, 'We will solve [this]. We will be successful. And I look forward to working on it with you. It will be done.' A working lunch on Tuesday featured prawn cocktail with avocado salad, green mango kerabu with honey lime dressing and fresh octopus and 'Oiseon' Korean stuffed cucumber as starters. For the main course, the leaders had the choice of beef short rib confit, sweet and sour crispy pork and Yangzhou fried rice with chili sauce or soy braised cod fish. Haagen-Dazs vanilla ice cream with cherry coulis, Tropezienne and a dark chocolate tartlet ganache were listed on a White House handout as the dessert options. 'Very nice. Get a good picture everybody so we look nice and handsome and thin. Perfect,' Trump jested to journalists as they were briefly allowed to observe the meal. The almost unbelievable nature of the encounter hasn't been lost on Kim, whose repressive regime has kept the U.S. on edge for decades through bellicose statements, nuclear tests and ballistic missile launches. 'Many people in the world will think of this as a ... form of fantasy … from a science fiction movie,' he told the president through a translator in a remark overheard during a morning session by the press. In their very first greeting, Trump set the tone for the talks, sending Kim an outstretched hand and patting the dictator's right elbow with the other. Neither man smiled during the formal photo, taken on a red carpet in front of alternating American and North Korean flags. As they turned the corner to head into their first of several sessions, however, in an area that Trump may have thought was off camera, the U.S. leader broke into a smile while exchanging quiet words with Kim and another handshake that lasted several seconds. A third grip-and-grin followed brief remarks to press inside the portion of their one-on-one meeting that was open to cameras. For both leaders, everything was on the line on Tuesday in Singapore. Kim had the incentive of sanctions relief. For Trump, an agreement, no matter how weak was better than coming away empty-handed. Trump had taunted his critics earlier on Tuesday in the hours before his history-making meeting with the North Korean dictator in tweets. 'The fact that I am having a meeting is a major loss for the U.S., say the haters & losers. We have our hostages, testing, research and all missle launches have stopped, and these pundits, who have called me wrong from the beginning, have nothing else they can say! We will be fine!' he tweeted. He said in tweets before the sun rose over Singapore that 'meetings between staffs and representatives are going well and quickly,' echoing a statement from his White House the evening before that talks were progressing so fast Trump would leave Singapore early. 'But in the end, that doesn't matter,' he acknowledged on Twitter. 'We will all know soon whether or not a real deal, unlike those of the past, can happen!' Trump's motorcades was the first to pull into the Capella Resort in Singapore, which has been closed to outsiders for days out of extreme precaution, on Tuesday morning. Kim was not far behind, after making the under-fifteen minute drive from his hotel to Sentosa island along a route filled with gawkers. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo shared a photo of himself marching through a hallway with a determined look on his face as his opening salvo in a tweet that declared: 'We're ready for today.' Kim, meanwhile, spent the hours leading up to talks attempting to soften his image. The vicious ruler who has directed the murder of his own family members in a quest to consolidate his already absolute power posed for photos on Monday night as he went on a sightseeing tour with Singapore's foreign minister Vivian Balakrishnan. His tour included a stop at the Marina Bay Sands hotel and casino, where he was welcomed by a cheering crowd of tourists and local residents who had flocked to the location to take in the spectacle. Trump began shaping news coverage of his summit with Kim, which began at 9 am local time and 9 pm in Washington, bright and early at 5:30 a.m. Kim had spent his evening on a tour of Singapore with high-ranking government officials. He arrived at the summit after Trump and left Capella Resort for his hotel before the U.S. president. During the rare trip out of his hermit nation, the 33-year-old Kim sat with Singapore Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong for formal talks on Sunday and went out on the town on Monday with the prime minister's education and finance ministers. A timeline showing the build-up to the historic Trump-Kim summit The upcoming meeting between President Donald Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong-un in Singapore will kick off a potentially lengthy diplomatic process to try to resolve the standoff over Pyongyang's pursuit of nuclear weapons. Here's a look at how the diplomacy took shape this year:

January 1: After an unusually provocative 2017 during which North Korea tested a purported thermonuclear warhead and three intercontinental ballistic missiles, Kim tries to initiate diplomacy in his annual new year's address. He calls for improved relations and engagement with South Korea, though adds that he has a nuclear button on his desk. Trump responds on Twitter that he has a bigger and more powerful nuclear button, adding 'and my Button works!'

January 9: North and South Korean officials meet at a border village and agree on North Korea sending athletes and delegates to the Winter Olympics in the South. Hundreds of North Koreans go to the Pyeongchang Games in February, including Kim's sister, who conveys her brother's desire for an inter-Korean summit with South Korea's president.

March 5-6: South Korea's presidential national security director Chung Eui-yong visits Kim in Pyongyang and reports that the North Korean leader is willing to discuss the fate of his nuclear arsenal with the United States.

March 8: South Korean envoys meet Trump in Washington and deliver an invitation from Kim to meet; Trump accepts.

March 27: Kim makes a surprise visit to Beijing for a meeting with Chinese President Xi Jinping in an apparent move to strengthen his leverage ahead of any talks with Trump. April 18: Trump confirms that Mike Pompeo, then the CIA chief, had met Kim secretly in North Korea and said 'a good relationship was formed' heading into the anticipated summit.April 21: North Korea says it has suspended nuclear and ICBM tests and plans to close its nuclear test site as part of a shift in its national focus to developing its economy. Trump tweets: 'This is very good news for North Korea and the World.'

April 27: Kim holds a summit with South Korean President Moon Jae-in. The leaders announce

aspirational goals of a nuclear-free Korean Peninsula and permanent peace.

May 7: Kim meets Xi again in China and calls for stronger strategic co-operation between the traditional allies.

May 9: Pompeo, now US secretary of state, makes another visit to Pyongyang to prepare for the planned Trump-Kim summit. North Korea releases three Americans who had been imprisoned.

May 10: Trump announces he will meet with Kim in Singapore on June 12. He tweets: 'We will both try to make it a very special moment for World Peace!'

May 12: North Korea says it will hold a ceremony to dismantle its nuclear test site between May 23-25.

May 16: North Korea abruptly cancels a high-level meeting with the South and threatens to cancel the summit with Trump too in protest over US-South Korean military exercises and US comments that the North should follow the 'Libya model' of denuclearisation by eliminating everything upfront. The North says it will not be unilaterally pressured into abandoning its nuclear programme.

May 22: Trump and Moon meet at the White House to discuss the Trump-Kim talks. The South Korean president says the 'fate and the future of the Korean Peninsula hinge' on the meeting in Singapore.

May 24: A senior North Korean diplomat calls US Vice President Mike Pence a 'political dummy' for his comments on the North and says it is up to the Americans whether they 'meet us at a meeting room or encounter us at (a) nuclear-to-nuclear showdown.' North Korea dismantles its nuclear testing ground in front of foreign journalists, but Trump announces hours later that he is pulling out of the summit, citing the North's 'tremendous anger and open hostility.'

May 25: North Korea attempts damage control, saying it is still willing to hold talks with the United States 'at any time, (in) any format.' Moon calls Trump's move to cancel the summit 'very perplexing' and says Washington and Pyongyang should get the talks back on track.

May 26: Kim and Moon meet at a border village in an effort to revive the summit with Trump. Moon says Kim reaffirmed his commitment to denuclearise their peninsula but also said he was unsure whether he could trust the United States to provide a credible security guarantee in return.

May 30: North Korean envoy Kim Yong Chol, the most senior North Korean official to visit the United States in 18 years, arrives in New York for pre-summit negotiations with Pompeo.

June 1: After meeting Kim Yong Chol at the White House, Trump says his meeting with Kim Jong Un is back on for June 12.

June 5: White House press secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders tweets that the Trump-Kim meeting will be held at Singapore's Capella Hotel. 

Revelation 13:18 16 Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead 17 so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark, that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. 18 This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666.

:: 6-12-18 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Mark Of The Beast Is Right Around The Corner As Millions Prep To Buy & Sell Having Their Palms Scanned

June 12, 2018 by SkyWatch Editor

Biohacking is the new frontier. In just a few years, millions of people will have implanted RFID chips under the skin between their thumb and index finger. Already, thousands of people in Sweden have chipped themselves to make their daily lives easier. With a tiny electronic implant, Swedish rail passengers can pay their train ticket, and it goes without saying how convenient opening an RFID lock is without having to pull out your wallet. (READ MORE)

Hackaday - Ask Hackaday: What Is The Future Of Implanted Electronics?

133 Comments by: Brian Benchoff

Biohacking is the new frontier. In just a few years, millions of people will have implanted RFID chips under the skin between their thumb and index finger. Already, thousands of people in Sweden have chipped themselves to make their daily lives easier. With a tiny electronic implant, Swedish rail passengers can pay their train ticket, and it goes without saying how convenient opening an RFID lock is without having to pull out your wallet. That said, embedding RFID chips under the skin has been around for decades; my thirteen-year-old cat has had a chip since he was a kitten. Despite being around for a very, very long time, modern-day cyborgs are rare. The fact that only thousands of people are using chips on a train is a newsworthy event. There simply aren’t many people who would find the convenience of opening locks with a wave of a hand worth the effort of getting chipped. Why hasn’t the most popular example of biohacking caught on? Why aren’t more people getting chipped? Is it because no one wants to be branded with the Mark of the Beast? Are the reasons for a dearth of biohacking more subtle? That’s what we’re here to find out, so we’re asking you: what is the future of implanted electronics? Over the past decade, we’ve seen hundreds of builds using RFID and NFC tags. We’ve seen people use these tags to start a car and open a door. We’ve seen NFC tags placed in bio-compatable glass, and we’ve seen RFID tags constructed out of ATtinys and a spool of magnet wire. Hackers, it seems, are all over short-range, batteryless electronic tracking tags, and that doesn’t count the huge number of subway cards, contactless payment systems, or the fact that just about every phone these days can read these cards. While embedding RFID tags under the skin delivers us this world of contactless payments, magic locks, and the ability to be tracked anywhere, we really haven’t seen many applications for embedded tags. In fact, the most interesting application of wearable RFID tags may just be putting LEDs on fingernails. Yes, for just $3 per fingernail, you too can light up whenever you pass within a few inches of a contactless card reader. Part of the lack of public interest in wearable RFID tags may just be a shortcoming of the system itself; if you want to pay for your drinks at Starbucks, that’s one RFID tag. If you want to get on the subway, that’s another RFID tag. If you want to open the door to your office, that’s a third RFID tag. Short of carrying around a tag programmer with you around at all times — completely negating the convenience of storing your keys under your skin — we don’t yet have the technology to have one RFID implant that rules all. There are, of course, other technologies available for implantable cyborgation, but chipping yourself with an RFID or NFC tag is by far the most popular. People aren’t really doing it, though, so we’re opening this one up to the peanut gallery. What will it take to make implantable electronics widely popular? Would you get one? If you have a chip in your hand, what do you use it for and how has that changed over time? What do you think? 

:: 6-12-18 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fall Of The Deep State – 34-Hour LIVE Analysis: Release of the IG Report

Find out what’s really been going on behind the scenes in Washington - June 12, 2018

The Deep State is in its death throes as President Trump continues beating the globalists at their own game. With the much-anticipated Thursday release of the Inspector General’s report, justice may be soon forthcoming for the conspirators involved in the coup to overthrow our president. Hailing the IG report release, Infowars is hosting a special 34-hour broadcast starting at 8AM CST on June 14 through the 15th at 6PM. We’ll have special guest hosts and exclusive videos, and we’ll also take your calls during this interactive transmission.

Tell your friends and family to tune in to see what the Russia investigation was REALLY about.


8am to 11am — Real News with Rob Dew

11am to 3pm – The Alex Jones Show

3pm to 6pm – War Room with Owen Shroyer

6pm to 7pm – Ali Alexander

7pm to 8pm – Darrin McBreen Jon Bowne

8pm to 9pm – Millie Weaver

9pm to 12am – Owen Shroyer


12am to 1am – Joel Gilbert

1am to 3am – Harrison Smith / Jake Lloyd

3am to 5am – Dan Lyman

5am to 7am – Paul Joseph Watson

7am to 8am – Special reports

8am to 11am – Real News with Rob Dew

11am to 3pm – The Alex Jones Show

3pm to 6pm – War Room with Owen Shroyer 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 6-11-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A.I. And The Rise Of 'Demon Possessed Machines' Coincides With Humanity's Descent Into The Abyss And The Fall Of Western Values And Civilization

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 11, 2018

In the much-too-close-to-reality TV show "Person Of Interest", two artificially intelligent 'machines' battle it out in the final few episodes of the 5 season TV show, one machine programmed to save the lives of potential victims of violent crimes and one which had been programmed to provide 'security' for 'itself' and to the government by 'eliminating' any and all potential threats to its dominance. With both 'machines' becoming autonomous in the show, able to think, reason and act for 'itself' without human intervention, Susan Duclos and I weren't the least bit superised while watching the show that the one A.I. 'machine' called 'Samaritan' turned downright evil, seemingly possessed, as it characterized anybody who it perceived was a threat to its 'survival' and to the corrupt government which it served as a mortal enemy to be hunted down and destroyed and many were slaughtered by its 'agents' during the show. And while that sounds like a science fiction horror movie forever vanquished to the realm of 'impossible', as we read in this new story from Greg Hunter over at USA Watchdog and hear in the only video below featuring Steve Quayle, such a possibility is growing ever closer every day. With the ongoing rise of artificially intelligent machines and the strong possibility that such machines will be 'programmed' for much less than benevolent purposes than simply being 'human helpers', a very real potential exists that such 'machines' could become 'possessed', with numerous examples already of inanimate objects becoming possessed by evil spirits. Coinciding with the rise and acceptance of evil all across America and the world increasingly seen in the growing demand for exorcism's from demonic possession as The Telegraph reported in this June 3rd story, Dr. Richard Gallagher, a psychologist educated at both Princeton and Yale claims demonic possession is very real and those who are seeking help for it should never be ignored. Yet how will we even know if demonic forces are somehow able to inhabit themselves into AI machines before it is way too late? As Mysterious Universe reported back in March, according to Reverend Jim Peasboro in a book he wrote more than 10 years ago called "The Devil in the Machine: Is Your Computer Possessed by a Demon?", demon possession can be experienced by anything with a 'mind', including humans, animals and even the processor of our computers. According to Peasboro, “Any PC built after 1985 has the storage capacity to house an evil spirit,” with storage capacity seeming to make a difference, and he asserts that “one in 10 computers in America now houses some type of evil spirit.” He seems to take this all quite literally, and claims that these malicious spirits are responsible for seeping through our screens to exert their influence, which has led to much of the crime and gun violence among young people seen in the country. As the Daily Mail reported in this June 3rd story, according to Pope Francis and the Vatican, demonic possessions are on the rise due to 'easy access to satanism online'. And while that might be what Pope Francis chocks the rise of demonic possession up to, when America narrowly avoided having a President voted into office whose campaign manager celebrated with Satanists and who herself embraced the satanic philosophy of Saul Alinsky, we'd venture to guess that the rise in those possessed by evil in America has a lot more to do with those who have long run America (and thus the world) than specifically the internet. First, from the Daily Mail story: The number of people seeking exorcism for demonic possessions is rising. In April, the Vatican ran a training course for priests brought on by the increasing demand for exorcisms. The clergymen were told the number of possessions was bought on by a decline in the Christian faith and easier access to Satanism and black magic through the internet. Pope Francis also said that life can be 'a constant struggle against the devil' and people should 'not think of the Devil as myth, a representation, a symbol, a figure of speech or an idea. 'This mistake would lead us to let down our guard, to grow careless and end up more vulnerable'. In the US, the number of priests that perform exorcisms has more than quadrupled from twelve to fifty in the last ten years. Yet any real study into the rise of demonic possession would not be complete without taking a look at the decline of the Western world and Western values brought on largely by the political philosophies of liberals and globalism. With Hillary Clinton having written her 1969 senior thesis titled "There Is Only the Fight...:An Analysis of the Alinsky Model" dedicated to the philosophy taught by Saul Alinsky, it's important to remember that in his book "Rules For Radicals", Alinsky dedicates his book to Lucifer. Why did Hillary so admire Alinsky? Remember, Hillary and her campaign manager John Podesta were in the White House and at the very top levels of Democratic politics for decades. Getting the 'big' picture now? As Susan Duclos reported on ANP back on January 6th, a New Years tweet exchange on twitter between Chelsea Clinton and the 'Church of Satan' only highlighted the Clinton's long list of satanic affiliations going back decades with former Bill Clinton friend Larry Nichols once telling Alex Jones that Hillary Clinton regularly took part in a 'witch's church' with Hillary even admitting in her own book that she wanted to create voodoo dolls of her enemies and stick them with pins. More proof Hillary herself believes inanimate objects such as dolls can be 'weaponized' with evil spirits? From Susan's story: As Aaron Klein over at Breitbart points out, this was not the first time Hillary had written about voodoo. In her previous memoir Hard Choices, Hillary described a voodoo ceremony that she and Bill Clinton attended in Haiti in 1975, stating "He invited us to attend one of his ceremonies. We saw Haitians 'seized with spirits' walk on hot coals, bite the heads off live chickens, and chew glass, spit out the shards, and not bleed. At the end of the ceremony, the people claimed the dark spirits had departed." Also it is well known, written about by Bob Woodward in his book, The Choice: How Bill Clinton Won, and spoken about openly by Bill Clinton, that Hillary Clinton used to "commune" with the dead. With her campaign manager John Podesta's ties to 'spirit cooking' also well documented, it might be an understatement to say that America dodged a satan-tipped-nuclear missile by getting President Trump into the White House. Yet the dangers we still face. In Steve Quayle's new book "Terminated: The End Of Man Is Here" (you can pre-order here), he warns us that the end of the human race is ahead largely because we have failed to recognize the dangers facing us as human beings even when they were staring us in the face. As Steve warns us in his book, if we continue on the road we're on, disaster awaits. From the back cover of his book: The human race has come to the point of no flesh left alive. Transhumanism and genetic engineering, when coupled with the hybridization of human animal 'genetic constructs', are thrusting us back into the Golden Age of mythological monsters and godlike humans. Superheroes, robots and demon-possessed machines will take humanity to the brink of extinction. The false promise of eternal life through technology, with new body parts and perpetual updates to your brain (enhanced neural networks), along with software and hardware updates, will be the ultimate seduction that most will be unable to resist. Obviously, those who will reject this "technocratic clustered paradise" will flee from the autonomous and self-directed slaughter-bots, setting the stage for a 5G electronic prison net run by the Luciferian Elite and their Fallen Angel Overlords, enabling the obliteration of our entire species. While Tesla founder Elon Musk once compared humanity's budding fascination with AI to 'summoning the demon', warning that A.I. was the 'biggest existential threat to mankind', just take a look at the wording he used in his warning: I think we should be very careful about artificial intelligence. If I had to guess at what our biggest existential threat is, it’s probably that. So we need to be very careful with artificial intelligence. I’m increasingly inclined to think that there should be some regulatory oversight, maybe at the national and international level, just to make sure that we don’t do something very foolish. With artificial intelligence we’re summoning the demon. You know those stories where there’s the guy with the pentagram, and the holy water, and he’s like — Yeah, he’s sure he can control the demon? Doesn’t work out. With globalists pushing satanism in our faces and the faces of our children every opportunity that they get and through seemingly innocent outlets such as childrens books, TV shows, cartoons and games such as Ouija boards, it's easy to understand that the battle that the human race is now up against boils down to is nothing less than 'Biblical'. As Skywatch TV reported back in March, "If Amazon Alexa & Echo Devices Can Be DEMON POSSESSED, Imagine What’s Going To Happen Tomorrow As People Interface Their Brains With A.I. Computers." And we were warned long ago in Acts 19 about the worshipping of idols and demons that we're now seeing in America and around the world, what the patriarch Kirill of the Russian Orthodox church called straight from the Book of Revelation: In a public speech in the main Moscow cathedral, Patriarch Kirill said the signs from the Book of Revelation are now apparent. He also called on politicians and ordinary citizens to unite and stop the movement towards the abyss. “All people who love the Motherland must be together because we are entering a critical period in the course of human civilization. This can already be seen with the naked eye. You have to be blind not to notice the approaching awe-inspiring moments in history that the apostle and evangelist John was talking about in the Book of Revelation,” the patriarch was quoted as saying by Interfax. With Quayle warning us that most of the news we have coming out around the world he calls 'Circus-distract-ticus' and meant to keep the eyes of the world off of the real stories going on behind the scenes, we'll close with this excerpt from the story by Greg Hunter over at USA Watchdog story which helps to summarize more of what we hear in this must listen interview.: Steve Quayle lays out the biggest danger facing mankind in his upcoming book called “Terminated, The End of Man is Here.” Quayle says the robot/transhumanism world of the elite will become fully visible in just a few years. Quayle contends, “When people ask me what is on the horizon beyond transhumanism, I can say to you, at this point, nothing. When they say it’s going to be in the year 2030 or 2045, in my opinion, and let’s see if it holds . . . my estimate, based on where we are now, they will start to manifest fully by 2022. These will be . . . “demon possessed machines”. . . . Imagine a robot that is programed, and you know what the final command that will be given to a robot will be? When they become totally autonomous and demon possessed, they will have simply one prime directive and that will be kill all humans.”

:: 6--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Could Be America’s Best President Ever-One Thing Stands In His Way

By Dave Hodges

Former CIA clandestine officer, Robert David Steele, stated on “The Common Sense Show radio broadcast, that Donald Trump could go down in history as the greatest President ever…..but there are some obstacles.” The wisdom of his words escaped me in the immediate moment. I have always seen the potential in Donald Trump’s leadership and I have seen him pull the proverbial rabbit out of the hat. However, the greatest President ever? In the aftermath of the false flag chemical weapons attack in Syria, and the President’s ill-advisedre action, I did not see it. This morning, and despite my hesitancy in supporting some of the President’s recent actions and questionable appointments, I must agree with Steele. However, I am going to provide a caveat to Steele’s bold statement later in the article.

A Cross-Section of the President’s Notable Accomplishments When FDR was elected in the dark days of the Depression, he promised big changes in the “First Hundred Days”. Much of what FDR tried to do was struck down by the Supreme Court. When we compare what President Trump has done in his first 17 months, he has “out-accomplished” every President in American history. And he has done so in the face of a hostile media and the shadow Deep State government opposing his every move. The following Trump accomplishments are not meant to be a complete and exhaustive list of the President’s many triumphs in his first 17 months in office. Rather, this is a cross-section of my perceptions of his many accomplishments in a very short amount of time. President Trump’s ability to bring the leader of North Korea to the peace table is remarkable and I am having trouble finding the words in expressing my admiration on how he has taken America from the brink of war, that would have cost millions of innocent lives, to one of peace. North Korea will soon have the ability to take their place among the nations of the world in terms of diplomatic relations and trade. Their people will economically benefit and the NK regime will lose their need to be militarily aggressive because heretofore, the military was NK’s only real industry. I agree with former President Carter, Donald Trump could and should win the Nobel Peace Prize. By bringing NK to the peace table, the President has neutered China’s main military stooge and henchman. China needs NK to be the bad guy so they don’t get their hands dirty. However, China is on the verge of having to do, and be exposed for, doing their own dirty work. Further, moving NK away from China, militarily, changes the balance of power in the region. I have looked high and low and I cannot find one instance of President Trump engaging in an act of racism, desite the media’s allegations to the contrary. In fact, my review of Trump’s actions in this area reflects a President, who cares deeply for providing opportunities for people who have had difficulty in the past. There is one thing that the liars from CNN and the propaganda artists from the Democratic Party cannot take away from Donald Trump, in 17 months, he has overseen the highest Black employment rate in American history. I am not proud of my nation’s bouts of racism (eg slavery and treatment of Native Americans), however, this is now a different era and it is time to turn the page and embrace new opportunities for all people. What I am most proud of is that this President is not color blind. He sees the need for intervention in our inner cities with regard to economic intervention. He has quietly set up mentoring programs, at Federal expense, in our urban neighborhoods. He seeks to empower Black Americans, not keep them on the Democratic Party’s Plantation system of welfare which in the long term, kills individual initiative and hope. Trump is providing opportunity where there was none. Black voters support of Trump has grown from 11% to nearly 25%. I have had many Blacks write to me and thank me for supporting a spirit of empowerment among Black youth, in particular. Although I am appreciative of these comments, I have done nothing but observe. Trump is doing all the work. In the recent G-7 conference, Trump was outnumbered 6-1. Everyone from Merkel, to Marcon to terrorist George Soros, stated that Trump was interfering with the mandates of the New World Order. Many mainstream media outlets published the G6’s comments about Trump’s outdated populism views as a bad thing and that Trump needed to get on board with the new way of thinking. I was cheering for Trump’s defiance, as you should be cheering. Trump, while outnumbered, is facing the enemies of America and has won many important battles. Trump, by his actions, told the globalist G6 puppets of the New World Order “to go to Hell”. The G6 wants to collapse all national boundaries and they want the US to fund the installation of the New World Order. In other words, we Americans are supposed to pay for own demise and Trump said no. Through the elimination of the TPP and modifying other trade agreements, Trump is putting Americans back to work. Our manufacturing is being revived because of his trade policies while the rest of the world seeks to destroy our country, economically. I have only scratched the surface of Trump’s accomplishments. Yet, as I previously stated there is one very big caveat that stands in the way of Trump being a great President. And that caveat is the fact that Trump comes nowhere close to controlling the narrative with the American people who are still in a political coma and believe everything they see on CNN. Social Media: The Enemy of Self-Governance and Populism For people who are 45 or younger, 70% of the news that they see, is digital. In other words, and very disturbingly to the Christian, conservative world view, Facebook, Google, Twitter and Google-owned YouTube, and their illegal censorship policies are being successful in keeping much of America in the dark. In order to continue his accomplishments, Trump needs to be delivered a Republican House and Senate in the Midterm elections. This will require a free press. This is a pre-condition to the restoration of America. Trump’s continued successes have two major hurdles: (1) Rampant voter fraud led by millions of illegal aliens being allowed to vote, and vote Democratic; and, (2) The nearly total blackout of pro-Trump activism and successes in the media, particularly in the social media. In short, the illlegal censorship policies practiced by social media, as described by Senator Ted Cruz, is the single biggest impediment to Making America Great Again. And unfortunately, President Trump seems oblivious to this point. In Part Two of this series, I will be outlining a plan of action to neuter social media and return the First Amendment to the people. If we are not successful, a Hillary Clinton-type will be occupying the White House in 2020 and most of us knows exactly what that will mean. 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 6-11-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump-bashing stars like De Niro and Maher now hate him so much they’d rather see America sucked into war and recession than for him to succeed – we used to call that treason

By Piers Morgan for MailOnline Published: 09:26 EDT, 11 June 2018 | Updated: 18:01 EDT, 11 June 2018

Robert De Niro marched onto last night’s Tony Awards show stage like a man possessed, exuding raw fury and menace from every pore. If you could morph his most violent, unhinged on-screen characters into one smoldering carcass of molten human hatred and ferocity, then this was that hybrid beast. De Niro was part Max Cady, part Travis Bickle, mixed up with lashings of Jake La Motta and Jimmy Conway. And he was intent on unleashing a verbal weapon of mass destruction at the man he despises more than life itself: Donald J. Trump. The 74-year-old tuxedo-clad thespian stood at the microphone for several long, lingering, intense seconds, driving the Broadway audience to whoops of expectant excitement. ‘I’m gonna say one thing,’ he snarled. ‘F*CK TRUMP!’ This promoted a spontaneous explosion of ecstatic joy and De Niro raised his arms into a triumphant boxer-style pose. He stared out, his inflamed eyes bulging with viciousness. Then he saw people, HIS people, begin to spring to their feet to cheer, so he paused to soak up their adulation. As the TV cameras cut to pictures of stars grinning with delight, De Niro did another boxer victory pose, this time holding his arms in a chest press position until the whole theatre was on its feet, roaring for their champion. ‘It’s no longer down with Trump,’ he bellowed, ‘it’s F*CK TRUMP!’ Cue more roars and whoops. I don’t think I’ve ever seen a human being more pleased with himself in that moment than Robert De Niro. He’d done what he came to do – hijacked yet another awards show with his anti-Trump vitriol, certain in the knowledge it would earn him more airtime and positive media coverage than any of his dismal movies in the last 20 years. And all the luvvies in the crowd had found a heroic mouthpiece for their own festering hatred of Trump. What was extraordinary about this outburst, and the audience reaction, is that at the very moment it was happening, President Trump had just flown in to Singapore for his historic summit with North Korean leader Kim Jong Un. This is a meeting of quite stupendous importance, not just for America but for the world. If Trump can somehow pull off a genuine, meaningful peace deal with the planet’s most repressive, dangerous regime, then he will have achieved something none of his predecessors achieved, and saved all of us from a potentially catastrophic nuclear war. It’s a big ‘if’, and it may still all end in dismal failure and a PR coup for Jong Un. But I admire Trump for trying, and for getting this far. Surely the correct response to this trip from all Americans, regardless of their personal enmity towards Trump, is to hope it works and to wish their President every success in his efforts? Yet instead, Hollywood’s liberals have once again launched a barrage of foul-mouthed public abuse against him. The same Hollywood liberals, lest we forget, who gave fugitive child rapist Roman Polanski a standing ovation at the Oscars. Of course, there’s an absurd hypocrisy to celebrities berating Trump (justifiably..) for coarsening American political discourse with inflammatory rhetoric, then yelling ‘F*CK TRUMP!’ on live TV as families watch at home. Just as there was when arch feminist Samantha Bee recently decided to call Ivanka Trump a ‘c**t’ on her own show. It seems none of them got the ‘When they go low, we go high’ memo from Michelle Obama. But there is a wider, bigger question for these stars that concerns me a lot more than their abusive language, and it’s this: at what point does your blind, pathological hatred for your President override America’s national interest? The perfect illustration of what I’m talking about came on Friday night during Bill Maher’s Real Time show on HBO. Maher, a man whose aversion to all things Trump almost rivals De Niro’s, actually said the following words as he articulated his desire to remove the President from power: ‘I feel like the bottom has to fall out (of the economy) at some point, and by the way, I’m hoping for it. I think one way you get rid of Trump is by crashing the economy. So please, bring on the recession. Sorry if that hurts people but it’s either root for a recession or you lose your democracy.’ Sorry, WHAT? You loathe Trump so much you actually want a crippling financial crisis to ravage your own country and devastate millions of the poorest and most vulnerable of your fellow Americans? The irony of Maher’s ridiculously offensive comment is that the economy has so far turned out to be very successful under Trump. Unemployment’s fallen to an 18-year low of 3.8%, with Black and Hispanic unemployment hitting historic lows. And the stock market, too, has been hitting record highs. Last week, Warren Buffett, the Sage of Omaha, gave Trumponomics a ringing endorsement, saying the US economy was ‘feeling strong’. Using a baseball analogy to explain his positivity, he added: ‘If we’re in the sixth inning, we have our sluggers coming to bat right now.’ So why would Bill Maher, himself worth a recession-proof £100 million, be so keen to see the booming economy collapse? The answer, sadly, is that he hates Trump so much he can’t bear to acknowledge any of his successes and would rather he fail even if that means America fails too. De Niro’s of the same mentality. He used to be a world-class actor. In fact, he was one of the greatest actors of all time. Today, he’s a world-class Trump-bashing agitator, and notwithstanding a highly competitive field, in this new role he’s indisputably THE greatest of all time. That’s why the Tony Awards crowd went so crazy when he shouted ‘F*CK TRUMP!’ Just as similar liberal actor crowds did when De Niro spouted similar abuse at other awards ceremonies, including one occasion when he actually threatened to physically beat up the President. It’s childish, pathetic and embarrassing – all the things De Niro professes to hate in Trump. And coming as the President tries to forge peace with North Korea, it also feels very un-patriotic and disloyal. In fact, it feels un-American. My message to De Niro, Maher and all the other Trump-loathing stars is this: you can hate the President all you like, but if your hatred means you’d rather see America sucked into war or financial ruin than to see him succeed, then YOU’RE the problem – not him. And shame on you. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-12-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

6/12/2018 -- USGS hiding earthquakes in Hawaii? M4.3 strikes Mauna Loa -- USGS ignores yet again!


Published on Jun 12, 2018

LocSAT solution (with start solution, 12 stations used, weight 12):

Hawaii mb=4.3 2018/06/12 11:52:54.0 19.57 N 155.47 W 10 km  

:: 6-11-18 Los Angeles Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Extreme fire danger in the West forces another national forest to close

By Associated Press Jun 11, 2018 | 6:10 PM

Extreme fire danger prompted officials Monday to say they are shutting down a sprawling forest that includes some of Colorado's most stunning mountains in a region that attracts tourists from around the world, a rare tactic also being used in neighboring states as the U.S. Southwest struggles with severe drought. National forests and parks in Arizona and New Mexico have already been shut down as precautions. San Juan National Forest officials in southwestern Colorado planned to close hundreds of miles of trails and thousands of miles of back roads to hikers, bikers, horseback riders and campers as soon as Tuesday to prevent the possibility of an abandoned campfire or any other spark from starting a wildfire. It's the first full closure of a national forest in Colorado since 2002, which was another very dry year. The closure will remain until sufficient precipitation eases the fire danger. The move comes as the residents of over 2,000 homes have been forced to evacuate because of a fire that started June 1 in the forest. The fire has now grown to about 35 square miles and authorities are continuing to investigate how it started. No homes have been lost, although the fire came close to buildings Sunday night, authorities said. Fire managers credited advance fire mitigation work by homeowners for helping firefighters save the structures. Much of the U.S. West is experiencing some level of drought and the Four Corners region — where Arizona, New Mexico, Utah and Colorado meet — is the epicenter of a severe drought. In New Mexico, the Santa Fe National Forest, along with portions of three national park sites, closed June 1 because of the fire danger. The Santa Fe forest is among New Mexico's most popular getaways. Portions of national forests in Arizona were also closed in late May because of severe fire conditions. Full forest closures are uncommon and the U.S. Forest Service stresses they're only done as a last resort. The Coconino National Forest in Arizona shut down completely because of fire danger in 2006 for nine days. A 2002 shutdown lasted nine weeks, including both Memorial Day and July 4 holidays, and other national forests had closures that year. Colorado's latest closure will also bar non-recreational uses, although ranchers, for example, who use some of the forest's over 2,800 square miles for grazing will be able to seek exemptions, San Juan National Forest spokeswoman Cam Hooley said. If any exemptions are granted, those users would be required to take precautions, such as carrying water, shovels and fire extinguishers and possibly only allowed in during certain times of the day, she said. "We recognize that this is difficult for the local businesses and the local economy and just ask that people just be understanding and patient," Hooley said. The region, which is also home to Mesa Verde National Park, relies heavily on visitors to support its economy, and fire managers have tried to help encourage them to keep coming by including links to tourism information in their regular fire updates. One of the main tourist attractions, a historic scenic railroad that takes riders through the majestic San Juan Mountains in the forest, has suspended its service and furloughed its seasonal workers. It may reopen later this month with diesel engines to replace its traditional coal-fired locomotives that can throw sparks. Sweetie Marbury, the mayor of nearby Durango — about 10 miles from the fire — said there are plenty of things people can do in the area, including river rafting, cycling and fishing and learning about history at places like Mesa Verde and Chimney Rock National Monument. "We are resilient in Durango. We bounce back," she said. 

:: 6-1-18 DeSoto Times-Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Changing lives with God's help

By ROBERT LEE LONG Community Editor Jun 1, 2018

Their names are Holly and Candace and their lives have been transformed forever — due to the supernatural power of Jesus Christ. The two women, both mothers of young children, have received a fresh start in life after years spent enduring the turmoil of drug addiction. Holly and Candace recently graduated from the program at the Breakthrough Center for Women in Olive Branch, an offshoot of Warrior Ministries, which has a separate shelter for men struggling through drug addiction, with both programs under the ministry of Pastor David Vincent. "I was in jail every year of my life with 18 felonies on my record," Vincent said as he shared his own personal story and testimony. "If it wasn't for the grace of God, I would not be here standing before you today. God touched my life." Vincent said he began doing some research on his own and discovered that the rate of recidivism or repeat offense is very high unless there is a change within a person's heart. "The best chance for changing a life is a long-term Christian ministry," Vincent said. Vincent began working with assisting homeless men and battered and abused women who had nowhere else to turn. The Warrior Center began its women's ministry three years ago in Olive Branch. There are currently 27 women enrolled in the program, including Holly and Candace. In Holly's case, her father died when she was five from an overdose. Her biological mother passed away from heroin addiction several years later. "My mother, the woman who raised me, tried to steer me in the right path," Holly said, adding that she rebelled. "At 13, I started using cocaine and soon graduated on to other drugs." She said that she became pregnant and her adopted mother persuaded her to get an abortion. She later married and had children but "ended up in prison." "It all caught up with me again," Holly said. Holly was able to get her life straight through the Breakthrough Center and is employed in a leadership position with the women's ministry program. "All the times I could have died God had a covering over me," Holly said. "I decided to stay and give back to God," she said of her position with the Breakthrough Center. She quoted Second Corinthians, Chapter 4, Verses 7-9: "We are hard pressed on every side, but not crushed; perplexed, but not in despair; persecuted, but not abandoned; struck down, but not destroyed." Candace said her grandmother lost three of her four children to drugs. "My mother had a heroin and crack addiction," Candace said. "I could show you how to shoot heroin at age eight. By the age of 14, I started smoking weed and rebelling. I have three daughters and lost them to addiction. For more than a year, the Holy Spirit was ministering to me. The only place I could go to was God." Candace said God sent a stranger to kneel and pray with her. "I know God was waiting for me to completely surrender to Him. I discovered Jesus is the way, the truth and the life. I have been blessed with a hope and a future." The Breakthrough Center in Olive Branch operates a thrift store known as Uptown Thrift Store which funds the Warrior and associated ministries. Local benefactor, Dr. Robert Seymour, a Hernando dentist, also plays an instrumental part in supporting the ministry. Warrior Ministries operates a 68-bed men's ministry in Memphis, 27 beds for women in Olive Branch and is poised to soon open a 60-bed women's facility in Bolivar, Tenn. "If any man or woman will take that step, God will change a life," Vincent said. Robert Lee Long is Community Editor of the DeSoto Times-Tribune. He may be contacted at or at 662-429-6397, Ext. 252. 

:: 6-12-18 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump's Vow to End Military Drills With Seoul Stuns a Region

Tuesday, 12 June 2018 12:39 PM

President Donald Trump rocked the region with the stunning announcement Tuesday that he was halting annual U.S.-South Korean military drills — and wants to remove the 28,500 U.S. troops stationed in the South as a deterrent against North Korea. Trump's surprise, almost offhand comments, made during a news conference after his summit with North Korean leader Kim Jong Un, seemingly upended decades of the U.S. defense posture on the Korean Peninsula. The remarks contradicted countless previous declarations by U.S. political and military officials over the years that the drills are routine, defensive and absolutely critical. Trump has now essentially adopted the standard North Korean line, calling the military exercises a "provocative" drain of money and announcing they would stop while he continues talks with Kim, whom he repeatedly praised as a solid negotiating partner. His statement was quickly portrayed by critics as a major, unreciprocated concession to a country that only last year was threatening Seoul and Washington with nuclear war. It also seemed to leave officials completely off guard in South Korea, where the presence of U.S. troops has long been described as necessary to maintaining peace on the peninsula. Seoul's presidential office told The Associated Press that it was trying to parse Trump's comments. The South Korean military seemed similarly surprised. "At this current point, there is a need to discern the exact meaning and intent of President Trump's comments," Seoul's Defense Ministry said, adding that there have been no discussions yet with Washington on modifying drills set for August. U.S. forces in South Korea said it has "received no updated guidance on the execution or cessation of training exercises" and will continue to coordinate with South Korean partners and maintain the current posture until it receives an updated guidance from the Department of Defense or the Indo-Pacific Command. Trump's comments will be questioned by many in South Korea and beyond, with some seeing in them an effort by North Korea to drive a wedge between Seoul and Washington. North Korea regularly calls the military exercises provocative preparations for a northward invasion, and many of the scariest standoffs in recent years on the Korean Peninsula have happened when the drills were being staged. Outside analysts believe the North objects to the drills because it must spend precious resources on its own war games and troop movements. North Korea also insists that the U.S. troop presence in the South, as well as its nuclear "umbrella" over allies Seoul and Tokyo, are part of America's "hostile" policy toward the North. "I want to bring our soldiers back home," Trump said, although he added that it's "not part of the equation right now." Then he said: "We will be stopping the war games, which will save us a tremendous amount of money unless and until we see the future negotiation is not going along like it should. But we'll be saving a tremendous amount of money. Plus, I think it's very provocative." The comments could fundamentally change the way the United States, whose alliance with Seoul was forged after a 1950 surprise attack by the North started the Korean War, operates in South Korea. Trump's announcement that the U.S. would stop military exercises, his description of those drills as "provocative" and his suggestion that he wants to pull U.S. troops out at some point are "all things that Trump is putting on the table as concessions, all in exchange for some vague promises by the North Koreans," said Paul Haenle, a former China director at the White House National Security Council in the Barack Obama and George W. Bush administrations. Annual military drills between Washington and Seoul have been a major source of contention between the Koreas for years, and analysts have wondered whether their continuation would hurt the inter-Korean detente that, since an outreach by Kim in January, has replaced last year's insults and threats of war. North Korea last month broke off a high-level meeting with Seoul over South Korea's participation in a two-week military exercise with the United States. North Korea's state media, referring to the drills, recently demanded that Washington "stop the acts of threatening its dialogue partner by force." Since the 1970s, the United States and South Korea have held a major summertime exercise called Ulchi Freedom Guardian that involves tens of thousands of troops. There are also annual springtime drills. Drills called Team Spirit, one of the largest annual military maneuvers in the world at the time, were held from 1976 until 1993, when, after North Korea agreed to dismantle its existing nuclear facilities, the exercises were canceled and have not been held since. Moon Seong Mook, a former South Korean military official, said Trump's comments on the drills confirmed what many in South Korea had feared all along — that North Korea would attempt to drive a wedge between Washington and Seoul and gain substantial concessions from an unconventional U.S. president who thinks much less of the traditional alliance than his predecessors. "The core of the U.S.-South Korea alliance is the U.S. troops stationed in South Korea and the joint U.S.-South Korea military drills, but the American military presence in South Korea wouldn't mean much if the militaries don't practice through joint drills," said Moon, now a senior analyst for the Seoul-based Korea Research Institute for National Strategy. "I am concerned that the summit between Trump and Kim will prove to be a setback in the global efforts to denuclearize North Korea and also introduce instability in the alliance between Seoul and Washington." 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6-12-18 WTHR TV13 NBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Brownsburg school board accepts resignation teacher wanted to rescind

David MacAnally Published: Jun 11th, 2018 - 8:50pm (EDT) Updated: Jun 12th, 2018 - 6:13am (EDT)

BROWNSBURG, Ind. (WTHR) — A Brownsburg orchestra teacher's resignation was accepted by the school board Monday. John Kluge is fighting to keep his job after he submitted what he called a provisional resignation — one he thought he could withdraw. Kluge says he's losing the job because of his religious beliefs. The school district says he resigned. After an executive session of the school board, there was a regularly scheduled public meeting Monday evening. As Kluge fought to keep his job, he had much public support. "I'm sorry, I know I sound like I'm ticked off, because I'm fed up with this stuff," said taxpayer Jeff Gracey to the school board, which had just accepted Kluge's resignation. He and others want the music teacher to stay. It was an emotional, sometimes confrontational, night at the meeting as the district struggles with issues new to many school districts. Kluge says his religious freedom rights were violated by a school policy saying teachers must call transgender students by the new names they choose. Instead, he called all of his students by their last names only all last year with school permission. "As a Christian, I believe God has created us male and female and it would be going against my Christian convictions to encourage them in transgenderism," Kluge said. But the school system said "no more." John Kluge spoke to the board after the vote accepting his "resignation." "I wanted this to be a non-issue. I wanted to be able to teach my subject matter with a clean conscience," he said Monday night. Kluge said he handed in a letter of resignation, but was told he could withdraw it. When he tried to do that he was told it had already been accepted. The school district released this statement: This teacher voluntarily submitted his resignation prior to the end of the school year. The resignation was accepted by the administration. Brownsburg Community School Corporation complies with all state and federal laws. Monday night, Kluge told the board "you've approved my resignation without me having resigned and without being able to appeal this to board." Many residents supported Kluge, many on religious freedom grounds. including some of his former orchestra students. "I am currently an education major at Ball State. I would not be there without Mr. Kluge. He is a very fair teacher," said one former student. Another former music student said Kluge, who taught at Brownsburg for four years, "loved every student, included every student and protected every student in his class." But other former students didn't like the last name policy. "I'm not here to to make Mr. Kluge upset. He is a very wonderful man. However, I believe he would be better off in a private education system as he has more religious convictions." Transgender student Aidyn Sucec told the school board, "I think Mr. Kluge's religious beliefs have absolutely no place in a public high school. I think that what he believes is morally just conflicts with not only what I believe, but my parents believe, what my psychiatrist and therapist and doctor believe, and the school board believe are morally just." Kluge's attorney said they have some legal options they're not talking about yet. But first, they want to make sure there is no chance of being rehired. 

:: 6-11-18 KIRA TV7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge orders Washington prison to provide Ramadan meals

By: GENE JOHNSON, Associated Press Updated: Jun 11, 2018 - 10:28 AM

SEATTLE - A federal judge has ordered the Washington Department of Corrections to provide nighttime meals to Muslim inmates who have been fasting during the month of Ramadan, after several said prison officials refused to do so. >> Lawsuit: Washington jail must provide addiction treatment The Council on American-Islamic Relations sued the department Sunday on behalf of four prisoners at the Washington State Reformatory in Monroe, including one who said he's lost 15 pounds (6.8 kilograms) since Ramadan began in mid-May. U.S. District Judge Ronald Leighton in Tacoma issued his order just hours later. The lawsuit said the prison's policy was to require inmates to sign up for Ramadan meals by the end of January. Some said they tried to, only to find out after Ramadan began that they weren't on the list. The department did not immediately return an email seeking comment. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-11-18 Haartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump's Pressure on Iran Working Better Than Expected, Says Israeli Intel

Tehran had hoped for high profits from deals with Europe and U.S. companies - but now the regime faces abandonment by them - and the economic woes have started to create pressures on Tehran

Amos Harel Jun 11, 2018 7:54 PM

The decision by U.S. President Donald Trump to pull his country out of the Iran nuclear deal has already wreaked widespread economic damage to Iranians. According to intelligence assessments presented to... 

:: 6-11-18 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu: If you stand with Trump on North Korea, oppose a nuclear Iran

“I think the entire world, as we do, prays for the success of this effort.”

By Tovah Lazaroff June 11, 2018 00:07

Those who support US President Donald Trump’s effort to denuclearize North Korea should stand behind his quest to halt a nuclear Iran, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said on Sunday. "Dangerous regimes should denuclearize,” Netanyahu told the AJC Global Forum, whose members gathered in Jerusalem before Tuesday's meeting between US President Donald Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong Un. “I think the entire world, as we do, prays for the success of this effort,” Netanyahu said. “Now, imagine, imagine: Imagine that President Trump would come back with some deal, and Britain, France and Germany would applaud it and South Korea and Japan would say that it endangers their existence,” Netanyahu said. With regard to the Iran deal, one can see that same global division between those in missile range and those who are not, Netanyahu said. “This deal was applauded by many in the international community who are not in the missile range of Iran, but Israel and Saudi Arabia and others said this deal will ultimately give Iran a nuclear arsenal,” Netanyahu said. Israel fears it will be Tehran’s first target after it becomes nuclear, Netanyahu said. “They will use [nuclear weapons] first against us, and then with the long-range missiles that they’re building and that the deal doesn’t prevent them from building, against everyone else,” Netanyahu said. Turning to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, he blamed the frozen Israeli-Palestinian peace process on the Palestinian failure to recognize Israel as a Jewish state. “The reason we don’t have peace is not because of the absence of a Palestinian state. It has been offered many, many times, and it has been rejected many, many times because it always had a condition: No Jewish state,” Netanyahu said. Iranian President Hassan Rouhani on Sunday criticized US "unilateralism" in withdrawing from the Iran nuclear deal and said he appreciated efforts by China and Russia to maintain the agreement. "The US efforts to impose its policies on others are expanding as a threat to all," Rouhani told the summit of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO), a regional security grouping led by China and Russia where Iran has observer status. "The recent example of such unilateralism and the defiance of the decisions of the international community by the US government is its withdrawal from the JCPOA," he said, referring to the nuclear agreement by its official name, the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action. Reuters contributed to this report. 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. etc.

:: 6-3-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drone Killer: Chevy Trucks Now Armed With Powerful Directed Energy Weapons

by Tyler Durden Sun, 06/03/2018 - 23:30

Sierra Nevada Corp. and its defense partners, Ascent Vision and RADA Technologies, have developed a mobile counter-drone system for the protection of airports, high-value targets, and for the operational use within elite units of the United States Special Operations Command (USSOCOM) on the modern battlefield. Last week, Sierra Nevada brought its X-MADIS (eXpeditionary Mobile Aerial Defense Integrated System) mounted on a militarized, 2018 Chevrolet Colorado pickup truck to the Special Operations Forces Industry Conference (SOFIC), which stirred up massive interest within the special operations community, said Defense News. For SOFIC, the company decided to integrate the X-MADIS into the bed of a light pickup truck. Why?… Well, on the modern battlefield, or what the Army likes to call “hybrid wars,” special forces are now using nondescript, armored light pickup trucks and Polaris dune buggies in Africa and the Middle East. It is a perfect civilian cover, as the enemy tends to have difficulties identifying the vehicle from friend or foe at long distances. The X-MADIS features a Rada RPS-42 pMHR radar detection system, the Ascent camera system CM-202U EO/IR multi-sensor gimbal for identification, and the Sierra Nevada SkyCap counter drone Mode E-jammer. The directed energy weapon has a range of about two miles and can detect, identify, and destroy enemy drone swarms while the vehicle is traveling at a high rate of speed. Sierra Nevada Corp. has been working with its partner’s Ascent Vision and the Israeli company RADA Technologies Inc. to develop the X-MADIS for the U.S. Department of Defense’s (DoD) modernization efforts to prepare for the next two decades of hybrid wars. Defense News said special forces are currently using the X-MADIS mounted on a Polaris Defense MRZR in an unknown location, most likely somewhere in Africa or Syria. Sierra Nevada Corp. selected its partners because of their “best of breed” in critical technologies that make the direct energy weapon so effective, according to Jerry Coburn, Sierra Nevada’s director of business development, who spoke to Defense News during the show. “The system can detect, identify and defeat threats through EW attack while on the move at up to 50 mph,” Coburn said. The X-MADIS weapon requires just two special force operators, one driving the vehicle and the other managing the system using a tablet from within the cab of the truck. Defense News said X-MADIS had been successfully tested on other military vehicles, including the Polaris MRZR dune buggy, a mine-resistant vehicle, and an ambush-protected vehicle. “We recognize the effectiveness of the system is only as good as our knowledge of the threats that exist out there around the globe,” Coburn said. “And currently those are largely commercial off-the-shelf. But we know that our adversaries will never rest as they continue to develop their tactics, techniques and procedures and incorporate new controller technologies.The challenge is to maintain pace with the rapidly changing drone market, Coburn added. At the SOFIC, there was much interest from non-DoD clients, such as law enforcement, border patrol, and other organizations that secure high-value infrastructure assets within the U.S. Next month, Sierra Nevada Corp. will participate in the SOFWERX ThunderDrone Rapid Prototyping event at Nellis Air Force Base, Nevada. SOFWERX is another special operations conference designed to help private industry and DoD organizations form relationships to test and acquire new military capabilities. As for now, it seems as Sierra Nevada Corp. is taking full advantage of President Donald Trump’s enormous military spending bill that was signed in March. The DoD and its armed forces are about to get a flood of new shiny toys to deploy in the hybrid wars around the world. 

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 6-2-18  ::  :: 

"The Day the ATMs Run Out"

by Bill Bonner Saturday, June 2, 2018

"Please remember this warning when you go to the ATM to get cash… and there is none! While we were thinking about what was really going on with today’s strange new money system, a startling thought occurred to us. Our financial system could take a surprising and catastrophic twist that almost nobody imagines, let alone anticipates. Do you remember when a lethal tsunami hit the beaches of Southeast Asia, killing thousands of people and causing billions of dollars of damage? Well, just before the 80-foot wall of water slammed into the coast an odd thing happened: The water disappeared. The tide went out farther than anyone had ever seen before. Local fishermen headed for high ground immediately. They knew what it meant. But the tourists went out onto the beach looking for shells! The same thing could happen to the money supply: Cash could evaporate suddenly and disastrously – just before we drown in it. Credit Money: Here’s how… and why: If you look at M2 money supply – which measures coins and notes in circulation as well as bank deposits and money market accountsAmerica’s money stock amounted to $14.01 trillion as of last month. But there was just $1.3 trillion of physical currency in circulation – about only half of which is in the US. (Nobody knows for sure.) What we use as money today is mostly credit. It exists as zeros and ones in electronic bank accounts. We never see it. Touch it. Feel it. Count it out. Or lose it behind seat cushions. Banks profit – handsomely – by creating this credit. And as long as banks have sufficient capital, they are happy to create as much credit as we are willing to pay for. After all, it costs the banks almost nothing to create new credit. That’s why we have so much of it. A monetary system like this has never before existed. And this one has existed only during a time when credit was undergoing an epic expansion. So our monetary system has never been thoroughly tested. How will it hold up in a deep or prolonged credit contraction? Can it survive an extended bear market in bonds or stocks? What would happen if consumer prices were out of control? Less Than Zero: Our current money system began in 1971. It survived consumer price inflation of almost 14% a year in 1980. But Paul Volcker was already on the job, raising interest rates to bring inflation under control. And it survived the “credit crunch” of 2008-09. Ben Bernanke dropped the price of credit to almost zero, by slashing short-term interest rates and buying trillions of dollars of government bonds. But the next crisis could be very different… Short-term interest rates have been close to zero in the US (and less than zero in Switzerland, Denmark and Sweden). And according to a study by McKinsey, the world’s total debt (at least as officially recorded) now stands at $237 trillion. That’s 317.8% of global GDP… and far in excess of what the real economy can support. At some point, a debt correction is inevitable. Debt expansions are always – always – followed by debt contractions. There is no other way. Debt cannot increase forever. And when it happens, ZIRP and QE will not be enough to reverse the process, because they are already running at open throttle. What then? The value of debt drops sharply and fast. Creditors look to their borrowers… traders look at their counterparties… bankers look at each other… and suddenly, no one wants to part with a penny, for fear he may never see it again. Credit stops. It’s not just that no one wants to lend, no one wants to borrow either – except for desperate people with no choice, usually those who have no hope of paying their debts. Just like we saw after the 2008 crisis, we can expect a quick response from the feds. The Fed will announce unlimited new borrowing facilities. But it won’t matter…. House prices will be crashing. (Who will lend against the value of a house?) Stock prices will be crashing. (Who will be able to borrow against his stocks?) Art, collectibles and resources – all will be in free fall. The NEXT Crisis: In the last crisis, every major bank and investment firm on Wall Street would have gone broke had the feds not intervened. Next time it may not be so easy to save them. The next crisis is likely to be across ALL asset classes. And with $94 trillion more in global debt than in 2007, it is likely to be much harder to stop. Are you with us so far? Because here is where it gets interesting... In a gold-backed monetary system prices fall. But the money is still there. Money becomes more valuable. It doesn’t disappear. It is more valuable because you can use it to buy more stuff. Naturally, people hold on to it. Of course, the velocity of money – the frequency at which each unit of currency is used to buy something – falls. And this makes it appear that the supply of money is falling too. But imagine what happens to credit money. The money doesn’t just stop circulating. It vanishes. A bank that had an “asset” (in the form of a loan to a customer) of $100,000 in June may have zilch by July. A corporation that splurged on share buybacks one week could find those shares cut in half two weeks later. A person with a $100,000 stock market portfolio one day, could find his portfolio has no value at all a few days later. All of this is standard fare for a credit crisis. The new wrinkle – a devastating one – is that people now do what they always do, but they are forced to do it in a radically different way. They stop spending. They hoard cash. But what cash do you hoard when most transactions are done on credit? Do you hoard a line of credit? Do you put your credit card in your vault? No. People will hoard the kind of cash they understand… something they can put their hands on… something that is gaining value – rapidly. They’ll want dollar bills. Also, following a well-known pattern, these paper dollars will quickly disappear. People drain cash machines. They drain credit facilities. They ask for “cash back” when they use their credit cards. They want real money – old-fashioned money that they can put in their pockets and their home safes… Dollar Panic: Let us stop here and remind readers that we’re talking about a short timeframe – days… maybe weeks… a couple of months at most. That’s all. It’s the period after the credit crisis has sucked the cash out of the system… and before the government’s inflation tsunami has hit. As Ben Penance put it, “a determined central bank can always create positive consumer price inflation.” But it takes time! And during that interval, panic will set in. A dollar panic – with people desperate to put their hands on dollars… to pay for food… for fuel…and for everything else they need. Credit may still be available. But it will be useless. No one will want it. ATMs and banks will run out of cash. Credit facilities will be drained of real cash. Banks will put up signs, first: “Cash withdrawals limited to $500.” And then: “No Cash Withdrawals.” You will have a credit card with a $10,000 line of credit. You have $5,000 in your debit account. But all financial institutions are staggering. And in the news you will read that your bank has defaulted and been placed in receivership. What would you rather have? Your $10,000 line of credit or a stack of $50 bills? You will go to buy gasoline. You will take out your credit card to pay. “Cash Only,” the sign will say. Because the machinery of the credit economy will be breaking down. The gas station… its suppliers… and its financiers do not want to get stuck with a “credit” from your bankrupt lender! Whose lines of credit are still valuable? Whose bank is ready to fail? Who can pay his mortgage? Who will honor his credit card debt? In a crisis, those questions will be as common as “Who will win an Oscar?” is today. But no one will know the answers. Quickly, they will stop guessing… and turn to cash. Our advice: Keep some on hand. You may need it.” -  

What? "Oh, that could never happen here!" OK... 

:: 6-5-18 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Killer Cyborgs With Superhuman Strength Move A Step Closer After Scientists Combine Muscles Made From Living Tissue With A Machine

June 5, 2018 by SkyWatch Editor

Human-robot hybrids could be in the pipeline as Japanese scientists have succeeded in merging muscle fibres with a robotic skeleton. Previous attempts at this have been short-lived and prone to failure. A new study took a different approach and grew the muscles from scratch, instead of taking a muscle that had grown inside an animal. This discovery could pave the way for superhuman cyborgs… (READ MORE) 

:: 6-5-18 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NASA Scientists Working On Mars Colonization Scheme View Reproduction On Red Planet Leading To “New Human Subspecies”

June 5, 2018 by SkyWatch Editor

The idea of a colony of humans on Mars isn’t just science fiction anymore; NASA and space agencies around the world, along with independent scientists and researchers, are working hard to determine just what it would take for humanity to take root on the Red Planet. Getting there will be an immense challenge, as will setting up structures, creating sustainable sources of food, and battling the inhospitable elements, but sex might be the biggest risk of all. In a new research paper published in Futures, an international team of scientists examines the challenges of reproduction on the Martian surface. It’s a risky proposition, but if humans succeed in conceiving, carrying, and birthing offspring on another world it might actually be the start of a new species. In a somewhat scary aside, the researchers also note that editing the genes of future Mars babies might be an easy way to increase the prospects of survival. Pushing out bad traits and optimizing a human for life on Mars could give us a big edge, but as generations pass it would also result in a new kind of human — one who is fine on Mars but could never live a normal life here on Earth… (READ MORE) 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 6-5-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MS13 REVEALED! Gang Cop Turned Gang Member & Gang Expert Tell All

Sheila Zilinsky  Published on Jun 5, 2018

From Revered GANG COP To Feared GANG LEADER. The INCREDIBLE Journey of a Mexican Cartel Enforcer Turned Powerful Evangelist Ruben Palomares joined by Gang Expert Rayford Johnson of ThugExposed (former corrections officer) who wrote Rubens’ autobiography book.

Ruben's Site: 

Rayfords Site: 

Ruben's Powerful Testimony: 

:: 6-5-18 The Weeping Eagel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 05, 2018

Ubiquitous SMART MegaCity Skylines

What dangers lurk for those living in SMART MegaCities....only dark shadows know?

Setting the Stage

These are the days of Revelation, where the individual is engulfed into an abyss of team identity (human and machine); mandates for human trust of AI; virtual and earned citizenship, Deep Fakes, small unit tactical operations on city streets and multi-national Joint operations coalesce to hunting invisible adversaries and humans who are labeled 'the have not's,' the few who have chose not be augmented and enhanced. Humans overwhelmingly accepted sentient AI projections as near-peers, so the trust factor comes up repeatedly between the humans who accept and embrace this technology willingly and those who remain skeptical. The Evil One works on game theory and knows how your mind works, what your proclivities are, and what courses of action you are likely to favor. Time will tell who are the novice, the journeyman, and the expert. It is a day when Carnegie Mellon University, funded by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), deploy flexible, squishy silicon-based hydrogel jelly-fish that bores into your brain, defeating your defensive immune system, and jellyfish hydrosol that 'parasite' that bores to your brain adheres to the brain creating a macabre symbiotic relationship. You will not even know it is there while the non-invasive electrodes monitor you every thought and action. This one technology alone accelerates transhumanism with direct brain interface. It will prove two be a two edged sword 'benefiting mankind' and making them more vulnerable. The city becomes riddled with Artificial Intelligence (AI) assistants sending secretly send commands. These secret messages are at frequencies that are embedded in an existing audio track that were undetectable to the human ear. The track could be played and the AI could be told to do any number of things, from transferring money, to adding an item to a shopping list, or opening a malicious website. The adversarial applications of this are immense and abundant. A nefarious actor could surreptitiously activate a device, mute it, and then send and receive information stored on it or even use it to unlock doors, start cars, or call other devices. Personalized Warfare will easily exploit our activated devices making us each vulnerable to not only physical dangers but virtual and invisible ones as well. But the most dangerous trend is that humanity will accept AI as possessing anthropomorphic, human-like qualities, that would definitely be a "leap forward" in more than just technology. In essence, this is a bold statement ascribing human traits 'to a perceived deity', the devil himself. Leaders and experts responsible for tasked with making us safe and lacked imagination. They turned to Futurists and science fiction Story telling to spark leaders to imagine beyond the numbers and broaden the assumptions needed to envision possible futures, especially as it concerns humans and emerging technologies. SMART MegaCity Sprawl Cities sprawl across the globe as people are forced into 'concentration' camps. Two-thirds of the population lives in the city and that is increasing exponentially. MegaCities are cities that have 10 million inhabitants. You may believe that you are living in a suburb, small town, or even rural area but due to interconnection you are every bit tethered to the MegaCity. As you know, the military has been preparing for some time to go into American cities and this is your window of opportunity to peek into the proposals that are moving forward. 'System of Systems' Framework Due to the complexity of the urban terrain the military wants to adopt an urban analytic framework tailored to address the deep operational data layers found within urban centers, their dynamic environment, and their state of connectedness. The military looks at the urban environment as a battlefield. They have been practicing operating in urban environments overseas, for some time, but not in technologically advanced cities. The military is expanding traditional Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB). IPB often is challenged in several areas: Dynamics between the components of problems within a complex system Not conducive to an interactively complex Operational Environment. Has difficulty taking variables into account. They have little instruction on how to address a complex, multidimensional environment, and have little operational advice or examples of what challenges really lay ahead. Challenges of MegaCity Living Research is beginning to indicate the likelihood of more lethal competitors within the MegaCity environment. Current mental models are stuck on non-hybrid, warrior-like opponents when we find ourselves in hybrid-age with warriors within the invisible and visible realms. Changes in military doctrine are developing knowledge experts in MegaCities where needed are who are assigned to monitor cities. Due to artificial limits upon resources mandated by the United Nations (UN) resources such as food, water, power, and refuse will become strained. As economies and regulations 'protecting' wilderness areas increase, a rapid rise in the density of urban areas will induce stressors on existing infrastructure and flow systems. Old infrastructure is failing by design to allow new infrastructure to be built around a global web of interconnectedness. Sea of Connectedness Humans, data, and infrastructure is a 'sea of mass' that must be harnessed for the global system to move ahead. And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. Revelation 13:1 Connecting devices is only a small part of a SMART grid. IoT tiny part of what you will be seeing in the near future with technological structure and landscape. Demarcation Zones We have all become desensitized by demarcation zones popularized by the UN. In history sovereign nations and cities that formerly had clear boundaries. This has created an environment where we are being swallowed up alive by the Mega SMART City, every bit as much as Korach in his rebellion against God was swallowed up by the earth. These SMART Mega Cities will blur the lines of where they begin and end, so you never know if you are in the city or outside of it. As this agenda advances, boundaries will be absent and this will prove to be problematic for both citizenry and the military tasked with keeping order. As the UN is integrating all population areas into one easily monitored bio system it poses world-wide complications for certain operations, for instance disasters, which can have either a rolling reverberating impingement, or the standard domino effect where the resources in one urban center causes a cascade effect upon the resources of other cities spanning around the world. Weaponry in Hiding Urban warfare will be primary invisible where you are unable to see 'it' but 'it' can see you. Due to the deep shadows of cities the primary colors for urban camo are black, white, and various shades of gray. After September 11, 2001 there was a feeding frenzy of money given by the government for security. The cities with the most creative and intriguing grants received the monies. You would truly be horrified if you knew just how many blink it towns are integrated with armored vehicles, state-of-the-art Emergency Operation (EOC) centers, and are ready for a first-strike nuclear attack. With every federal dollar your city and local governments signed SF 424 A & B which obligates them to implement vast Federal Acts and the SMART system. MegaCities are more susceptible to natural and manmade disasters especially when in they are perfectly situated near large bodies of water. Extreme water events such as floods can rapidly overwhelm the infrastructures causing life threatening situations in areas of increased urbanization. Urban flooding was one of the first threats that I experienced in Emergency Management. One particular vivid recollection I has is when 13 straight storms hit San Diego. Everything was closed down, even the military. What was not told to the people was cracks had developed in dams upstream from San Diego. Experts knew when the dam when millions would be killed as the water surged down Mission Valley. Quietly, persons in the 'know' relocated to high ground. These situations can develop speedily creating hellish situations. Urban flooding is not the only danger, earthquakes, tsunami's, wind storms, winter storms, mass demonstrations (language alert) or mobs; cyber attacks all have the potential for lethal consequences. The MegaCities even creates their own perfect storm of destruction. The larger or more connected a city is the more vulnerable it will become. Vertical & Subterranean Landscape Vertical and subterranean environments can complicate any military or private sector operation significantly, such as when Seattle's Big Bertha Borer met a mystery obstacle. It cost Seattle taxpayers millions of additional dollars and years to fix all of the problems. While the public was being told that the subterranean tunnel was traffic there other reasons it was built. We are all familiar with towering skyscrapers reaching upward but most of you are unaware of the hive-like labyrinth that is being created right under our feet. Existing 'old cities,' caverns, and created subterranean cities are connected through underground network systems. Subterranean design is the wave of the future. Since ancient times, cities were often built and went defunct, and were rebuilt upon the old foundations. In the ancient world these were called 'tells', layer upon layers of cities. Tunnel systems were very common in archaic city architecture. Disease in the SMART MegaCity It is no secret that MegaCities are a Petri dish for every type of global disease. Due to high density citizens and animals come face to face with reservoirs of diseases that their immune systems have no idea how to fight off. Some diseases are natural, many are weaponized, and they can be transmitted by air, land, contact, fluids, and by vectors. Since 1741 colonial America has had a notifible disease reporting system which was eventually non-nonchalantly transferred to the UN. On May 22, 1869 the State of Massachusetts asserted through legislative action that, "all governments since the time of Moses (Leviticus chapters 11-16) are established to protect the life and health of their people," resulting in the first health department. When you see the words, "life, health and welfare" in any government document, they are a key to suspending Constitutional rights and liberties and preventing the right to petition redress of grievances, and unlimited surveillance. This particular wording is called the emergency clause and it has been inserted into everything from public roads to parks. In a global dominated governance system sovereign Constitutions mean nothing. People not must be concerned about infections themselves, but also mountains of regulations that have been put in place to deal with imminent pandemics and epidemics. We are experiencing a massive upheaval in the way medical data: Defined, stored, captured, visualized, and shared is needed for more easily transportable semi-autonomous and autonomous Tactical Combat Casualty Care capabilities to support future missions. This will require a paradigm shift in the practice of operational medicine from an “art” that employs subjective measures to assess and treat, to a “science” based on employing objective quantifiable measures. TRADOC Go with the Flow We do not often consider that our lives flow through time and space. Whether work, relationships, waterways, projects, vehicular traffic, cash they all flow. Once digitized, everything must be accounted precisely. You can not imagine, unless you have experienced it, the dynamics of a mob mentality. In 1994, I attended the World Cup Finals in Pasadena, California. After the preliminary games Brazilian citizens assembled. That crowd was energized with emotion, transcended civilized behavior, and moved with a fluid-like flow, as if the was hive following a Queen Bee. As I viewed the crowd it became obvious that the individual was lost in what Scripture calls a sea of people. That group was volatile, dangerous, with a religious fervor because "God was with them". Greater emphasis must be placed on strategically supporting, manipulating, and/or undermining the flows, infrastructure, and systems of the megacity, as opposed to current emphasis on kinetic, military tasks. TRADOC Cyber Battle The Private Sector, government, and the military are changing their attitude towards cyberwarfare and innovate new ideas and concepts for warfare. This is especially critical in cities with high densities of smart technology where the Internet of Everything (IoE) is proving to be a wealth of intelligence information and revenue streams. SMART MegaCity Predator: Speed & Agility Seattle seems to be a lighting rod for exotic weaponry and its usage. From the Seattle WTO riots of 1999 taking rioters to the Sandpoint Naval Station which was converted to a prison; to the Samari welding man during real government exercises; to people who are well prepared for whatever may happen; to cyber hackers on both sides, in a technological cat and mouse game. Continually evolving infrastructures, subculture populations, and a plethora of places to “hide in plain sight” will present a particular challenge to those gathering data, today and well into the future. Disasters in the MegaCity We are going to witness an exponential thrust towards speed, agility, and adaptation for all projects. Large, long-term development sustainable projects have been relegated to a by-gone era. programs. Smaller, faster, and more flexible systems are needed to supersede existing weapons and other systems including remote software updates and deployment of upgrades to our toolkits in as little as days or hours. We have barely touched the surface of how the SMART MegaCity will impact your life. Real-time or near real-time truth data is going to be critical to make wise decisions for all aspects of your life. The best place is to receive your data from the Holy Scripture which is infallible and is immune from DeepFakes which deceive. Lessons of Faith, Highways, and Tunnels When we receive bitter news it is always insightful to plumb the depths of our faith for something applicable. Ray Vandelaan teaches us about the importance of the highway (today we face the information highway) that intersects great empires and the tell at Har Megiddo, the scene of Armageddon, the symbol of the battle for the End of the World. That battle is about good versus evil. The final battle at Har Megiddo is ultimately for the control of the world. In the end God wins. Where are you in skirmishes you encounter each day? 

:: 9-26-16 Intellihub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Forget Agenda 21: UN’s 2030 Agenda will ‘transform the world’

Germany has stepped forward with their ideas of how to speed up the arrival of a one-world government

By Daisy Luther - September 28, 2016 @11:21 am, Wed

If you think Agenda 21 was bad, you ain’t seen nothing yet. Wait until you learn what the creepily utopian 2030 Agenda has in store for us all. Once again Germany has stepped forward with their ideas of how to speed up the arrival of a one-world government. While all eyes were on Obama and his creepily NWO speech, the German Foreign Minister Frank-Walter Steinmeier gave an address which went largely un-noticed. It was a lengthy speech – you can read his entire address here – but these are some takeaway points: “We could also choose to put our faith in the power of diplomacy or shrug our shoulders” in the face of the conflicts in Syria, Libya, Iraq and Yemen he said, noting that Europe also faces a choice of fighting to hold the region together or allowing it to fall apart again and be overrun by populists. “The United States is also faced with a choice; in six weeks’ time, here too, the choice is about the supposed withdrawal from a crisis-ridden world – which some are calling for – or cooperation with international partners to solve some of those problems, he continues, noting that this choice “is important for all of us.” Indeed, “withdrawal, resignation, going it alone, or, responsibility for a better future; that is the choice in many places,” he said. The United Nations would remain the central forum, for tackling these issues, he said. In the context of all the crisis meetings, “it gives me hope that we have made an important choice, the right choice, of the direction we want to take and that we have chosen unity and sustainability,” he said calling the 2030 Agenda a global pact that is the point of convergence for dealing with poverty and underdevelopment. Now we know when they want the takeover to be complete: 2030. We have all heard of Agenda 21, but the 2030 Agenda isn’t quite so familiar. Agenda 2030 emphasizes gender and racial equality, eradication of poverty, and the total abolition of violence and hate. It lays out that the future world is based entirely on these goals and that the only way to achieve these things is through sustainable development and control of climate change. Oh – and the planet will also be totally poverty free by 2030 as well. Here are a few of the pertinent points: It actually came into effect in January 2016. Its full title is ‘Transforming Our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. The areas covered by the Agenda are people, planet, prosperity, peace, and partnership. The 17 goals and 169 targets of the Agenda seek to build on the Millennium Development Goals and complete those that were not achieved. The ‘Declaration’ agreed upon at the United Nations meeting in New York has 53 points. Point 2 sets the tone: ‘On behalf of the peoples we serve, we have adopted a historic decision on a comprehensive, far-reaching and people-centred set of universal and transformative goals and targets. We commit ourselves to working tirelessly for the full implementation of this Agenda by 2030’. Points 5, 18, 28, and particularly point 29 are particularly interesting. Now, in theory, it’s wonderful – rainbows and unicorns for everyone. It’s repetitive in the extreme, constantly pointing out the sanctity of sovereign nations and saying these issues apply TO EVERY SINGLE PERSON ON THE PLANET… Simple: it is entirely impossible to achieve what they have laid out without a one-world government, the New World Order we have heard so much about over the last few years. This is what they are stating WILL be achieved by 2030 with all countries somehow miraculously retaining their own culture, resources, and economies:

Total eradication of hunger across the planet.

Total eradication of race inequality across the planet.

Total eradication of poverty across the planet.

Total eradication of gender inequality across the planet.

Total eradication of war across the planet.

Total eradication of Malaria and other mosquito-borne diseases across the planet.

Total eradication of TB across the planet.

A set standard of education for every child on the planet.

Clean water and sanitation for every person on the planet.

A decent job for every worker on the planet.

Sustainable economic growth in every country on the planet.

Sustainable agriculture across the planet.

sustainable livestock production across the planet.

A reduction in natural resource use in every country on the planet.

A reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in every industrialized nation on the planet.

A reduction in flood and drought events is susceptible locations around the world.

There are other odds and ends they have thrown in but the bottom line is that all of these things will be done by the year 2030. Really? Honestly? There are barely a half dozen countries on the planet that can engage in conversation without some disagreement and they honestly expect us to believe that there will be enough international co-operation while retaining nation sovereignty, to achieve even one goal on that list? The Islamic State will be our friends? India will give water to Pakistan? North and South Korea will kiss and make-up? Iran will stop making nuclear bombs? Israel and Palestine will finally shake hands and sort out their differences? Right.. Achieving ANY of the goals on that list is impossible unless one single government calls the shots and enforces conditions whereby the goals become achievable. That means the removal of sovereign status for individual nations. It means one giant money pot made up of cash from every nation that has cash to finance these initiatives. Globalism just took on a whole new meaning. Via Daisy Luther 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 6-4-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With The UK Having Fallen To Islamic Tyranny, It's No Surprise That All Russia-Gate Roads Lead Back To Barack Obama And Openly Totalitarian London

- The MSM's Lies About President Trump Are Now Backfiring In Their Own Faces!

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 4, 2018

While Susan Duclos reported on ANP on Sunday that the 'deep state' is fracturing and their 'propaganda arm', the mainstream media, has launched an all-out war upon the truth with the Inspector General report release expected to lay bare the crimes and the criminals within the deep state, a perfect example of the mainstream media's all-out lies and their war upon the truth comes to us in this recent story from Yahoo News via Reuters. In this story clearly titled to further enrage and dumb down those in America who only read headlines with a title of "America's Poor Becoming More Destitute Under Trump: U.N. Expert", 95% of Americans won't even make it down to the 9th paragraph where they dropped this bombshell that totally negated the title of their story.: However, the data from the U.S. Census Bureau he (so-called UN 'expert' Philip Alston) cited covers only the period through 2016, and he gave no comparative figures for before and after Trump came into office in January 2017. An absolutely perfect example of how the mainstream media manipulates story headlines to anger the American people towards our first America-first president in decades, why would Yahoo and Reuters title their story as such when no post-Obama data was even cited? Clearly an attempt to further piss-off those who dislike President Trump anyways and who buy the lines being fed to them by the 'deep state's' mockingbird media hook, line and sinker, as Susan Duclos reported within her story, the independent media must now be 'weaponized' against the corrupt deep state and their 'mockingbird media' with the most deadly weapon known to lies, the truth. And while globalist comedian Bill Maher recently had a melt down on air claiming that Alex Jones and so-called 'conspiracy theories' run America as heard in the final video at the bottom of this story, just imagine the shock that will come from 50% or more of the country when they find out some of those 'conspiracy theories' have been the truth all along! And while we won't be holding our breaths waiting for the heads of Hillary Clinton, James Comey, John Brennan and the corrupted deep state to finally roll (and WELL past time!), if those who've committed treason against America while selling out our nation to get Hillary Clinton into office are NOT held accountable for their crimes, there is no 'America' left. As this June 3rd story over at Zero Hedge reports, the deep state's spying upon President Trump and his campaign began much earlier than was originally thought with new texts directly implicating Barack Obama's White House according to this new story from John Solomon over at The Hill. And the bombshells don't end there. According to Solomon's story, all roads in this spying scandal lead directly back to London. Yes, the same 'London' which has now fallen to Islamic tyranny. Starting to see the 'real' picture? With the entire 'Russian narrative' peddled by the 'deep state' clearly an attempted coup upon the legally elected government of the United States, we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that so many on the left have fallen to an entire new level of crazy as Susan Duclos reported in this recent ANP story. Much more below but first, from the Zero Hedge story: A new report from John Solomon of The Hill ties together several loose threads floating around over the genesis of the FBI/DOJ espionage operation against the Trump campaign, who was involved in the "setup" of campaign aides, and how text messages between FBI employees suggest that the Obama White House was not only aware of the operation - but possibly directing it. Not only is the timeline moved up from the summer of 2016 to spring, Solomon provides clarification on early contacts between the players involved in DOJ/FBI sting and Trump campaign aides. The bridge to the Russia investigation wasn’t erected in Moscow during the summer of the 2016 election. It originated earlier, 1,700 miles away in London, where foreign figures contacted Trump campaign advisers and provided the FBI with hearsay allegations of Trump-Russia collusion, bureau documents and interviews of government insiders reveal. These contacts in spring 2016 — some from trusted intelligence sources, others from Hillary Clinton supporters — occurred well before FBI headquarters authorized an official counterintelligence investigation on July 31, 2016. The new timeline makes one wonder: Did the FBI follow its rules governing informants? -The Hill “The revelation of purposeful contact initiated by alleged confidential human sources prior to any FBI investigation is troublesome,” Rep. Mark Meadows (R-N.C.), an ally of President Trump and chairman of a House subcommittee that’s taking an increasingly aggressive oversight role in the scandal, told me. “This new information begs the questions: Who were the informants working for, who were they reporting to and why has the [Department of Justice] and FBI gone to such great lengths to hide these contacts?” So why have the DOJ and FBI gone to great lengths to hide the truth? Wasn't it Barack Obama himself who once said "If you've got nothing to hide, you've got nothing to fear"? What justice it will be for the corrupt faction of the deep state to be taken down by the very same spying machine that they've created to forever lord over the American people! And while the corrupt mainstream media will continue to attempt to spin this entire story in Hillary Clinton's favor no matter how much they lie and no matter who they dox, with the IG Report about to come out in days, we'd previously warned on ANP that a huge false flag warning should be in effect as long as 'the corrupt' are still in positions of power to pull levers and 'manufacture' events. As this new story over at Zero Hedge that Steve Quayle linked to on his website this morning reports, a modern civil war has already broken out here in America between a conservative, volunteer government and a Democratic, professional govt and while we're grateful that this 'civil war' which they warned of hasn't yet turned to guns, as their story points out: If the late Mr. Minzey is correct, it is only a matter of time before current conditions turn violent or parts of the country attempt to secede. The divisions are so pronounced that it is difficult to see how they are solved within the current political framework and consistent with our Constitution. With all Russia-gate roads leading back to London and the work of those in London and the corrupt faction of the deep state here in America clearly being pushed in a pro-Hillary Clinton, pro-globalist effort, should President Trump fail in what appears to be a very real effort to take down the corrupt, America will surely follow the UK into full-scale globalist tyranny. And with the criminal deep state here in America leading to a long list of dead bodies and massive coverups as William B. Stoecker reported in this May 29th ANP story, as we reported on ANP on May 30th, any attempt at a final 'takedown' of America carried out by globalists seeking to cement tyranny into place could quickly lead to an Orwellian nightmare. With the msm having proven that they'll do anything to protect the corrupt faction of the deep state and the 'Clinton crime family', we hope that everybody has their eyes and ears wide open in the days ahead with the Inspector General Report soon to be released and many signs that this report will find that the FBI and DOJ fully acted with criminal intent. In the 2nd video below, videographer Tracy Beanz goes over the OIG report rebuttals , focusing on the case of Andrew McCabe, while in the first video below from Realist News, our videographer goes over the recent Zero Hedge story which proves that 'Russia-gate' leads right back to Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton and now openly tyrannical London. 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 6-4-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Department Of Homeland Security Compiles List Of All Bloggers, Journalists, & "Social Media Influencers"

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/04/2018 - 16:26 Authored by Michael Snyder via The American Dream blog,

Many were hoping that once Barack Obama was out of office we would see less of this Big Brother surveillance nonsense, but instead it seems to be getting even worse. In fact, the Department of Homeland Security has just announced that it intends to compile a comprehensive list of hundreds of thousands of “journalists, editors, correspondents, social media influencers, bloggers etc.”, and collect any “information that could be relevant” about them. So if you have a website, an important blog or you are just very active on social media, the Department of Homeland Security is going to put you on a list and will start collecting information about you. The DHS has already announced that it will hire a contractor to aid in monitoring media coverage, and they will definitely need plenty of help because it is going to be a very big job… As part of its “media monitoring,” the DHS seeks to track more than 290,000 global news sources as well as social media in over 100 languages, including Arabic, Chinese and Russian, for instant translation into English. The successful contracting company will have “24/7 access to a password protected, media influencer database, including journalists, editors, correspondents, social media influencers, bloggers etc.” in order to “identify any and all media coverage related to the Department of Homeland Security or a particular event.” “Any and all media coverage,” as you might imagine, is quite broad and includes “online, print, broadcast, cable, radio, trade and industry publications, local sources, national/international outlets, traditional news sources, and social media.” If this sounds extremely creepy to you, that is because it is extremely creepy. I run several prominent websites including The Most Important News and The Economic Collapse Blog, and so without a doubt I will be on this list. And if I was just a name on a list in some database somewhere, that would be bad enough, but instead it sounds like the DHS will be collecting any “information that could be relevant” about all of us… As Gizmodo noted, the DHS’ vagueness is also a concern. It leaves itself an opening for collecting “any other information that could be relevant” about these influencers, and there’s no hint as to what that could be. Is it strictly functional information like work histories, or sensitive data that could be abused? Either way, the database could be troublesome for bloggers and social media stars who aren’t usually under such close government scrutiny. This is one of the reasons why I wanted to get to Washington. This kind of Orwellian monitoring of our freedoms is unnecessary, it is a colossal waste of taxpayer dollars, and it violates our most basic freedoms. So why does the Department of Homeland Security need to do this? The explanation that they are giving the public is extremely week. The following comes from Forbes… DHS says the “NPPD/OUS [National Protection and Programs Directorate/Office of the Under Secretary] has a critical need to incorporate these functions into their programs in order to better reach Federal, state, local, tribal and private partners.” Who knows what that means, but the document also states the NPPD’s mission is “to protect and enhance the resilience of the nation’s physical and cyberinfrastructure.” But we are not supposed to ask questions about government programs such as this. In fact, just a few days ago a Department of Homeland Security representative stated that those that are questioning this program are “tinfoil hat wearing, black helicopter conspiracy theorists“… If you find yourself skeptical of this proposal of mass state monitoring of the press, consider yourself a bonafide member of the “tinfoil hat wearing, black helicopter conspiracy theorists,” DHS representative Tyler Houlton said Friday. It’s all very routine, he argued, casting the project as an innocent means of “monitoring current events.” Just shut up and let us do this, crackpots. That kind of response should make all of us very angry. If the government is going to monitor us and put our information in a database, we should have the right to ask questions. Freedom of speech is one of our most foundational rights, and many are concerned that “monitoring and tracking” are initial steps that could lead to a significant crackdown on Internet activity. Just check out what is about to happen over in Europe. The Internet has made it possible for ordinary people to communicate with one another on a massive scale, and any efforts by national governments to interfere with that must be greatly resisted. Unfortunately, it appears that this new Department of Homeland Security program is moving ahead rapidly. In fact, it is being reported that seven different companies have “already expressed interest” in participating… Seven companies, mainly minority- or women-owned small businesses, have already expressed interest in becoming a vendor for the contract, according to the FedBizOpps web site. All it takes for evil to flourish is for good men to be nothing. Please spread word about this creepy new surveillance program to everyone that you know, because what they are doing is not right. 

:: 6-3-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Silent Weapon' Technology Is Being Placed Into Neighborhoods All Across America As Countdown Begins To Potential National Health Crisis Of Epic Proportions

- Is This More Proof The Luciferian Globalists Are Preparing For Unfolding Global Chaos?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 3, 2018

While big telecom companies such as Verizon and the UK's Vodaphone continue to rave about the benefits that 5G will bring to the world and the quickly growing 'internet of things', scientific studies have confirmed the warnings of the 'Watchmen' as we hear in the 2nd video below from RT that 5G can be linked to cancer as CBS New York reports in this recent story, though they attempt to downplay the dangers. Warning within the CBS story that wireless companies across America have said they’ll have to build close to 300,000 new antennas, roughly equal to the total number of cell towers built over the past three decades, that stark new reality means that many smaller antennas are being built much closer together to each other, and closer to people's homes and businesses. It so happens that 5G uses frequency waves much faster than 4G or 3G but those waves don't travel anywhere near as far and as their story reports, rather than building huge new cell towers in residential areas, they'll be using existing infrastructure such as street signs and light poles, objects that are much closer to where people gather. And while those who haven't been doing their research don't understand the dangers that 5G will bring, as we read in this recent story from Dane Wigington and hear from him in the 1st video below: Our government continues to do anything they want to the climate, and the planet as a whole. The push to saturate the biosphere with highly destructive 5G transmissions is the most recent alarming example. 5G frequencies are also used for crowd control. Is the power structure preparing for what they certainly know is inevitable? Unfolding global chaos? As Health Impact News reported back in August of 2017, besides 5G leading to a mass increase of microwave radiation in our atmosphere and the fact that it can be used to further invade privacy, this tech being unveiled has led to a countdown to a national crisis of illness and death with it potentially being able to be used as a 'silent weapon' against the American people. From their story: This article will focus on the question of how this technology could be used as a silent weapon against people who don’t conform to the plans of the U.S. Government. The public position will be that these technologies, if developed into weapons, will be used against terrorists and those who pose a threat to national security. However, because these are “stealth” technologies where the person being targeted would not even know they were being targeted, they could potentially also be used against people who object to mandatory vaccination, medical kidnapping, the nationalization of our private health data, the use of toxic chemicals in food, mandatory indoctrination of children in the public education system, mainstream media brainwashing, the collection of information about our religious and political beliefs, the denial of the right to assemble in peaceful protests against the overreaching power of national and state government, to name just a few. Their story then featured the final video that we've embedded at the bottom of this story showing a 2009 test of a vehicle-mounted active denial system being used against people pretending to be protestors in a 'crowd control' demonstration. As their story points out, the millimeter waves used in 5G are the same waves used in active denial crowd control systems as well as in some body scanners at airports. Once again, from the Health Impact News story: Confirmed information about the military’s Active Denial System proves that microwaves can be directed toward a specific target. We also know that the 5G wireless technology system that Telecom companies want to install across America has the ability to steer microwave beams toward objects. In fact, this is one of the key features of the 5G system. This allows each 5G cell tower to direct multiple beams of millimeter microwaves to a cell phone, an iPad, tablet PC, automobile, or any other device that will provide a GPS location. Putting the Facts Together – Potential Outcomes of 5G Technology Now, this is where it gets very interesting. What would happen if the density of 5G cell tower transmissions could be jacked up to a much higher density level? Could 5G technology become a directed energy weapon? Instead of sending a beam of low density microwave radiation toward you and your cell phone or toward you and the GPS system that is built into many automobiles, could the system be adjusted to send a much more powerful beam of high density microwaves toward you or a crowd of people such as is done with the U.S. military’s Active Denial System? As far as I can tell, it is unlikely that 5G antennas could produce the microwave density of the military’s ADS weapon without burning themselves up, because of their small size and physical design. However, all electromagnetic radiation produces an effect on the human body. What impact will the slightly longer microwaves from 5G have on us when they penetrate more deeply into the body than the 95 GHz of the military’s Active Denial System? Is the rollout of 5G across America part of government preparation for the globalists final takedown of America and the resulting chaos sure to be unleashed should the satanists finally initiate their 'end game' for our free country? With what amounts to crowd control technology being placed upon street lights across America, directly in residential areas and office parks, certainly the potential of this tech being abused should tyrants get their hands upon it is great. And as we read in this recent story from Natural News, scientists have warned that 5G tech is already causing insomnia, nosebleeds and stillbirths and this tech is just now being rolled out. What more negative health effects will it lead to? From that story: Though the science on EMF radiation is still far from established, many researchers believe that it does indeed have the potential to cause harm. EMF radiation is the same kind of radiation produced by cell phones, though it can be emitted from other devices — including LED streetlights, according to Professor Ulrich Warnke, from the University of Saarland. Warnke believes that EMF radiation “causes disruption to the body’s nitrogen monoxide system, which keeps cells healthy and controls gene expression,” but he’s not the only one. Multiple health agencies have sounded the alarm on the potential dangers of this kind of radiation — but few are listening. Back in 2011, the World Health Organization (WHO) warned that EMF radiation was “possibly carcinogenic to humans,” and in particular, posed a risk for glioma — a malignant type of brain cancer. At the end of 2017, the California Department of Public Health (CDPH) issued a similar warning regarding cellphones and their potential link to brain cancer. The European Academy for Environmental Medicine has also declared that EMF radiation is linked to cancer and other conditions like insomnia. The evidence against EMF radiation is piling up — and yet, city officials are refusing to recognize that people are at risk. And while 5G is being rolled out across America despite the fact that medical experts warn not enough studies have been done into the potential negative health impact that will be delivered along with the faster speeds, as Washington's Blog reported back in March of 2017, the entire point of the 'internet of things' (IOT) is for 'big brother' to have new ways to spy upon us. Warning us of numerous different comments recently made by 'deep state insiders' such as James Clapper, it's quite obvious that the 'IOT' isn't what it's being sold to the public to be. From the Washington's Blog story: No One Wants the Internet of Things …… Except Big Brother. The government is already spying on us through spying on us through our computers, phones, cars, buses, streetlights, at airports and on the street, via mobile scanners and drones, through our credit cards and smart meters (see this), television, doll, and in many other ways. The CIA wants to spy on you through your dishwasher and other “smart” appliances. Last year, (THEN) U.S. Intelligence Boss James Clapper said that the government will spy on Americans through IoT: In the future, intelligence services might use the [IoT] for identification, surveillance, monitoring, location tracking, and targeting for recruitment, or to gain access to networks or user credentials. Yves Smith commented at the time: Oh, come on. The whole point of the IoT is spying. The officialdom is just trying to persuade you that it really is a big consumer benefit to be able to tell your oven to start heating up before you get home. With America potentially facing a national health crisis of epic proportions following the rollout of 5G, the negative health hazards of cell phone radiation alone detailed in this story from Electric Sense and seen in the graphic above suggest that the American people are once again being used as unwilling guinea pigs in a govt science project with illness and death one of their desired outcomes. As we hear from Wigington in the 1st video starting at the 6 minute 25 second mark as is also reported in this February story from Edgy Labs, if we think that we'll be able to escape the dangers of 5G by living out in the mountains or far away from the city, we're wrong. Reporting that Elon Musk's company Space X has been given the approval to launch 4,000 satellites into orbit over the next 5 years, we'll soon be getting 5G from space and as Wigington tells us, 5G from space will eventually cover every square inch of our planet once the project is complete. Silent weapon technology everywhere and the globalists 'beast system' that much closer to completion. In the 3rd video below, videographer The Fullerton Informer goes over the many dangers of 5G that we already know about and the ongoing lies of the mainstream media in their attempts to cover up the globalists luciferian agenda. 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? etc

:: 6-4-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

British School Forces Boys To Wear "Gender-Neutral" Skirts Instead Of Shorts

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/04/2018 - 19:40

A private secondary school in Oxfordshire, England is banning its male students from wearing shorts during the summer months, and is instead requesting that they wear a more "gender neutral" ensemble that includes that staple of men's athletic wear: The skirt. According to the Daily Mail, Chiltern Edge Secondary School's rule change comes after an unfavorable ruling by a government agency tasked with overseeing educational standards. School leaders said the skirts were a "more formal" alternative to shorts, regardless of how uncomfortable they might make male students at the school. Unsurprisingly, parents are complaining about the bizarre school dress code, which is part of a larger trend of schools adopting "gender neutral" uniforms to make transgender students feel more at home. Of course, parents of straight students can rest assured that their children will also feel comfortable: Because if they don't want to wear the "gender neutral" skirt ensembles, they can simply wear blazers and trousers in the sweltering heat. Following the change, parent Alastair Vince-Porteous asked staff if his son could wear tailored shorts – but the school said that they were not part of the uniform. The bemused father was then told that the uniform policy was ‘gender-neutral’ and boys could of course wear a skirt if they wished. The move follows a trend for schools adopting gender-neutral policies to help transgender pupils feel more welcome. Many schools now say skirts and trousers can be worn by either gender. Under the Equality Act, schools have a duty to protect transgender students from discrimination. This case came to light at the weekend, as temperatures are set to soar to 26C (79F) next week. Mr Vince-Porteous said: 'I was told shorts are not part of the uniform. It’s a shame we can’t be more grown up about it, we aren’t asking for ra-ra skirts or skinny jeans, just grey tailored shorts for two months a year, it’s not a big deal. 'I know that in the past other schools have worn skirts so I asked if my son was able to do that – and the school said yes.' Fellow parent Joanne Muday said: ‘It’s nuts to make the kids wear blazers and ties when it gets very hot.’ The school introduced the new uniform policy after Ofsted, a government organization charged with maintaining educational standards, determined that Chiltern's uniform policy was "inadequate". The introduction of the new uniform policy came after the school was branded inadequate by Ofsted. In August the school – which has the capacity for 900 pupils, but as of January last year had only 507 – will join the Maiden Erlegh Trust and become an academy. Students hail from nearby areas such as Caversham, Reading and Theresa May’s Maidenhead constituency. Headteacher Moira Green said: ‘In September 2017, with the support of parents, Chiltern Edge made the decision to move to a more formal uniform. This has been a success. Maiden Erlegh Trust, in preparation for September 2018, wholeheartedly support Chiltern Edge’s adoption of a more formal uniform.' Of course, we'd like to applaud Ofsted for its commitment to rigorous educational standards for athletes. Because Chiltern's students are learning one of the most valuable lessons of all: That it's okay for boys to wear skirts. 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? etc

:: 6-4-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Liberals Who Normalized Incest & Pedophilia Now Have A Candidate, But He Is Also Their Worst Nightmare- 'Man Should Be Allowed To Choke His Wife To Death As Punishment'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine June 4, 2018

He believes pedophilia should be legal. He believes that incestuous relationships with minor children should be legal. He believes child pornography should be legal. He believes marital rape should be legal. He believes the 19th amendment (giving women the right to vote) should be repealed. He believes Hitler was a hero. He believes that a man should be allowed to "choke his wife to death" for cutting her hair without permission or other acts of "gross insubordination." (Those are just the tip of the iceberg.) His name is Nathan Larson and by June 12, 2018, he will be an official congressional candidate in Virginia. LIBERALS HAVE BEEN TRYING TO NORMALIZE PEDOPHILIA FOR YEARS, ALSO INCEST In 2013, the UK's Guardian claimed that "not even a full academic consensus on whether consensual pedophilic relations necessarily cause harm." In 2014, a liberal writer at the New York Times wrote a piece titled "Pedophilia: A Disorder, Not a Crime." In 2015, the liberal website Salon published a piece, which was later removed, titled "I’m a pedophile, but not a monster." In 2016, VICE encouraged sympathy for pedophiles in a piece titled "Realizing You're a Pedophile Can Make You Want to Kill Yourself." It is not only pedophilia they are attempting to normalize, but as shown in a Telegraph article, they also claim that incest is just a "Genetic Sexual Attraction," in a story titled "Disgusted by incest? Genetic Sexual Attraction is real and on the rise." Cosmo also pushed a sympathetic view of incest in 2015 in a piece titled "This Is What It's Like to Fall in Love With Your Brother." Readers will note there are no links to those stories above.....anyone that wants to read them can use a search engine. The attempts by the left to normalize and decriminalize pedophilia and incest have lasting and ongoing effects, claiming people should have "open minds" on topics that were once considered taboo to even be spoken about, unless it was in court as these monsters were being prosecuted for abusing children. Well now they have a congressional candidate, running as an independent that feels voters have "open minds" so it is fine and dandy to publicly run on a platform that includes legalizing pedophilia and incest. THE MONSTER THEY HELPED CREATE IS NOW A NIGHTMARE While I continue to see headlines only referencing Larson's perversions, or that he was jailed for threatening to kill Barack Obama, his other platform issues, as well as some of the things he has written publicly, found on a now defunct website by Huffpo, shows the monster that they helped create has other disturbing and vile beliefs. Until it was pulled down, Larson’s site, a wiki page with details about his latest candidacy, featured posts titled “A Man Should Be Allowed to Choke His Wife to Death as Punishment for Cutting Her Hair Short Without Permission, or Other Acts of Gross Insubordination,” “Advantages of Father-Daughter Incest” and “The Justifiability of an Incel’s Kidnapping a Girl and Keeping Her as His Rape-Slave for Sex and Babymaking.” Wiki pages can be edited by other people, but Larson confirmed he wrote these posts as well as several other disturbing entries. In “Let’s Define What Rape Is,” a 3,000-word essay posted on as well as other incel sites, Larson wrote: “Women are objects, to be taken care of by men like any other property, and for powerful men to insert themselves into as it pleases them, and as they believe will be in women’s own interests. In most cases, their interests are aligned, as long as the man is strong. Female sex-slaves actually get a much better deal than animals, because in most cases, they are allowed to reproduce, unlike animals raised for meat or companionship.” When asked what his constituents would think about his pedophiliac writings, he said, “People are open-minded.” Larson also confirmed for Huffpo that he wrote the following on a message board, using the name Lysander: "I just want to bang my daughter, actually, but even if it were legal, I’m not sure it would happen, since i don’t have custody. After sex with kids is legalized, parents (or other guardians) will still be gatekeepers to some extent, and a lot of them will want to bang their own kids and not share with others." If that is all not disturbing enough, a look at an archived version of his website, which is no longer active, we see he articulated even more abhorrent views in what was labeled his "campaign manifesto." Calling himself a "quasi-neoreactionary libertarian," he listed a 12-point agenda. When delving into the individual points, specifically the one titled "Patriarchy," we see he supports "subordinating women as sex slaves and baby factories for their husbands," and that girls should be getting married "no later than their early teens." He also describes single women as "unowned or abandoned property, since their fathers have left them to be taken by the first comer." While urging the repeal of the repeal of the Violence Against Women Act, he states "[citizens] need to switch to a system that classifies women as property, initially of their fathers and later of their husbands." He also believes that any state funding that pays for girls and women to attend high school and college. should be abolished. Normally we would not link to a campaign manifesto as repugnant as Larson's but since it is no longer a running website, we feel it is important for Virginia voters to understand who it is that is running by seeing his own words, assertions and "heroes," such as Hitler. ( link here) In a 2015 article, we see that the now-deceased mother of Larson's child became a transgendered man, who in court documents described their relationship: "During our relationship, he was severely emotionally and sexually abusive towards me. He stated multiple times that he wanted to have sex with a child. He talked about how he would manipulate and trick the child into giving him sex, told me he wouldn't love the child if they did not have sex with him, and stated he had no interest in children other than sexual ... [He] raped me until I was pregnant and stated his intention to have sex with my child after she was born." He also admitted to raping her in an email presented as evidence. BOTTOM LINE The general consensus about Nathan Larson, from both the right and the left side of the political aisle is that he a menace, dubbed the "actual worst of the internet," over at the liberal site Wonkette, yet he has managed to obtain the 1,000 signatures needed to become a candidate in June 2018, as an Independent. He submitted those signatures to the Virginia Board of Elections in May. That means at least 1,000 people either did not know his views which includes views from the radical fringes of both the left and the right, or they knew and still supported his run. With so many being highly disappointed in both the Democratic party and the Republican party, just seeing someone running as an independent may encourage them to cast a vote against the "two" parties by voting for Larson in the June 12 primary, so it is incredibly important that voters in the district he is running in, be aware of his actual positions. 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? etc

:: 6--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Busted: Major Tucson Trafficking Camp-Ties to Clinton Foundation, Cartels and Ex-President of Mexico’s Son

The most despicable crime on the face of the earth is child sex trafficking and the global elite are involved in controlling the industry in every country. This is a byproduct of Agenda 21. This report is not for everyone to view. It is horrific, particularily the 10 minutes of video that you will be referred to. Word is spreading like wildire across Arizona. I have about 20 emails advising me of sex trafficking camps being discovered in the Tucson area along the I-19 corridor and Valencia. The MSM is totally ignoring the story, despite overwhelming evidence to substantiate the claims and the Independent is still largely unaware of this heinous discovery in Southern Arizona. The following is a typical email of what I am receiving. Hello Dave …. I came across this article video. Titus frost on his channel… About how the Arizona State Patrol and Tucson Police will not help gather up child traffickers and drug trafficking.. you would have to watch this video posted 9 hours ago to see what’s going on down in Arizona… Titus Frost in the video titled operation Backyard Brawl… Please investigate… Thank you EYEWITNESS ACCOUNT’ The following is an eyewitness account of an individual who purports to have been to one of the camps along I-19 and Valencia. The ccamp was discovered by a group associated with VOP. VOP is a group that patrols the streets and tries to rescue veterans who are homeless, drug addicted or impaired in some fashion. The VOP associated with reporting on this Sex-Trafficking camp, where children are ostensibly used and murdered, has stated that they happened, by chance, into the discovery of this camp, from intel gathered from their street operations in the search for veterans at the camp site when evidence was found that implicated the site as a child-sex trafficking site. You may find it useful, if you have touchscreen to enlarge the following to read. If you are unable to do so, I will summarize the content below the following statement. I am experiencing trouble getting many people to go on the record, although I have accessed a 3 hour video on this subject which I will reference later in this article. I realize that some of you will not be able to enlarge your computer screen to read the account regarding the sex camp. Therefore, please allow me to summarize the events detailed in the above publication, which was admittedly produced in small print: The VOP has found combs with blond hair. There are boxes with chilren’s toys and next to the toys are used condoms. Graves have been discovered. VOP anon said they stopped digging when the smell got so bad they had to stop. They need to resume the digging. Buy some gas masks and continue the work! VOP is asking for assistance with regard to getting cadavar dogs to come to the site. KGUN television in Tucson is mocking the reports of the VOP. The Tucson Police and the FBI refuse to come to the scene where the crime scene evidence was located. The property in question is owned by Cemex Construction Materials South LLC (more on the company and their associates later in the article). The Tucson Police has given VOP until Monday (today, June 4, 2018) to vacate the premises. Could this be another Bundy Ranch standoff? The VOP says they are not leaving until their work is done. Cemex has threatened to bring their own private security to remove VOP. VOP has stated that they are not leaving until the breaches in the fences are repaired so the property can be sealed off. I have seen video of restraints embedded in trees along with bone cutting saws and a Playboy magazine nearby, along with condoms. You will see a video reference to this fact in which the readers will have to link to because the video is not public for undisclosed reasons. If they are trying to conceal this report from Youtube censorship, YT will discover this, take down the video and terminate the channel. Therefore, I do not expect this video to be available much longer and you will be forced to depend on the eyewitness accounts of people, like myself, who have seen it, all of it. And I am warning you, not everyone should see this video. Even the most hardened person will have trouble viewing this material. Here is the link to the video. If you think you have the stomach to see the restraints on the trees and the Playboy magazine, you can link to it here and go the 1:52:00 – 2:02:00 mark. From: VOP Alpha Co – Team Pulaski June 2 at 1:01pm · SHARE WITH ALL TUCSON NEWS OUTLETS… In order to provide opportunity for full transparency… the dismantling of the Child Sex Camp is being postponed for 5 hrs. Come out before then. Camp will be dismantled with prison cell, all children’s items, all physical evidence of human trafficking, receipts with dates, and bags of human waste collected and delivered to DHS once catagoring is completed Monday afternoon. We are demanding a full investigation into Cemex, the Builder, and the Child Sex Trafficking. We are also demanding an investigation related to the accusation that we staged this. We will fully cooperate. You don’t have to trust that we are being honest, you have to trust God who remains 2 moves from Checkmate. #DoingItRight The post is readable and very clear. However, we have another post from a source at the scene that will require you to enlarge the text. And, again, if you cannot, I will summarize the content. This is very damaging content. The following contains a trace of Cemex’s associations and history. The Mayor Tucson is implicated by name (ie Rothschild). The Illuminati is implicated. The Federal Government is implicated and their has been at least one Federal investigation into Cemex, according to Reuters. The following is worth the time and effort to decipher. Summary of the abovementioned content: The land in question is owned by Cemex and they are a partner of the Clinton Global Initiative. Cemex is linked to Haiti through the Clinton Foundation. The report states that Cemex is a $100 million donor to the Clinton Foundation (Editor’s Note: One has to wonder if this payment was a pay for play? Read on because this speculation will make more sense). Cemex is also owned by Bronfman-Rothschilds. That would central banking head. Sara Bronfman’s husband became the head of Libya-SA trade initiative after the Clinton/Obama led overthrow of Ghadaffi. Cemex is under a US DOJ investigation according to a March 14, 2018 Reuters article. The investigation comes after the company said in December that the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) had asked it for information to determine whether it violated the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act in the construction of a new plant in Colombia. Editor’s Note: It is not clear what they are under investigation for. It is not clear what this “plant” in Colombia is all about. Is it tied to child-sex-trafficking? That question cannot be answered at this time because there is a media blackout on this investigation except for a brief update on May 18th by the Wall Street Journal. However, the articles did not reveal anything significant related to the specific crimes. Emillano Salinas is the son of the former President of Mexico. Salinas is an ex-member of NXIVM, the nasty Hollywood cartel with sex trafficking ties. You may recall that former Smallville actress Allison Mack who had self-admitted involvement in the controversial NXIVM organization. Salinas worked for Lazard Investments. Lazard Investments is connected to George Soros. Jonathan Rothschild is the Mayor of Tucson. I have known for years that the Pima County Sheriff is controlled by the Rothschild-Greenberg cartel. Conclusion There is no conclusion to this story, I am just getting started. I invit my associates in the Independent Media to join me in exposing this heinous activity. Stay tuned, information is flooding in. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, etc

:: 6-2-18 Info Wars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Quotes Bongino: Brennan a Liar, Russia Probe a Scam

Former Secret Service agent reveals parasites in DC swamp

Kit Daniels | - June 2, 2018

President Trump quoted former Secret Service agent Dan Bongino who blasted ex-CIA Director John Brennan as a “liar.” The former Secret Service agent turned radio host told Fox & Friends that Brennan had been caught lying before, and yet he keeps lying. “Not only is he a liar. He is a liar about being a liar… he has already busted lying,” said Bongino. “He said he didn’t know about the dossier.” “Yet, he briefed people up on the hill about elements of the dossier that then appeared in a letter to the FBI. He is lying. He is just making this up.” Bongino also called the Russian probe a “scam investigation,” which the president highlighted in another tweet. And on Fox & Friends, Bongino said “we are getting worked. Worked with a capital W” when it came to the total cost of Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s probe. “You are getting screwed so badly – the American people – by this sham investigation. I have never seen anything like it.” The probe has found Russian collusion, however: collusion with Democrats, Bongino pointed out. “We now know that there is Russian collusion with the Clintons and the Democrats, but Bob Mueller’s investigating Donald Trump for it, number one,” said Bongiono. “Number two, the Mueller probe team is stacked with anti-Trumpers, two of whom are lawyers. This is a fact by the way.” “I encourage anyone to look this up, who actually represented people before hand in the Clinton sphere. They represented Clintontonians involved in the case. This is a total scam. Everybody is getting worked.”   

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-5-18 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s so hot in Mexico right now that traffic lights are melting – Mexico City beats 99-year-old temperature record in unprecedented heat wave that has already killed 13 people

By Strange Sounds - Jun 5, 2018

Some call it the heat wave of the century! And Mexicans are being fried by temperatures reaching up to 50 °C (122°F)! It’s so hot in Mexico right now that even traffic lights are melting and a 99-year-old temperature record was beaten two days ago in Mexico City. Already 13 people have been killed by this unprecedented heat wave in different states across the country. In addition to the heat, meteorologists forecast intense storms in certain areas of the country. In Chihuahua, Nuevo León and Coahuila, wind gusts could exceed 50 kilometers per hour. It’s Hell on Earth! The heat wave is affecting the entire country of Mexico since the end of May. And this could continue longer. Today, temperatures higher than 45°C (113°F) were recorded and reported in nine states by the National Meteorological Service (SMN). Temperatures from 45°C (113°F) to 50°C (122°F) are forecast for Baja California, Sonora, Sinaloa, Michoacan, Guerrero, Chihuahua, Coahuila, Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas. Temperatures between 40°C (105°F) and 45°C (113°F) in areas of Baja California Sur, Nayarit, Jalisco, Durango, Zacatecas, San Luis Potosi, Hidalgo, Veracruz, Tabasco, Campeche, Yucatan and Quintana Roo. And temperatures between 35°C (95°F) to 40°C (105°F) in areas from Colima, Oaxaca, Chiapas, Aguascalientes, Guanajuato, Querétaro, Puebla and Morelos. On May 30, Mexico City experienced its hottest day in the last 99 years as thermometers reached 31.7°C (89.1°F), surpassing the historical maximum temperature of 31.2°C (88.2°F) recorded in 1919. heat wave mexico june 2018, heat wave mexico, traffic lights melt mexico, mexico heat wave 2018 news, it's so hot in mexico traffic lights are melting On May 30, Mexico City experienced its hottest day in the last 99 years. via Twitter Warm temperatures bring severe weather Intense punctual storms are forecast in Oaxaca and Chiapas; very strong storms in Michoacán and Guerrero, and strong local storms in Jalisco, Colima, Veracruz, Tabasco, Campeche, Yucatan and Quintana Roo. Strong winds are predicted with gusts exceeding 50km/h (31.6mph) and possible dust storms in Sonora, Chihuahua, Coahuila, Nuevo León and Tamaulipas. Meanwhile, a zone of instability with cyclonic potential is slowly moving off the coast of Guerrero and Michoacán, and is expected to intensify. Already 13 people have been killed in 7 different states by the unprecedented Mexican heat wave so far. Probably more to come… Always be ready!


[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-4-18 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Almost 100 Local Tribes Form Coalition to Expel US Forces From Syria - Reports

Middle East 16:08 04.06.2018(updated 16:10 04.06.2018)

The presence of US troops in Syria is escalating tensions between government forces and the Kurdish-dominated Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF), with some politicians and Syrian Army officers accusing the SDF of serving as “puppets” for the US and other western powers. In excess of 70 Syrian tribal leaders met in the Aleppo Governorate, specifically the city of Deir Hafer, over the weekend to discuss plans and coordinate with one another to remove US forces from Syria, Al-Masdar News reported on Sunday. Via a joint statement, the tribes, which are predominately Sunni Muslims, announced the formation of a coalition to oust US and French military personnel from Syria, in addition to liberating territory held by the SDF, provided Damascus is unable to negotiate a reconciliation deal with them. The tribesmen also reportedly discussed the prospect of fighting Turkish forces in northwestern Syria. The different tribes hail from various parts of Syria which are currently occupied by US-backed forces, including the oil-rich provinces of Deir ez-Zor and al-Hasakah. Although there’s been some low-level, sporadic clashes and attacks on SDF bases in northern Syria in recent months, particularly in the Raqqa Governorate, where the Popular Resistance of Raqqa (PRoR) operates, we are yet to see the launch a widescale, continuous anti-SDF operation, by either the Syrian Army or local militiamen. However, in a recent interview with RT, President Bashar al-Assad warned that a widescale anti-SDF offensive would be launched if negotiations fail. In the meantime, the Syrian Army is mobilizing and deploying forces to southern Syria ahead of a major offensive in the Deraa government, where militants control a large chunk of territory, including parts of the provincial capital. Last Friday, a military source confirmed to Sputnik reporter Suliman Mulhem that Hezbollah troops and other Iran-backed militiamen won’t be involved in the offensive, likely as part of an acceptable compromise reached with Israel via Russian mediators. 

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc

:: 6-3-18 Western Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lava Cuts Off Last Remaining Escape Route for Group of Hawaiians Stranded Without Food or Water

By Jack Davis June 3, 2018 at 2:00pm

New eruptions from the Kilauea volcano have left some Hawaii residents stranded with no electricity or running water in an area entirely cut off by lava. Hawaii Civil Defense Service officials said about a dozen people that they know of are stranded in the area, CNN reported. Phone lines and cell towers are also out in the area. “There’s no way out,” BBC correspondent Kylie Morris told viewers, according to The Express. “It’s extraordinary. I can see a road, a freeway, down there where there’s just a tiny circle that is still visible and all the rest of it completely covered up by the magma,” said Morris, who was traveling over the isolated area by helicopter. Last week, officials encouraged residents to leave and said some areas have now become off limits to rescue teams. “I can no longer ask of … police, fire, National Guard, to go in the dark of a neighborhood they don’t know, to say ‘you must get out now,'” Hawaii County Mayor Harry Kim said Tuesday. “Last night I told them I can no longer afford to put residents at risk.” Officials have said those who remain could be airlifted out if necessary. The eruption, which has destroyed 87 homes in the past four weeks, could encircle more locales, officials said, citing the community of Kapoho and MacKenzie State Park, which could be cut off soon. Residents were advised to evacuate by Friday afternoon. “They are being asked to leave. Period,” said county spokeswoman Janet Snyder. On Sunday, U.S. Geological Survey officials said lava from the volcano added a lake to the list of what has been destroyed since the volcano began erupting. On Saturday, the lava crawled into Green Lake. The Hawaii County Fire Department said the lava filled the lake and evaporated its water, AccuWeather reported. In an effort to find out what the volcano will do next, officials flew drones over its summit. Images from the drones showed cracks in the summit, according to The Express. “It’s possible that new explosions will blast through the rubble at the bottom of the vent. These may or may not be larger than the previous explosions,” said Kyle Anderson, a Hawaiian Volcano Observatory geophysicist. As if lava flows are not enough to worry about, officials said the problem of laze awaits. Laze is a deadly combination created when lava meets the sea. “Lava entering the ocean causes a chemical reaction and can result in small explosions, sending tiny particles of hydrochloric acid and volcanic glass in the air,” Jessica Johnson, a geophysicist at Britain’s University of East Anglia told USA Today. 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 6-4-18 The Free Thought Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Council on Foreign Relations Tells Gov’t They “Have To” Use Propaganda on Americans

A member of the Council on Foreign Relations insisted that the United States government must use propaganda on its own citizens.

By Jay Syrmopoulos - June 4, 2018

The Council on Foreign Relations delivered an Orwellian presentation recently that unsurprisingly went unnoticed in the mainstream media, in which CFR’s Richard Stengel forwarded the notion that governments “have to” direct “propaganda” at their own domestic populations. The Council is recognized as one of the United States’ oldest and most establishment think tanks of the American power-elite, and it often sets the agenda on important policy questions—or, as former senior editor at the Washington Post, Richard Harwood, in a column entitled “Ruling Class Journalists,” approvingly described the Council as, “the nearest thing we have to a ruling establishment in the United States.” Harwood admiringly wrote: “The membership of these journalists in the Council, however they may think of themselves, is an acknowledgment of their active and important role in public affairs and of their ascension into the American ruling class. They do not merely analyze and interpret foreign policy for the United States; they help make it…. They are part of that establishment whether they like it or not, sharing most of its values and worldviews.” CFR is a key cog in the hub of Washington think-tanks promoting endless war. As former Army Major Todd Pierce described, think-tanks act as “primary provocateurs” using “‘psychological suggestiveness’ to create a false narrative of danger from some foreign entity with the objective being to create paranoia within the U.S. population that it is under imminent threat of attack or takeover.” In late January 2018, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange publicized the extensive sway the Council on Foreign relations carried over U.S. mass media by Tweeting a graphic created by Swiss Propaganda Research (SPR), a research and information project on geopolitical propaganda in Swiss media, which illustrated the heavy influence CFR exercises over the media narrative delivered to the American public, i.e. domestic propaganda. The illustration of the Council’s deeply entrenched media presence is based on official membership rosters compiled by SPR, revealing the interconnectedness of CFR’s extensive mass media influence network and its main international affiliate groups—the Bilderberg Group (covering mainly the U.S. and Europe) and the Trilateral Commission (covering North America, Europe and East Asia). According to the report from Swiss Propaganda Research: Largely unbeknownst to the general public, many media executives and top journalists of almost all major US news outlets have long been members of the influential Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). Established in 1921 as a private, bipartisan organization to “awaken America to its worldwide responsibilities”, the CFR and its close to 5000 elite members have for decades shaped U.S. foreign policy and public discourse about it. As one Council member famously explained, the goal has indeed been to establish a global Empire, albeit a “benevolent” one. Stengel, a former editor of TIME magazine, told the audience at a CFR event in late April called Political Disruptions: Combating Disinformation and Fake News that governments “have to” direct “propaganda” toward their own populations. In the full video of the CFR event shown below, Stengel openly argues in favor of propaganda against U.S. citizens starting at the 1:15:26 mark in the footage. Stengel, who is a former high-level U.S. government official, head of the office for Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs at the State Department from 2013 to 2016, and a regular pundit on MSNBC, explained: Basically, every country creates their own narrative story and, you know, my old job at the State Department was what people used to joke as the ‘chief propagandist’ job. We haven’t talked about propaganda… I’m not against propaganda. Every country does it, and they have to do it to their own population, and I don’t necessarily think it’s that awful. Zero Hedge reported that Stengel’s personal bio site notes that he “helped create and oversee” the Global Engagement Center at the State Department whose official mission is to “counter propaganda and disinformation from international terrorist organizations and foreign countries” (with a “special focus on Russia”). Perhaps most ominous of all is the fact that a man who publicly says that he is “not against propaganda” on the U.S. government’s “own population“ was recently named a “distinguished fellow” as part of the Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab (DFRLab). Yes, the same Atlantic Council that espouses a strongly anti-Russian agenda that is funded by Ukrainian billionaire Victor Pinchuk, who also happened to donate at least $10 million to the Clinton Foundation. Pinchuk just so happens to be the CTO and co-founder of CrowdStrike—the company used by the DNC to inspect their servers allegedly hacked by Russia, after refusing the FBI access to the same servers. Obviously, it seems to be very peculiar behavior by the DNC to refuse the FBI access to their servers, and instead rely on a private company—unless they had an ulterior motive. Consequently, the assessment by CrowdStrike was used as a basis for what eventually resulted in the appointment of Special Counsel Robert Mueller. Ironically, just two weeks ago the DFRLab announced that its team has partnered with Facebook to “monitor disinformation“ and protect elections. The DFRLab defined the new initiative as follows: The Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab today announced a partnership with Facebook to independently monitor disinformation and other vulnerabilities in elections around the world. The effort is part of an initiative to help provide credible research about the role of social media in elections, as well as democracy more generally. The Digital Forensic Research Lab is launching a partnership with Facebook to support the world’s largest community in its efforts to strengthen democracy… As if on cue, and with an utterly Orwellian feel, Facebook announced on June 2, 2018, that the user-generated “trending news” section will be replaced by a “breaking news” section—which will be comprised of 80 publications selected by Facebook—that will feed approved content to users. Facebook will essentially have complete control of the topics and narratives that are fed to their users in a clear act of social engineering, which will give the social media giant—and their political/ideological allies—the ability to directly manipulate people’s perceptions of any event. During the 2016 election, leaked internal documents from Facebook revealed that the editors in charge of the company’s “Trending News” section repeatedly discriminated against conservative articles, while promoting progressive content, which resulted in the threat of an investigation from the Senate commerce committee. The new changes were explained in a Friday announcement: Breaking News Label: A test we’re running with 80 publishers across North America, South America, Europe, India and Australia lets publishers put a “breaking news” indicator on their posts in News Feed. We’re also testing breaking news notifications. Today In: We’re testing a dedicated section on Facebook called Today In that connects people to the latest breaking and important news from local publishers in their city, as well as updates from local officials and organizations. News Video in Watch: We will soon have a dedicated section on Facebook Watch in the US where people can view live coverage, daily news briefings and weekly deep dives that are exclusive to Watch. So, when CFR is publicly advocating for the societal benefits of domestic propaganda, and Facebook is jettisoning an already meager user-generated “Trending News” section and aligning itself with an anti-Russian, Clinton-connected thinktank, Americans should be keenly aware that they are being actively propagandized, and they should work to intentionally diversify their news sources as an omnipotent mass propaganda regime is being covertly implemented. DASH cryptocurrency and The Free Thought Project have formed a partnership that will continue to spread the ideas of peace and freedom while simultaneously teaching people how to operate outside of the establishment systems of control like using cryptocurrency instead of dollars. Winning this battle is as simple as choosing to abstain from the violent corrupt old system and participating in the new and peaceful system that hands the power back to the people. DASH is this system. DASH digital cash takes the control the banking elite has over money and gives it back to the people. It is the ultimate weapon in the battle against the money changers and information controllers. If you'd like to start your own DASH wallet and be a part of this change and battle for peace and freedom, you can start right here. DASH is already accepted by vendors all across the world so you can begin using it immediately. 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 6-5-18 The Enquirer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Investor group led by Rev. Damon Lynch III awarded provisional license for medical weed shop in Cincinnati

Randy Tucker, Published 8:58 a.m. ET June 4, 2018 | Updated 10:09 a.m. ET June 5, 2018

Over 180 companies submitted applications to become medical marijuana cultivators in Ohio, and their names are just as punny as you'd expect. Kim Armstrong/The Enquirer

Two Cincinnati-based businesses, including a group of investors led by the Rev. Damon Lynch III, have been awarded provisional licenses to operate medical weed stores in Ohio. The full list of medical marijuana dispensary applicants and those eligible for licenses were posted on the website for Ohio's Medical Marijuana Control Program. Lynch, pastor of New Prospect Baptist Church in Roselawn, and eight other investors backing Green Rx LLC plan to open a 7,000-square-foot dispensary at 8420 Vine St. in Hartwell. It would be the only dispensary inside the Cincinnati city limits. Most of the Green Rx investors are African-American. The state's medical marijuana law requires regulators to issue a certain share of licenses to “economically disadvantaged” groups, although the language of the law is being challenged in court. In an earlier interview with The Enquirer, Lynch acknowledged that it might be a stretch to call his group economically disadvantaged because they had to submit a financial plan and were required to meet certain income and liquidity thresholds. But he said blacks have been historically disadvantaged in other ways, including being arrested for marijuana at a much higher rate than any other group under the Reagan administration, based on an analysis of FBI arrest data by Human Rights Watch. "If we don't participate in this burgeoning industry when we’ve been subject to the worst penalties and just sit back and let others accrue all the wealth while we’ve done all the suffering, I would say shame on us,'' Lynch told The Enquirer. In addition to Lynch's group, Care Med Associates LLC also won provisional license for a dispensary at 5149 Kennedy Ave., Columbia Township. Meanwhile, Jimmy Gould – a Cincinnati businessman who was behind Ohio's failed Issue 3 marijuana initiative in 2015 and was also denied a grower's license in a controversial decision by regulators – finally got a win. Gould was awarded preliminary licenses for dispensaries in Ohio in Monroe, Dayton, Marietta and Logan under the name CannAscend Alternative. The Ohio Board of Pharmacy, one of three state agencies regulating Ohio's Medical Marijuana Control Program, picked 56 winners from a list of 376 applicants in 28 geographic areas. Residents living near Cleveland and Columbus are poised to gain the greatest number of dispensaries with Franklin and Cuyahoga counties receiving preliminary approval for five dispensaries each. In the local region, three dispensaries were named eligible in Hamilton County, two in Butler County and one in Warren County. The retail shops will be allowed to sell edibles, oils, patches, tinctures, vaping concentrates, and other products, to medical marijuana patients with nearly two dozen qualifying conditions. However, smoking marijuana is still illegal in Ohio, and the dispensaries are banned from selling marijuana bud or flowers for smoking. "Today's announcement ends months of speculation about where patients will be able to purchase medical marijuana,'' said Thomas Rosenberger, executive director of the National Cannabis Industry Association of Ohio. "We look forward to working with the provisional license winners to provide Ohio's patients with safe access to medical marijuana.'' State law requires dispensaries to begin filling orders for Ohioans by Sept. 8 – the deadline for the state's medical marijuana program to become fully operational. But they must first be inspected by the state and granted a certificate to operate before they can open for business. Only patients and caregivers registered with the state who have received medical ID cards and recommendations from a physician will be allowed to buy from the dispensaries. So far, 89 doctors have been approved by the State Medical Board to recommend medical marijuana once the program goes live. And an online a patient registry and portal is being set up by the pharmacy board. The location of the dispensaries is key, experts say, because patients or approved caregivers will have to physically go to the dispensaries to get prescriptions filled. The more dispensaries there are in a certain geographical area the more likely patients are to have access to the right strain of weed to treat their conditions, said Robert Ryan, executive director of the Ohio Patient Network. "Just like any medicine, there's no one-size-fits-all strain,'' Ryan said. "You can’t tell a patient that this particular strain is going to be right for you. Sometimes it takes a little bit of experimentation.'' Patients living near churches or schools will have to travel the farthest. The dispensaries are prohibited from being located within 500 feet of a school, church, public library, public playground, public park or community addiction services provider. The dispensaries will join 25 large and small marijuana growers as the only businesses so far to receive approval for provisional licenses to operate in Ohio. No other marijuana businesses essential to the program have received preliminary approval, and no businesses have been fully licensed yet. Up to 40 provisional licenses for processors, or the companies that will process marijuana into edibles and other permissible forms, are pending, as well as provisional licenses for an unknown number of testing labs necessary to ensure the quality of the medical marijuana sold in the state.

A view inside 8420 Vine Street, the property that Rev. Damon Lynch III has submitted a proposal for a Marijuana Dispensary. Lynch has been named eligible for provisional licenses to operate medical weed stores in Ohio. Lynch, pastor of New Prospect Baptist Church in Roselawn, and eight other investors backing Green Rx LLC, submitted a proposal for a 7,000-square-foot dispensary at 8420 Vine St. in Hartwell. (Photo: Albert Cesare/The Enquirer) 

:: 6-4-18 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court sides with Christian baker in same-sex wedding cake case

By Alex Swoyer - The Washington Times - Monday, June 4, 2018

The Supreme Court granted a limited victory Monday to a Colorado baker who refused to make a cake for a same-sex couple, finding the state showed fierce hostility toward his Christian beliefs when it ruled that he broke the law with his refusal. But the 7-2 decision does not establish a First Amendment right to refuse services to same-sex couples and will likely lead to more tough legal questions for justices as a case involving a florist who opposes same-sex marriage hangs in the high court’s purview. Instead, the decision suggested a road map for states such as Colorado, which have public accommodation laws, to use in evaluating cases that pit First Amendment religious rights against anti-discrimination protections. Justice Anthony M. Kennedy, writing the lead opinion in the case, said states can require people to serve all customers equally regardless of sexual orientation as long as they justify it through law and don’t show animus toward religion. “The delicate question of when the free exercise of his religion must yield to an otherwise valid exercise of state power needed to be determined in an adjudication in which religious hostility on the part of the state itself would not be a factor in the balance the state sought to reach,” Justice Kennedy wrote. Justice Anthony M. Kennedy, writing the lead opinion in the case, said states can require people to serve all customers equally regardless of sexual orientation as long as they justify it through law and don’t show animus toward religion. “The delicate question of when the free exercise of his religion must yield to an otherwise valid exercise of state power needed to be determined in an adjudication in which religious hostility on the part of the state itself would not be a factor in the balance the state sought to reach,” Justice Kennedy wrote. “That requirement, however, was not met here,” he said. “When the Colorado Civil Rights Commission considered this case, it did not do so with the religious neutrality that the Constitution requires.” 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 6-5-18 WCAU TV 10 nbc Philadelphia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fox News Falsely Implies Praying Eagles Were Protesting and the Players Aren't Having It

By Josh Ellis | NBC Sports Philadelphia

Published 4 hours ago | Updated 2 hours ago

On Tuesday morning, Fox News ran a piece it then tweeted out, about President Donald Trump's disinviting the Eagles to the White House "due to the national anthem controversy." As the anchor delivers the story, images of Eagles players are shown on screen. The first three photos are of players Zach Ertz, Corey Clement and Jordan Matthews kneeling — but they're praying before games, not kneeling during the national anthem. The fourth is of Malcolm Jenkins and Rodney McLeod raising their fists during the national anthem, while Chris Long puts his arm around Jenkins. Ertz and Long responded on their personal Twitter accounts and accused the outlet of pushing the president's agenda with false information. And here's exactly when each photo shown was taken. The first photo shown isn't even from last season, it shows Jordan Matthews, who was traded by the Eagles prior to the 2017 season. The second photo, showing Zach Ertz and Corey Clement was taken before the Eagles played the Arizona Cardinals on Sunday, Oct. 8, 2017. Long is seen running in the background and was later photographed during the anthem with his arm around Jenkins. This photo could not have been taken during the national anthem. The third photo is of Zach Ertz from Nov. 26, 2017, kneeling before the game against the Chicago Bears. This photo was taken before the game and not during the anthem. The final photo shows Long, Jenkins and McLeod standing on the field during the anthem. The Eagles will not be going to the White House on Tuesday. Instead, they will be holding a light OTA practice as the NovaCare Complex. 

:: 6-4-18 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court Throws Out Ruling Forcing Trump Admin to Help Illegal Immigrants Get Abortions

National Micaiah Bilger Jun 4, 2018 | 12:02PM Washington, DC

The U.S. Supreme Court threw out a pro-abortion ruling Monday that forced the Trump administration to help facilitate an abortion for an illegal immigrant minor. The decision is a small but important victory for unborn babies in America because it eliminates a court precedent that sided with radical abortion activists. The teenager in the case, “Jane Doe,” aborted her 16-week unborn baby in 2017 while staying in a government-run shelter for illegal immigrant minors and refugees. A federal appeals court sided with the ACLU, and forced the government to help facilitate her abortion in October 2017. However, the Trump administration appealed to the Supreme Court. The Trump administration argued it is not obliged to facilitate abortions for minors in its care, while the American Civil Liberties Union claimed every woman and girl on U.S. shores has the “right” to abort an unborn baby. On Monday, the Supreme Court rejected the lower court ruling, according to Reuters. The opinion was not signed, and there were no dissents. The high court said the matter is not debatable anymore because the teenager already aborted her baby and is no longer in federal custody. However, it also allowed other similar lawsuits to continue through the courts, the report states. The court did not grant the government’s request for disciplinary action against the ACLU lawyers. The Trump administration said the ACLU lawyers should be disciplined because they misled the government about the time of the young woman’s abortion appointment and did not allow time for an appeal prior to the unborn baby’s abortion death. Los Angeles Times reports more: The justices also took no action on the administration’s request for sanctions against ACLU lawyers. Administration lawyers had alleged the ACLU attorneys misled them by taking the young woman to see a doctor early in the morning before they could seek a stay from the Supreme Court. The ACLU disagreed and said its lawyers had reacted reasonably after a judge cleared the way for their client to have the abortion. Click here to sign up for pro-life news alerts from “On the one hand, all attorneys must remain aware of the principle that zealous advocacy does not displace their obligations as officers of the court,” the justices wrote in Azar vs. Garza. “On the other hand, lawyers also have ethical obligations to their clients and not all communications breakdowns constitute misconduct.” The 17-year-old “Jane Doe” came to the country illegally and was staying at a taxpayer-funded shelter in Texas when she requested an abortion. The shelter did not assist her, citing a new government policy that they offer life-affirming support to women and girls who are pregnant, according to Slate. According to the report, the shelter took “Jane Doe” to a pro-life pregnancy resource center instead. The ACLU said the teen did not change her mind after receiving counseling, and scheduled an abortion; however, the shelter where she was staying refused to transport her to the appointment. The ACLU sued on behalf of the teen, and after a series of appeals by the U.S. government and the ACLU, the pro-abortion legal group won in federal appeals court. The teen aborted her unborn baby the next day. Planned Parenthood, NARAL and other abortion activists celebrated the news of the unborn baby’s abortion death. In 2017 under President Donald Trump’s administration, the Office of Refugee Resettlement issued a new policy requiring that taxpayer-funded shelters for immigrants and refugees offer life-affirming support to women and girls who are pregnant. Office Director Scott Lloyd, a Trump nominee, said the shelters may not take “any action that facilitates” an abortion for unaccompanied minors without his direct approval. Lloyd said that “grantees should not be supporting abortion services … only pregnancy services and life-affirming options counseling.” Several lawsuits challenging the policy are on-going. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 6-4-18 Independent :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Supreme Leader Ali Khamenei orders country's atomic energy body to prepare for uranium enrichment capacity upgrade

'Tehran will attack 10 times more if attacked by enemies,' Ayatollah Khamenei says

Independent US staff and agencies 23 hours ago

Iran's Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei has ordered the country's atomic energy body to prepare for an increase in uranium enrichment capacity if a nuclear deal with world powers falls apart after the US pulled out. Tensions between Iran and the West have heightened since President Donald Trump withdrew the United States from the 2015 accord with Tehran, calling it deeply flawed. Under the deal, the Islamic Republic curbed its disputed nuclear energy programme and in return won a lifting of most international sanctions that had hobbled its economy. Last month, in its first report since the U.S. withdrawal from the 2015 nuclear deal that Israel also opposes, the UN's nuclear agency, the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) said Iran continues to stay below the maximum level of uranium the deal allows it to enrich. Ayatollah Ali Khamenei said the latest push for enrichment would still be within the terms of the deal. The agency's report also said Iran appears to be fulfilling other obligations, but is slow when it comes to “complementary access” inspections. One of Mr Trump's demands - which European allies back in principle - is negotiations to rein in Iran's ballistic missile programme, which was not covered by the nuclear deal. Iranian Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei again said this was non-negotiable. “Some Europeans are talking about limiting our defensive missile programme. I am telling the Europeans, 'Limiting our missile work is a dream that will never come true,” he said in a televised speech. Mr Trump also objected that the 2015 deal did not address Iran's nuclear work beyond 2025 or its role in conflicts in Yemen and Syria. Though committed to the deal, European powers share Trump's concerns and want broader talks with Iran to address the issues. “Our enemies have staged economic and psychological ... warfare against us and new American sanctions are part of it,” Ayatollah Khamenei told a gathering to mark the 29th anniversary of the death of Iranian revolutionary leader Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini. “Tehran will attack 10 times more if attacked by enemies ... The enemies don't want an independent Iran in the region ... We will continue our support for oppressed nations,” he said. Ayatollah Khamenei said Iran had no intention of curbing its influence in the Middle East and urged Arab youth to stand up to U.S. pressure. “Young Arabs, you should take action and the initiative to control your own future ... Some regional countries act like their own people's enemies,” he said in an allusion to US-allied Gulf Arab states who have supported rebels fighting to topple Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, a close ally of Tehran.

Reuters and Associated Press 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come

:: 6-4-18 Quartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists realized East Antarctica has been having regular earthquakes all along

Katherine Ellen Foley June 04, 2018

For all the ways Antarctica is unique, scientists have finally realized one way in which it’s the same as every other continent on the planet: It experiences routine earthquakes. In a paper published today (June 4) in Nature Geosciences, a research team explains that over the course of 2009, there were no less than 27 earthquakes on the eastern part of the continent. Previously, only eight earthquakes had been recorded in East Antarctica since 1982—odd, considering that every land mass on Earth is actually a tectonic plate floating on ductile mantle. All land experiences routine wiggling, although most of it is undetectable without precise instruments. Geologists didn’t have a clear explanation why East Antarctica would be so still, although they theorized that perhaps it was because the weight of the ice sheet above subdued all seismic activity. “It’s no longer an anomaly,” says Amanda Lough, a seismologist at Drexel University and lead author of the study. Lough was a graduate student at Drexel while she and her team were conducting this research across the frozen landscape. At first, she says, she and her team were surprised to see so many earthquakes. There was “quite a bit of checking to make sure that they were real events and that we had located them accurately,” she says. The reason for the sudden spike? Seismic activity didn’t actually go up; it’s just that no one was looking for it before. Lough and her team received funding to carry out a broad mission of collecting any seismic activity on East Antarctica starting in January 2009, thanks to money from International Polar Year—a perennial event in which governments around the world agree to supersize funding to scientists studying the Arctic and Antarctic. There have only been four International Polar Years in history. This one ran for more than a year, from March 2007 through March 2009, giving scientists two summers to collect data (winter in the poles is completely inhospitable). Before that, the last one had been in 1957. International Polar Years are important because everything in Antarctica is expensive, Lough explained. In addition to special-ordering equipment to withstand the cold, everything and everyone needs to be flown in on charter flights or shipped in. In addition to researchers, teams need support staff like camp managers and cooks. Understandably, researchers come together on massive teams to try to get as much done as they can while they have the extra cash flow. And so, at the start of 2009, Lough and her team put out 26 seismometers in the snow. The following year, they came to collect them. The team found no less than 27 earthquakes, all of which were between 2.1 and 3.9 on the Richter scale—all of which are classified as “minor” or below by geologists, and most of which probably couldn’t be felt. The East Antarctic plate is a stable part of a tectonic plate called a craton, similar to the Canadian Shield, which ranges from Quebec to the Northwest Territories, or the US midwest. The findings from the study don’t have a ton of implications for future work—no one expects East Antarctica to suddenly erupt in seismic activity. But it’s another step toward understanding the most mysterious continent on the planet.

Correction: This post has been updated to reflect the nature of the mantle. 

[ :: 9-21-14 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more.  I am going to shake America like never before.  I will lift my hand of protection for a little while.  Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted?  What is to come is far worse than that.  I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools.  Your children know nothing of me.  I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls.  They have promoted a life style forbidden by me.  I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination.  You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over.  I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline.  I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc

:: 5-29-18 News with views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pastors To Blame For America’s Downfall

May 29, 2018 Read More Articles by Rev. Austin Miles

Back in the 40’s church pastors had a certain mystique for those who knew who they were and observed them. Vandalism to any church was considered unthinkable. First of all, a church was considered a sacred place even to those who did not believe. Churches kept their doors open 24 hours a day so people could come in at any hour and pray or simply think quietly. Even the hardest of hearts would not even THINK of vandalizing or stealing from a church. What was the secret of this invisible protective power surrounding the pastor and even an empty church that kept everyone on their best behavior? Simple, it was the consistent moral behavior of those devoted men at all times. Preachers, please take note. We are not supposed to be like very body else. We are set apart. We don’t yell and scream at someone, ogle a female, or have a drink to prove that we’re just one of the guys, or ‘just like everyone else.’ That would be hurtful to any minister, especially this one, if that were said about me. No we are not, nor were we intended to be ‘just like everyone else.’ People will try to tempt you to be “one of the guys.” Don’t fall for it. Years ago when I was in my preteens, a very popular pastor in town was Reverend Zapp (first name lost in the dustpan of history), a Methodist minister back when that church was a church. Rev. Zapp became a member of the Shriners, beginning with the Masonic Lodge. I personally was not in favor of that since the Masons take a sideways approach to Christianity. But he was a member. One day he walked in the Shriners Club, and the whole room came alive to greet him as he came through the doors. Then some wise acre said, “Hey preacher, how ‘bout buying us all a drink.” “Sure,” Rev. Zapp replied, “Bartender, give everyone here a cup of coffee….on me.” Everybody of course laughed but with that laugh came new respect. So he still remained, ‘set apart.’ With the respect of preachers and the churches and the positive way they presented themselves in public, the public itself made sure their own conduct was above reproach, wherever they went. They didn’t want the town preacher to see them going into a burlesque show or a bar. This rubs off on the community. Everyone had a respect for the pastors, since they no doubt walked with God. They never compromised, but were always approachable and friendly. They lived what they represented. And Christians, YOU are sometimes the only Bible anyone reads. With that mystique, simply for living your testimony and stated beliefs, this also creates a bit of fear along with the respect. In other words, people are often challenged simply by being in the vicinity of a minister. And that is not a bad thing if it keeps us on our toes. A minister’s presence should be a healthy challenge to everyone they interact with. Indeed, notice how any man who is a respectable man with unwavering integrity who moves in confidence and in authority at all times will automatically be shown courtesy and respect. I remember back in high school, when young men did not know what to do with their raging hormones, and most every girl was mentally undressed by these little bucks on the prowl. That is, except for one whom I will never forget. His name was Jimmy Sanders. He was a very good looking Irish boy who played basketball, had a beautiful tenor Irish voice and sang in assemblies and special programs. Once I walked into the gym as the players were practicing. A very cute curvy girl in shorts, walked by the team. Everyone looked her up and down fantasizing ‘what it would be like with her.’ That is with the exception of one handsome young man, Jimmy Sanders, who also went to church every week. He kept his eyes straight ahead with no lewd looks. And what’s more, he was very popular and well liked by everybody. Yes, it impressed me too, very much so. I too wanted to be known and respected. And here was a living illustration as to how to achieve that. And Jimmy Sanders was an example to me all my school life. He would become a professional singer last we heard. I do know that back then, in the 40’s, life was much more peaceful and enjoyable. Rarely was a preacher busted for not keeping his zipper activated, misusing church funds or being seen with nefarious people and taking part in their activities. And certainly not partnering with Planned Parenthood, a horrific baby killing factory. And yes, this was the way it was until the 1960’s, when Billionaire Communist George Soros stirred up the “question-authority” movement, which promoted free love everywhere and drugs to get smashed out of reality. Until then the churches had healthy attendances on Sunday mornings and any other time a church activity was planned. The 60’s uproar did not just happen spontaneously, Think about it. How could every teenager to early 20’s, all over America, suddenly, at the same time, get the same idea, to leave their walk-up apartments and cover every city and town with chaos like a huge blanket? Greenwich Village became Hippie Town. This was not a spontaneous movement, but was all carefully planned, organized and implemented. People were PLACED in the various churches to sabotage the pastor and his message along with the people of the congregation. Yep, money talks. Are you aware that years ago, George Soros managed to get inside the Vatican? Yes he did, is still there, and has been shaping the Catholic Church ever since. How else could one explain Pope Francis? Nobody had any idea who he was until suddenly he was paraded to the center of the College of Cardinals who had ‘voted’ him in as the new pope. So it is true. Money not only talks but conquers. This writer had absolutely no knowledge of him even being in The College of Cardinals. He was placed there by Soros. This new ‘pope’ then said to us, now get this, “the first thing I intend to do is to Redistribute the Wealth.” That is right out of the Book of Marx. It did not take long to realize that the so-called Pope Francis is an out and out Communist. He has scuttled many of the sacred Catholic doctrines and recently told a young homosexual who had come to him; “God made you homosexual and that you should simply enjoy and accept your life.” The churches in Europe are some of the most beautiful in the world. However I never saw one with more than a hand-full of people on Sunday mornings. The Salvation Army Church in Oslo, was one of the only ones that was full. The other churches don’t worry about collections. A mandatory church tax is imposed on everyone to keep the churches open. But the pastors, were highly respected, and when I spent time in Europe (before the Muslim invasion) the people were well behaved. In Switzerland, a woman pointed out a man going into a store, and stated to me that he was a pastor. She went on to say that he was very well educated and well respected in the community. He was invited to speak to the schools and other gatherings because of his intellect and wisdom. Meanwhile, churches in America were mostly filled on Sunday mornings. Then, the 60’s brought in disrespect for ALL authority and especially targeted the churches. And they were able to persuade pastors that their messages are no longer relevant for today, that we are living in a whole new age, and that his messages needed to be updated or the church will go downhill. The pastor’s began watering down the Gospel so as to not offend anyone with the sin question. The pastors began acting in worldly ways, not living like a Pastor in words, deeds or overall carriage. And crime began to rise. To be conned into “fitting in with the world,” torpedoed their moral authority. This of course, disturbed citizens, causing their respect for pastors to diminish. And as they coasted downhill, they picked up speed. This was fatal. When the respect was there due to the proper conduct of all pastors, crime was not a major event. When pastors were persuaded to be like everyone else, and began acting like it, the crime rates began to rise, indeed even churches began to be vandalized and robbed. Church doors had to be double locked when no services were scheduled. Out and out public attacks on Christianity, the church and Jesus Christ Himself began to climb with a new boldness of atheists, the sexually confused and criminals, Pastors’ began promoting sexual deviance, defiling marriage as proclaimed by God and began, of all things, doing “wedding ceremonies” for same sex couples. They allowed LGBT folk to become workers in the church, even ordaining some as pastors. All of this which angers God. Then some joined in providing “blessing services” to the baby murder factory, Planned Parenthood, which brutally kills babies about to be born who are simply “inconvenient” for the parents. More and more pastors were caught in adultery with many pastors being charged with sexual harassment by…women…and men. This made a splotch on the whole church and pastors were no longer a figure of respect and authority. People in general became argumentative, rude, and disrespectful to one another. Life morphed into a chaotic free-for-all. Lawlessness was able to take over and kept all people on edge. Confused people became weak. The Soros’ Communists’ became bolder as church attendance began to drop away. A peaceful everyday life evolved into violent unrest. Any why? Pastors had simply abdicated their authority, integrity, moral compass and then manipulated the Gospel. This is why our lives are what they are today. Had the pastors been totally dedicated to the truth of God and held their pulpits throughout the years, and not been so weak as to be influenced by people like George Soros, America, would be a much better place today. So the headline reads: Pastors to Blame for America’s Downfall and that is no exaggeration. This is exactly what has taken place. Pastors would not man their pulpits, were not as totally dedicated as they should have been. How could Soros convince them to water down the Gospel of Jesus Christ? Money, women, and recognition. The greatest weakness of mankind. Three of the devil’s most effective weapons. Most pastors today are corrupt. Yes, MOST. However we still have enough true ministers that we call, Remnant Pastors, to turn this series of events around. These are Faithful, true men of God. They can be found. Let us strive to get together, and work together to reclaim our pulpits and drive out the fakes. 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 5-29-18 Intellihub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Electronic license plates hit Bay Area, allow for custom message, GPS tracking

Traceable electronic license plates will likely become the new norm on every vehicle as government bureaucrats push for a total and complete police state technocracy

By Shepard Ambellas - May 29, 2018 @9:32 am, Tue

SACRAMENTO (INTELLIHUB) — Reviver Auto will be the first to market electronic license plates in the state of California which will allow for the vehicle’s administrator to display custom messages and track the vehicle’s location. However, the technology appears to be a dual-edged sword, to some extent, as it may also be extremely advantageous for select businesses, law enforcement agencies, and those in the private sector who feel a need to monitor the whereabouts of a specific vehicle, its driver, and/or its passengers at any given time. The pricey plates will retail at Bay Area dealerships for $699 as part of a Department of Motor Vehicles pilot program that’s aiming to make those old yearly stick-on tags a thing of the past, as users of the new technology will be allowed to update their vehicle registrations online which may be more convenient. Although, such convenience will come with a monthly fee of $7, which comes to $84 yearly. In terms of the unit, much like electronic pad or eBook, each unit comes equipped with its own data processing and storage chips, an Internet up-link, and a battery which enables the vehicle displaying the plate to then be tracked in real time. According to a report out of the Sacramento Bee: “Under the pilot program rules, the state can allow up to one-half of 1 percent of the state’s 35 million vehicles — or about 175,000 vehicles — to use the plates during the test period.” Right now about 120 vehicles in the state are equipped with the new electronic plates but the number is expected to steadily rise as the demand increases. At least 24 of the 120 vehicles equipped with the new plate system are government-operated. The city of Sacramento has become the first city in the United States to test out the new technology which the city is now using on its 24 vehicle in-house fleet. 

:: 5-28-18 Blacklisted News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Whole Foods Quietly Halts GMO Labeling Requirements

Published: May 28, 2018 Source: Brandon Turbeville

A year after Whole Foods was acquired by internet retail giant Amazon, the food company is backing off its commitment to ensuring that food suppliers inform the consumer and the store itself if their food products contain GMOs. There is some confusion about the decision by Whole Foods to walk back on its commitment but one thing is for sure – it is walking back. It an email sent by Whole Foods President and Chief Operations Officver A.C. Gallo announced that the company is pausing its GMO Food labeling requirements. The requirements, which were scheduled to take effect on September 1, would have required that suppliers disclose on their packaging whether or not their products contained genetically modified ingredients. The requirements, which were announced five years ago, were three months away from being implemented. As Business Insider reports, In a copy of the announcement obtained by The New Food Economy, Gallo and two vice presidents write that the pause is a response to suppliers' concerns about having to comply with two competing sets of rules: Whole Foods' own GMO labeling requirements, and rules newly proposed by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), which are currently open for public comment. "As the USDA finalizes the federal regulation in the coming months and the food industry assesses the impact, we do not want our Policy to pose further challenges for you and your business," the letter reads. All this begs a question: is Whole Foods softening its commitment to GMO-labeling transparency? The confusion is understandable. As currently proposed, the USDA policy would make several substantive changes to the way GMOs have traditionally been defined by the food industry — starting with the terminology itself. The government's preferred nomenclature is "bioengineered" (BE), which only refers to a food that has had another organism's genes spliced into it by a process called transgenesis. Other types of genetic modification, including some produced by gene-editing tools like CRISPR, would not need to be labeled. As currently written, Whole Foods' requirements would be more stringent than the proposed USDA rules in at least two significant ways. First, USDA has suggested letting companies label BE ingredients by QR code, meaning that customers would need to be directed to a website via smartphone to find out what's in their food — a method that has been criticized as a cumbersome extra step. Whole Foods has never planned to allow QR codes to count as GMO disclosures, Project Nosh reports. Second, USDA rules contain perplexing carveouts for meat products, which are regulated under a different system, as explained here and here. Whole Foods now faces a choice: It can move forward with its original plan, or defer to the government's less comprehensive new rules. The company has the ability to be clearer and more stringent than the federal regulations, requiring all foods that might contain genetically modified ingredients to say as much. Deferring to USDA rules would, instead, require only that some GMO-containing products are labeled as such — likely a sore point for non-GMO advocates, and not necessarily great for the Whole Foods brand. It would mean that a company that's long claimed the moral high ground would be no more transparent, as far as GMO labeling goes, than any other grocery store. The chain’s new position is in direct contrast to the one it announced five years ago in 2013 when co-CEO Walter Robb said in a statement that “We are putting a stake in the ground on GMO labeling to support the consumers’ right to know.” Unfortunately, Whole Foods has pulled up the stake on their promise. It remains to be seen how much the corporation will be hurt by this move since a sizeable portion of their customer base is opposed to consuming GMOs. 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 5-28-18 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Citizens Fight Back as City Fines and Arrests Them for Cracked Driveways, Improperly Stacked Firewood

May 28, 2018 By Jack Burns

Doraville, GA – A city has been named as a defendant in a lawsuit from residents who claim that they have received tickets and have even been threatened with arrest and sentenced to court-ordered probation for the crime of having a cracked driveway, chipped paint on their houses, and overgrown vegetation or improperly stacked firewood in their yards. Hilda Brucker, a 25-year-resident of Doraville, said she was placed on criminal probation for “Rotted wood on house and chipping paint on fascia boards,” “High weeds in backyard and ivy on tree and vines on house,” and a “Driveway in a state of disrepair,” according to the lawsuit against the city. The town is being accused of setting up its own court with the city attorney acting as prosecutor and judge. Code enforcement officials, in conjunction with local law enforcement fine residents for such infractions. In essence, the town has transformed itself into a giant homeowners’ association where the only major difference is that the town has the power to place code violators in jail. The plaintiffs in the lawsuit claim the reason the city is comporting as judge, jury, and executioner over petty yard issues is that the town’s budget is driven largely by expected ticketing revenue. In other words, the town allegedly worked into the budget revenue spending over $3 million based solely on the prospect of being able to issue traffic citations, code violation citations, etc. Brucker said she was forced to pay a $100 fine and was placed on a 6-month probationary prison sentence. She even had to pay her $100 to her probation officer, not the town of Doraville directly. Terms of her probation for the violations included, “reporting to a probation officer, avoiding alcoholic intoxication, and cooperating with code enforcement upon request.” If the allegations are true, a citizen’s constitutional rights have been infringed upon solely because her home and yard were displeasing to a town official. Now, the city is stepping into her private life by claiming she should be limited in the amount of alcohol she can drink, and if she breaks the terms of her probation, she could possibly face prison time. Plaintiff Jeffery Thornton was also charged with code enforcement violations for having a woodpile behind his home. He used the wood for campfires and for his woodworking hobby but code calls for any wood to be cut to 4x4x8-foot pile dimensions. When code enforcement officials came to his home they ticketed him for the way he kept his wood and for having a screen leaning against his home. When Thornton failed to appear in court—he said he was never notified of the fines—an arrest warrant was issued for him. After going to the Doraville Municipal Court, he was placed on trial for his wood pile and found guilty. Thornton was then fined $1,000. After telling the judge he could not afford to pay, the judge reduced the fine to $300 and placed him on 12 months of probation. But when he still couldn’t pay, all the charges against him were dropped. His attorneys allege that the charges, the arrest warrant, the trial, the fines, and the probation were all about getting money and not about keeping anyone safe. Even though Doraville has just over 8,000 residents, its municipal court sees 15,000 cases per year, which typically brings in revenue in excess of $3 million—$1 million from traffic tickets alone. The city criminalizes violators of its city code with misdemeanors, a fine of $1,000 and the potential of spending a year in jail. Its town attorney acts as prosecutor and judge, and the revenue brought in by fining and ticketing its residents makes up 30 percent of the city’s annual budget. It has even been reported that Doraville’s police officers write up to 40 traffic tickets per day! And because 46 percent of the town’s budget goes to fund the police department, the plaintiffs’ attorneys allege that the town—as well as the police—have been “incentivized” to go after residents. On average, the residents reportedly pay $900 per person in fines per year. When residents cannot pay, their assets are confiscated and sold at auction by way of civil asset forfeiture. According to the lawsuit, the plaintiffs allege that the police are working in conjunction with the town to bilk its residents out of their hard-earned money. They are asking the U.S. District Court to declare the city of Doraville’s budgeting practices, its court system of generating revenue, and its practice of policing for profit, unconstitutional and a violation of their Fourteenth Amendment rights to Due Process. They are also seeking a monetary fine of $1. If the plaintiffs win in court, Doraville will have to readjust its budget NOT to include code violations, criminal citations, fines, and traffic tickets. In other words, they just want the U.S. court to step in and put an end to the judicial and police tyranny that exists in the town. In their minds, enough is enough! Unfortunately, practices such as the ones seen in the city of Doraville are not uncommon. An elderly couple in St. Peters, Missouri, was forced to plant turf grass on their lawn, even though the wife was allergic to it; and a man in Dallas, Texas, was threatened with fines for not mowing his grass while he was in the hospital, recovering from burns he received after a gas leak resulted in an explosion in his home. 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

:: 5-29-18 Seven :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When the SHTF People Will Start Panicking And Looting: 72 Items That Will Disappear First When The SHTF

May 29, 2018 sevenpod Comment(0)

There are many “xx items that go first after SHTF” lists out there on the internet. Most are the same old outdated stuff rehashed over and over. Some are just terrible, written by bloggers looking for something else to write, and some are decent but usually contain items specific to one scenario or another that may not apply to other situations. Eventually everything will be gone if you wait long enough, but if you look at actual events such as a major hurricane here in the USA, the Greece financial meltdown, the collapse of USSR, the war in Syria, the situation in Venezuela, or any poor country that has been hit by a major disaster you’ll quickly see a pattern of items that disappear at the very beginning of a panic buying rush. I have tried to condensed this pattern down to only 72 items and categorized them, here they are in no particular order. Food & Supplies Bottled Water will be the first to go without fail. Canned Foods. People will just shove them into their carts without even looking at the labels. Another good barter item. Rice, Beans, Wheat, Flour and Yeast. All these basic ingredients will be traded in mass and quickly hoarded. Other grains whether marked for human or animal consumption will be hoarded quickly. Water Filters/Purifiers including bleach will be impossible to find after the first few days. Charcoal. Anyone without access to firewood will begin hoarding this immediately as they will see it as the only way to cook their food. Deer and wild game may be shot and wiped from your local area quickly. This is a heavily debated topic but at the very least all the non-hunters trampling through the woods will make them harder to find. Chickens, goats, cows, pigs and all other other forms of livestock will be worth their weight in gold, if not more. They will be hidden, hoarded, stolen, slaughtered, traded and sold quickly. Cooking Oils will go fast. They can also be used to make oil lamp Milk, both powdered and condensed. Salt is a precious and portable commodity. Salt has long been a cornerstone of economies throughout history. Greek slave traders often bartered salt for slaves, giving rise to the expression that someone was “not worth his salt.” Roman legionnaires were paid with salt—salarium, the Latin origin of the word “salary.” It is a vital nutrient and is used to preserve meat. At less than $.40 a pound salt makes a great barter item to stock up on, especially if it goes back to its pre-modern prices. Cast iron pots and dutch ovens are long lasting and are made to be used over an open fire.

Gardening Supplies such as seeds, books, and tools.

Canning supplies including the jars, lids, pressure cookers, pectin, and other supplies. Most stores do not many canning supplies (even walmart has at best one shelf full?) so just a small handful of people could easily clean out an entire store.

Jerky and other long lasting meats. Could snappin’ into a slim-jim save your life? Doubt it, I think roadkill has more nutrients (and more meat).

Teas, Coffee, Gatoraide and Koolaides. Instant, ground, bagged, and the pouches will go fast but not as fast as other items.

Medicine & Health

Hygiene supplies such as shampoo, toothbrushes and toothpaste, feminine hygiene products, mouthwash, floss, etc

First aid kits

OTC meds. Tylenol, Advil, cold & flu, cough syrup. Caffeine and sugar withdrawals are going to make everyone feel like crap at first. Expect heavy pain reliever use the first few weeks (especially for headaches and general soreness).

Toilet Paper, Kleenex, Toilet Paper, Paper Towels, and Toilet Paper. Did I mention toilet paper?

Vitamins and Herbal Supplements. Taking a daily vitamin could mean the different between surviving comfortably or dying from a nutrient deficiency disease such as scurvy.

Wine/Liquors will not be on the shelves for long. They are also good bartering tools, can be used medicinally, and are useful for making many herbal medicines (vodka is good for this).

Gas masks, if they can be found, will fly off the shelves because of tear gas etc, and for the non-preppers, the “cool factor” of having a piece of actual survival gear will compel them to grab one.

Baby/Toddler Supplies Things like formula, cloth diapers, wash cloths, and even cheap toys can mean a lot as barter items if you do not need them yourself.

More Advanced Surgical and Medicinal Items. I’m dealing mostly with store bought items in this list but hospitals, urgent care, and veterinary clinics will be cleaned out quickly once they are shut down.

Camping & Outdoor


Guns, cleaning kits, ammo, misc hunting and camping supplies. Pretty much anything in hunting and camping isles will be cleaned out and gone almost immediately.

Flashlights, lanterns, and glowsticks. And don’t forget the batteries or fuel.

Bow saws, axes and hatchets, wedges, machetes, hunting knives, sharpening stones and honing oil.

Fishing supplies/toolsHunting wild game requires more knowledge than fishing. Everyone knows or can quickly learn how to fish.

Camo and hunting clothes, kevlar body armor.

Bug traps and sprays, and mice traps. mmmmm, rat stew.

Tarps, plastic rolls, stakes, duct tape, twine, nails, rope, hammers and spikes or anything that can be used to fasten down something or improvise an shelter.

Survival and medical related magazines, books and guides. All those lacking even the basic skills needed to grow food and survive will look for any information available.

Wagons, wheelbarrows and carts (including shopping carts) will become a great way to transport things around.

Gasoline Containers or anything that could be a gas or water container.

Lumber and other building supplies.

Clothes pins/line/hangers are often overlooked but important prepping items. They make life without a washing machine and dryer much easier.

Insulated ice chests are half decent makeshift baskets and can keep items from freezing in the winter.

Gloves. Gloves, gloves, and more gloves. They can keep you warm and protect your hands.

Work boots, belts, blue jeans, thick socks.

Cold weather clothing and weather clothing. Look for wool or polyester. Avoid cotton in the winter.

Have you ever thought about living without electricity, internet or mobiles? We can guarantee that the majority of our readers can never imagine this kind of scenarios.

However, there are chances that this type of conditions arises in your life due to flooding, tornadoes, draught or even war.

How could you survive in this type of dangerous condition? We believe you should stay prepared by learning the essential skills needed to deal with these disasters, watching this video

Household Odds & Ins

Candles Lots of them, but unscented and long burning. Stocking up on scented candles can be a real mistake. That fresh linen smell or peppermint orange will really get annoying after several weeks of daily use.

Bleach. Make sure you get plain, NOT scented: 4 to 6% sodium hypochlorite bleach. Read the labels because, yes, you will be using this to purify your drinking water.

Knives & Sharpening tools are worth mentioning on their own. Carbon steel knives are better than stainless. Sharpening stones are a must. Possibly the best all around knife you could ever buy is a high carbon steel Mora knife ($10 on Amazon with free shipping). The material is harder than stainless steel and they have a Scandinavian grind that makes them extremely sharp, durable, and even easier to resharpen than most knives.

Backpacks, Duffel Bags. Don’t miss this. Everyone in your house should have at least one good quality good backpack or even a hiking bag. Hauling, supply runs, and bugging out are some of their many uses. Duffle bags might be cheaper but are a real pain to walk with compared to a backpack.

Large garbage cans and garbage bags can be used for trash, storage, water collection, hauling goods etc. Garbage bags have dozens and dozens of uses, the thick 55 gallon size being the best.

Cleaning and disinfecting supplies

Paper, pads, pencils, sharpeners, pens, and solar calculators

Sleeping Bags, Blankets, Pillows, Mats and Inflatable Mattresses. A manually operated handheld pump is a must if you want an inflatable mattress.

Buckets of all sizes and shapes. They will be used extensively. You never know how bad you need a container until you do not have one.

Plastic Wrap and Insulation

Glue, duct tape, nails, nuts, bolts, screws

Portable Toilets or 5 gallon bucket toilet lids.

Weapons, not just guns and ammo but also pepper spray, knives, clubs, bats, tasers, slingshots, pellet rifles.

Washboards, plungers, mop buckets with a wringer for your laundry.

Aluminum foil. The regular and heavy duty kinds can be used for cooking and to harness some power from the sun for purifying water and cooking.

Brooms, shovels, rakes, pitchforks, pick axes, hoes, general gardening tools.

Animal Control Products such as cage traps, dog collars and runners, etc.

Other Items Worth Having

Bibles. 83% percent of Americans identify themselves as Christians, and many more will find their religion when the SHTF. Bibles will be in demand and can be used to barter items. A box of 100 small Bibles cost about $20.

Prescription medications. How will you continue your medications without a pharmacy?

Duct Tape and Electrical Tape can fix just about anything.

Bicycles with tires, tubes, repair kits, pumps, chains, etc Bikes will become extremely valuable as they are the most efficient method of transportation.

Hand pumps & siphons for gas, water, oil.

Cigarettes A good bartering item, but salt is probably a better one.

Generators will fly off the shelves. Buy now cause nothing will be available when they are needed. Options include solar, gas, diesel, propane, and kerosene. Generators are loud and people will kill over generators.

Seasoned Firewood seasoned for 6 – 12 months.

Lighters, matches, flint and steel fire starters, fire pistons A good rule of thumb is get 3x more than you think you will need. And just in case you never heard of fire piston, it is a handheld device that can start a fire with just air, so it makes a great addition to any plan.

Batteries Buy all sizes and look at the expiration dates. Rechargeable batteries are ideal but more costly. Don’t forget about 12v car batteries and solar recharger stations.

Solar Power Most people cannot go full solar but a basic (and portable) system could be built for a few hundred dollars and could power a few basic necessities when necessary.

Smoke house and a root cellar can be invaluable for processing and storing food.

Gold and Silver will be the new currency when things begin to settle but not so much during an ongoing situation. Gold and silver coins don’t matter much when you have no food.

Motorcycles cheap(er), easy to maintain and gas goes a long way.


Extra items worth mentioning

A good manual or belt operated grain grinder would be a valuable tool. Put together a bug out bag (BOB) for every member of your family and set up multiple meeting areas around your neighborhood.

Walkie Talkies are great but remember to buy rechargeable batteries and a solar battery charger. Print out or copy any important documents you may need (especially ones online) now instead of later. Build any buildings you need ,such as a smoke house or root cellar, now instead of later. Stock up on some motor oil, it can be used to lubricate and protect metal items and tools.

Final Thoughts

These items will become so much more valuable after a SHTF situation happens, so now is the time to stock up on these things before something was to happen.

Think about when a hurricane is heading towards the United States. How quick does water, bread and other supplies sell out? When the SHTF people will start panicking and looting. All these items will be gone super quick so this is very important to go ahead and get some of these items. Plus they are good for bartering. So win-win. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 5--18 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Content with Loss of Freedom

Is it true that natural born citizens no longer cherish their personal freedom? What about the hordes of immigrant refugees that flock across our borders, do they have a desire to embrace the goals set down by the Founding Fathers or are these principles foreign to their mindset? Freedom is a concept that has many meaning to different peoples. However, the essence of historic and traditional freedom is always consistent with the way the individual is treated by the government that claims jurisdiction over their citizenship. Today, being a legal citizen matter little in a society that refuses to defend its borders and opens the floodgates to aliens who have as much in common with descendants of the original thirteen colonies as a transplant from a different galaxy. Freedom shares the same definition as obscenity. When Supreme Court Justice Potter Stewart stated, "I know it when I see it", he inadvertently provided a clue on how to view freedom. Sadly, society pushes the former, while extinguishing the latter. Look no further than to the Gallop Poll, Americans Less Satisfied With Freedom. "Fewer Americans are satisfied with the freedom to choose what they do with their lives compared with seven years ago -- dropping 12 percentage points from 91% in 2006 to 79% in 2013. In that same period, the percentage of Americans dissatisfied with the freedom to choose what they do with their lives more than doubled, from 9% to 21%." Definitive assessments as to the nature of a national issue, seldom reached by taking a sample of public sentiment, can be valuable as a gauge of trends and direction of attitudes. Expressing doubt regarding prospects for a better future is significant. If the chances for upward mobility are bleak, the unwashed masses will do little to clean up the social, political and economic system and demand that the country returns to an opportunity society. The courageous publisher of The American Dream, Michael Snyder, always reliable for insightful information and inferences, makes important points in the article, 79 Percent Of Americans Are Completely Okay With The Current Level Of Tyranny. "If most people believe that everything is "just fine", then our leaders are going to feel free to keep doing the same things that they have been doing. That is why it is so frustrating that so many American "sheeple" appear to be so apathetic about the loss of our freedoms and our liberties." Remember that Mr. Snyder uses the same Gallop Poll in his essay. By stating that "The good news is that Gallup has asked this question many times before, and over the years the percentage of Americans that are satisfied with the level of freedom in this country has been going down", may seems to give hope that Americans are starting to wake up. Nonetheless, the accurate brilliance from his appraisal comes from the negative reality, "The bad news is that most of the country still appears to be deeply asleep. Our liberties and freedoms are eroding with each passing day, and most Americans simply do not care." Read the entire list in his column and judge for yourself. How you react to the litany of lost freedoms tells more about you than any poll will ever say about the current attitudes. The glass half full has become a mug with a broken bottom. Cut to the end game and watch the short video, The NDAA Explained in 3 Minutes. Here is the challenge for any person who claims to calls themselves an American. If you can live with the tyrannical destruction of individual legal protections, encapsulated within the NDAA draconian despotism, respond with your argument and justification. BREAKING ALL THE RULES will publish your defense of the police state, as written. Our position is clear and emphatic. Maintaining the facade of government legitimacy in the face of brutal and systemic destruction of individual rights is untenable in any country that claims freedom is alive and administered fairly. Lest we forget, LIBERTY is a far greater and nobler foundation for government than mere arbitrary lack of restrictions. Yet the establishment half-truths from that same Gallop Poll would have you believe: "The decline in perceived freedom among Americans could be attributed to the U.S. economy. Many Americans continue to lack confidence in the economy and see it as one of the biggest problems facing the country. On the other hand, there are signs that Americans' attitudes toward the economy are improving. Compared with the days after the economic recession, Americans are feeling better about the national economy, spending habits in the U.S. have nearly recovered, and U.S. self-reported job creation has rebounded, if not improved." Obviously, the man on the street does not need to hear that the economy is drowning. Review the business articles on Negotium and Corporatocracy for case studies on the numerous assaults upon genuine free enterprise, from crony capitalism and collectivist statism. More closely to the truth, Gallop continues: "Among Americans, perceptions of widespread corruption in their government have been generally increasing over the past seven years. Perceived widespread corruption in the U.S. government could be on the rise for several reasons, including the significant media attention on issues such as the IRS targeting of conservative groups and the National Security Agency leaks. Americans not only feel that the U.S. government is performing poorly, as demonstrated by record-low congressional approval ratings, but they also report that the U.S. government itself is one of the biggest problem facing the country today." Such loss in freedom is self-evident, under corrupt bipartisan administrations for decades, which has become the rule. Still, the public has not achieved a critical mass of outrage and while dissatisfaction is growing, rebellion now characterized as an act of terror, is not an option for most lethargic vassals. The apathy of contaminated water comes from a much deeper cause than just fluoridated additives. The responsibility of civic duty does not mean blind obedience, especially when Bill of Right guarantees are routinely swept away. Often the popular culture treats civil liberties as the sole dimension of the left. This treatment ignores the actual foundation for individual freedom that is rooted in Conservative Civil Liberties. "The essence of conservative civil liberties links the relationship that all natural rights are bestowed with the ability for moral conduct by way of an orderly system that protects the exercise of individual rights. All the confusion about authentic conservatism and the misleading emphasis that civil liberties are the bailiwick of progressives, ignore the intellectual underpinnings of the traditional defenders of our heritage." It is because governments on every level of jurisdiction, ignore or worse yet, conspire to eradicate the common law that our once proud nation has sunk into the cesspool of authoritarianism. Another vocal voice for freedom, the Washingtons Blog, provides a valuable resource on information in analyzing the Bill of Rights, Americans Have Lost VIRTUALLY ALL of Our Constitutional Rights. Take the time to examine the long record of betrayal. So why do the vast majority accept the loss of freedom? Simply put, most Americans are cowards. Yes, the majority prove they are stupid by choice, but how do you explain when someone understands the depraved application of illicit authority and does nothing to resist? Fear of reprisals is an incomplete answer for those who want to find an easy way out of confronting the lack of self-respect in the hearts and souls of anyone who just sits back and watches the uninterrupted march into oblivion. If you listen to the idiocy form NeoCon John McCain that, "please remember there’s nothing nobler than serving a cause greater than your own self-interest", or Skull and Bones - George W. Bush, "someday understand what it means to serve a cause greater than self", you are a sucker for the pious and sanctimonious preaching of a Statist worshiper. The correct viewpoint against the supremacy of the state, cited by Edward H. Crane in the essay, The Fallacy of a Cause Greater than Yourself, explains the distinction – "it is all about is the radical phrase, "Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness." It is to secure these rights that proper governments are instituted." Are you ready for the truth? Just read the Varying Verity topic on Freedom. "Freedom requires individual action. Government can never be tamed without continuous confrontation. The State never raises the level of freedom for they are in the business of maintaining control. People create freedom when they defy the seducement of the charlatan, posing as a public benefactor. Civic institutions project the illusion of security and stability, for the mere price of surrendering personal freedom." Most people cannot handle the truth, so they capitulate to the conventional acceptance that government needs to define freedom. Lost in the tyranny of the majority is relevance of the Mahatma Gandhi truism, "Even if you are a minority of one, the truth is still the truth." There lies America’s contentment with their loss of freedom.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 5-28-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Is The Media So Terrified About? Huge Fake News Stories Exposed In Just Days As MSM Desperately Tries To Distract The Masses

May 28, 2018 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Multiple viral MSM stories, over the course of the last week, have turned out to be completely false, misleading, and have been exposed publicly as "fake news, leading to deleted promotions and excuses, while others are still sharing them as if they are true. The sheer amount and strangeness of them, in just the last week alone, indicates something is about to break and the media is desperately trying to find something that will distract the public from paying attention to it. CHILDREN IN CAGES DURING OBAMA'S PRESIDENCY SHARED WITH CLAIMS THAT TRUMP DID IT First Fake News Story: Images of children of illegal immigrants in cages, from 2014, shared like mad by the media and celebrities claiming "first photos," while blaming president Trump (who was not the president in 2014.) Journalists, celebrities and other blue-checked verified accounts at Twitter then start deleting those tweets and images after finding out that OOPS, that didn't happen under President Trump, it happened during Obama's presidency. In a now-deleted tweet ex Obama staffer Jon Favreau shared an image of children sleeping in cages, with a the message "First glimpse of immigrant children at holding facility. This is happening right now, and the only debate that matter is how we force our government to get these kids back to their families as fast as humanly possible." Others pushed the same narrative, such as CNN's Hadas Gold, NYT Magazine Jake Silverstein, Former special assistant to Obama, Jon B. Wolfsthal, along with dozens of other prominent liberals. The article all these people linked to, was from AZ Central, dated June 2014. AZArticle2014.jpg The mass-delete movement began, with the CNN reporter, the ex Obama staffer, and dozens of others deleting like mad, because sure, it was an OUTRAGE, until it became something that happened under Obama, then suddenly it was move along, nothing to see here. Others kept their original share up, while trying to change the topic into "But, children are being separated from their parents," oh the humanity! Yet not one places the blame where it belongs, on parents attempting to illegally enter the United States, breaking the law while knowing it will separate their family. Despite the truth coming out on May 27, liberals all across the internet continued to spread the fake news, claiming the images were new, throughout May 28th, as documented in-depth by Twitchy here, here, here and here. Related: Caged Migrant Children Photo Goes Viral As Left Rages At Trump; Except It Happened Under Obama DOUBLE DOSE OF MSM FAKERY Second Fake News Story: Another image shared by ABC13Houston's Antonio Arellano, showed a bus outfitted with baby seats, with the message "ICE's largest family detention center, Karnes County Residential Center in Texas, run by contractor GEO Group, has a prison bus just for babies." (Image of his tweet below in case he deletes it) The reactions were expressions of horror and attacks on President Trump. One user stated "We have entered the "Crimes Against Humanity" phase of the Trump regime." Ana Navarro, the "fake conservative" contributor for CNN and ABC News, dramatically declared "America, this cannot be who we are." Hollywood has-been Ron Perlman, never one to miss an opportunity to attack President Trump with manufactured claims, shared the story from Arellano's tweet, and said "The anger, the cynicism, the hatred, the sickness that goes into this act. Small, tiny, ugly people assaulting everything worth living for, from the Bible to the Constitution. Session, of course. Trump, of course. Ugly wannabes. But Gen Kelly, you are a disgrace to the uniform!" Tens of thousands of retweets, shares, exclamations of horror, (which they were called out for in their comment threads!) as the story went viral, but this one was a double dose of fakery as 1) The original claim that it was a "prison bus" was a complete and utter lie, as can be seen in the actual article content, for those that bothered to even click the article where they found that 2) It was from 2016, you know, when Barack Obama was president. So, those claiming this was recent, showing they didn't even bother to read the article, and blaming president Trump, were pushing fake news and the original person that shared, along with others were spreading more fake news because it wasn't a "prison bus," but was specially outfitted to transport immigrant children for field trips, to movies, the zoo, etc...... as the article in question, from April 2016, quite clearly described. The expansion created new demands to an already unique transportation mission by requiring larger capacity vehicles to provide offsite field trips. These field trips are part of the contract with the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Field trips are provided to all children, ages four through seventeen enrolled in educational programs provided by the John H. Wood Charter School, located at KCRC. Field trips consist of going to a variety of places, such as the San Antonio Zoo, seeing a movie at the local theater, going to the park, etc. The article also explained that each bus was "outfitted with standard commercial grade cushioned seating. Each seat has a convertible child safety seat and is equipped with a DVD system with four drop down screens to provide entertainment to the children with onboard movies during transport missions." Despite the entire premise of "baby prison buses" and the implication that this is "new" news having been debunked, the original article has already been shared over 200 more times, and liked over 200 more times, just in the time it took to write the last five paragraphs for this article. That number does not include how many more continue to repeat the lies of Navarro, Perlman and all the other brain-dead liberals that couldn't be bothered to even read the article before helping the fake news go viral. NOTE: Before getting into the other examples, from just the last week alone, of misleading MSM narratives, I would like to highlight the strangeness of these two previous examples. Unlike the majority of the "fake news" scandals that have plagued the Mockingbird Media over the last two years, these were not articles where some unnamed source got somehting wrong, or where the media selectively edited a statement to push a false narrative. The two examples above were actually linked to articles from 2014 and 2016, where the truth was clearly available by looking at the date of the linked article or even the content, yet there was a coordinated push, even by some former Obama staffers and officials, along with major media outlets, to make a completely fake narrative go viral. The strangeness of the easily disproved attacks against President Trump, and of this level of desperation to distract, will be addressed in my analysis after the next example of the MSM misleading the public, below. #WHEREARETHECHILDREN COMPLETELY FAKE NARRATIVE The fake news: CNN, Washington Post, NYT, USA Today and a ton of other liberal outlets and writers are busy telling their audience that the U.S. government has "lost" nearly 1,500 immigrant children. The truth is the U.S. government, via the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR), releases unaccompanied minors that show up on the U.S. border to parents, relatives and/or other non-related sponsors within the U.S., as explained in congressional testimony by HHS official Steven Wagner. In FY 2017, children typically stayed in ORR custody for 51 days and so far in FY 2018 (through March) average length of stay has been 56 days. ORR releases the majority of UAC to sponsors. In FY 2017, ORR released 93 percent of children to a sponsor. Of those, ORR released 49 percent to parents, 41 percent to close relatives, and 10 percent to other-than-close relatives or non-relatives. In FY 2018, we have released 90 percent of children to individual sponsors and of those sponsors, 41 percent were parents, 47 percent were close relatives, and 11 percent were other-than-close relatives or non-relatives. ORR then arranges safety and well-being calls 30 days after settling the child with their families or sponsors. Here is the part of the testimony to which the Mockingbird Media is claiming the U.S. government "lost" children. From October to December 2017, ORR attempted to reach 7,635 UAC and their sponsors. Of this number, ORR reached and received agreement to participate in the safety and well-being call from approximately 86 percent of sponsors. From these calls, ORR learned that 6,075 UAC remained with their sponsors. Twenty-eight UAC had run away, five had been removed from the United States, and 52 had relocated to live with a non-sponsor. ORR was unable to determine with certainty the whereabouts of 1,475 UAC. Based on the calls, ORR referred 792 cases, which were in need of further assistance, to the National Call Center for additional information and services. The children were no longer in U.S. custody, the majority were handed over to parents or other relatives with a small percentage being placed with non-relative sponsors, but the ORR wasn't able to contact those sponsors, so the media screams THE CHILDREN ARE LOST! No, they are with their families and/or sponsors, and ORR simply couldn't reach them when they called. Huge difference, but as highlighted by the two examples of older articles being represented as new, the media assumes people will only pay attention to the headline, not the actual content, so they can push a massively misleading narrative to attack the Trump administration. Rich Lowry over at National Review describes the media's behavior, using the USA Today piece as his examples, stating "It’s a piece that’s a pretty good example of how “fake news” works — there’s some factual basis for the claim, but it’s exaggerated or misunderstood, and then fed into the maw of the perpetual outrage cycle, in this case about the alleged extreme carelessness and heartlessness of the Trump administration toward migrant children." Related: Media Double Down After New York Times Gets Busted Peddling Fake News BOTTOM LINE ANALYSIS - DESPERATE TO DISTRACT The last example, and the related link to a fourth fake news example, is the same type of deliberately misleading storyline the media has been caught pushing throughout the past two years, but the first two examples take it to a whole new level, with former Obama administrative officials, along with major media outlets, quite literally pushing old articles, while claiming they were new in order to attack President Trump. Not even the pretense of doing any "investigating" (which would have included clicking a link and looking at the date of the article) or reporting, just commenting on someone elses fake news post, pretending to be outraged to force it to go viral. This is a whole new level of desperation to distract and the one huge question is "why?" What exactly is getting ready to break that is making them so desperate they are willing to throw an unprecedented amount of crap at a wall to see if they can get some to stick? There is only one thing expected to be released soon, described as "explosive," which has had the media, the FBI, DOJ, former Obama officials, and Hillary Clinton tense and on edge, and that is the upcoming DOJ Inspector General report which is supposed to detail the wrongdoing, and misconduct on the part of intelligence agencies during the Obama presidency. The initial report was finished a few weeks ago, and was handed to the appropriate parties involved in order for them to present a response that would be added to the IG's findings. The release of the report is expected to also include criminal referrals by the IG against certain former, perhaps current, members of the agencies. Those that have seen the report had to sign NDA's (Non-disclosure agreements) while awaiting the IG to add their responses to finalize the report and then release it. Via former member of Congress, Jason Chaffetz last Friday: With the credibility of Michael Horowitz behind it and the access to internal documents Congress has been denied, the soon-to-be released report on the Clinton emails should carry a great deal of weight. I believe it represents our best shot yet to actually uncover the secrets hiding in the bowels of President Obama’s highly politicized Justice Department. No one knows the frustration of trying to hold government agencies accountable more acutely than I do. When I served in the House of Representatives, I saw firsthand how good officials in the Obama Justice Department became at hiding their tracks, stonewalling Congress, evading federal records laws, manipulating the media narrative, and ultimately escaping accountability. Fortunately for the American people, the truth is going to come out. When it does, the Trump administration must act swiftly and decisively to send a strong message that the investigative tools of the Justice Department should never be used as political weapons. While this is admittedly speculative, given the the fact that the FBI, DOJ and other intelligence agencies have been leaking like a sieve to the press, with the first IG report issuing a criminal referral against former FBI director Andrew McCabe, finding that he not only lied multiple times, even under oath, but also leaked to the press, it is not a stretch of the imagination at all to think that one or more of the parties that have seen the report have given a heads up to the media. The media, playing their part to try to minimize the expected "eruption" over what will be real news of government corruption that led to the top of multiple intelligence agencies under Obama, they are carelessly, and sloppily, pushing old news, two to four year old news, without outright lies claiming it is "new" news, in an attempt to create such outrage over disinformation, that the IG report is ignored. Those of us that have been carefully watching the dribble of actual news regarding the high levels of corruption within the Obama administration, and have been awaiting the IG report, seeing the example of how in-depth and thorough the IG was in his last report, have expected there to be some huge news contained within the next one, but after seeing the media's antics this past week...... I think we have underestimated exactly how damning this new report will be. 

:: 5--18 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Is the Reality of the Venezuelan Collapse

by J. G. Martinez D.

Sometimes, even regular journalists, who are used to write about bad stuff as much as writing about good news, face nasty events that have to be documented, registered and broadcasted. It´s my guess that writers develop, on time, a thick layer of skin to resist all the things they see and experience. I am not used to some of the gross reality checks that I have found as collateral damage of this collapse. After becoming a father, some kind of internal re-wiring changes in the brain structure. Or it should change. Our sensitivity to kids welfare, for those who (like me) never even believed that someday would responsible of some little lads. This said, I just tripped a few days ago upon pictures of a dying baby. This is something really hard. It´s one of those things that really can´t be unseen. I believe in God because have studied enough sciences in my life to understand why there is no such thing as a dice game going down here. It seems to be all over the place. That incredible look in those eyes…I still remain deeply impressed. Having seen pictures of kids under those sad conditions all over the world, but far away enough to not being able to do nothing. But that baby was in my own country. In my own state and even in the city where we were living. That baby died of malnourishment in a world where food should be available. It is so deeply…disturbing…for lack of words. I can´t find words to explain these feelings in my own language, so you will have to excuse me if I can´t explain myself in English. This is what it is like in Venezuela now. Transportation has stopped. I received some reports this week, about how the general strike of the transport companies and private transport owners have stopped their services. This entire last week has been rough: no transport means it is increasingly difficult to attend work. Perhaps you did not know this, but the buses have been out of service for almost one year. People are using some cattle an vegetable trucks with makeshift restrainers and holders so the people can avoid falling. But even with this, a lot of dead people has resulted because of this improvised transport. I have been told that the transport issue is big these days and some had to get over a cattle truck to be able to get home. This said I believe that a nice small motorcycle, quad, or trike with some spares and enough oil changes for a couple of years (or maybe 3) would be a great thing to have. Of course, this would be for local transportation only, in secondary roads and not highways unless life or death situations. Remember I used my cruising motorcycle when my SUV engine went to meet the holy spirit, and I used it an entire year because I had the needed spares. Grocery shop, errands, school, rain or sun. Mostly burning sun. This vehicle should be very inconspicuous, and low profile (not like mine with a free exhaust that could be heard 2 kilometers away). It should be very common on the roads, and without any noticeable mods. I would suggest even a recumbent trike or cart. If you don´t have money, makeshift one. It should not be that hard, and it would be pretty useful. For us, it would have been a great vehicle because riding a heavy bike while it’s raining with your kid in the back is stressful enough, and even more if you know medical attention is not going to be available as it was once. Children are being abandoned. I just read that over 100 babies aged 1-36 months have been abandoned all over the country. For USA standards maybe this amount seems low. But in a country with a capital city barely over 4 million people I believe this is extremely high, given that we have a strong family tradition and whenever a relative can´t sustain one of his offsprings, a single aunt or granny appears to take care of the child. I myself have received at home a couple of my nephews when they were having a harsh time for a few months. They could overcome those times, though. What I mean, we don´t leave our kids behind. For this to happen with such small children, a real war-like collateral damage has to be happening. I am not exaggerating. This is happening. I am extremely mad because I see our health minister lying to the entire world about this. She defends the thugs in power, by saying there is no such thing as a humanitarian crisis while people are starving in the streets. This is a situation that has is repeating itself. It happened in Cambodia. It is just an advance of a delinquent mafia disguised as a political party. Now, please let me go back on track. The hyperinflation continues According to my last reports, the dollar is almost 1 million Bolivares, cash. Paypal and electronic currency is around 790-800K Bolivares. 1 kilogram is about 2 pounds, slightly over. Workers make the equivalent of $8 per month. Here is a small market list:

Beef 6.500.000 Bs/kg. – $65

Poultry 3.000.000 Bs/kg – $30

Pork 3.000.000 Bs/kg – $30

Ham 3.000.000 Bs/kg – $30

Cheese(white) 2.200.000 Bs/kg – $22

Wheat flour 950.000 Bs/kg – $9.50

Butter (one pound) 750.000 – $7.50

Onions 450.000Bs/kg – $4.50

Tomato 500.000 Bs/kg – $5.00

Potatoes 650.00 Bs/kg – $6.50

Eggplant 220.000 Bs/kg – $2.20

Carrots 300.000 Bs/kg – $3.00

This is something never seen. The monthly inflationary rate is unknown. There is no way the government officially delivers some numbers. There is no way to measure it because the prices all over the country seems to be subject to an entire underground economy. Some products are getting out of some small, very low profile farms in very small amounts, inside passenger cars, in a couple of coolers in the trunk. If there is any road control, the car driver has even the receipt of the staples. They usually travel with kids and wife in the car so they won´t be stopped. This has worked for those whom I suggested this as a means of getting their production out to the market, and there is an entire underground economy growing. As usual, lots of foreigners have come to take advantage of the situation. Chinese supermarkets owners are importing GARLIC from China. Can you believe it? We have a lot of fertile land 45 minutes away from my city, and these thugs prefer importing vegetables from China, with dollars “assigned” (I have come to hate that word) for some government functionary after getting paid a nice bribe (in dollars, of course). I told this to the owner, and in his supposedly limited Spanish (they understand more than they pretend to) he tried to explain that the farmers are charging too much money for their products. Nothing else than bull waste. I know they use the dollars that the government transfers them for 10 tons of garlic, so to speak, bring just one ton (overpricing the bill) and the remaining is kept in their accounts. That is why we are so screwed. They pay the dollar at 10 Bolivares per dollar. Sell them later in the black market at 1.000.000 bolivares. See my point?. The same has been done year after year under the currency exchange until it has drained the entire country. This is one of the reasons this guys don´t want to let loose the country. They have tons of properties bought under this scheme in the name of third parties so they don´t get linked to illegal activities. But a proper investigation would take down that giant cards castle. The turmoil is spreading About the social turmoil, it seems to be spreading, not so slowly, but it is enough to take a look and receive some reports of like-minded fellow “preppers” (perhaps a little bit primitive compared with our USA friends but they have been dealing with some hard stuff and they are on their feet still) all over the country. This time it is more than that, as the “opposition” party is no longer seen as a real opposition but instead as a collaborationist organization. Things are going to get funny, and I mean crazy funny. A cattle farmer was shot in the middle of the chest two weeks ago and a media news campaign followed to make him appear like a foreign paramilitary supporter by one guy now “nominated” to be the “defense” minister. Go figure. In the capital, there was a lot of Special Forces members that have been imprisoned for treason and conspiration. This is no joke. Those are serious words, especially these days, and with that band of thugs torturing people looking for information. The “good” part is, the testimony of those who are being tortured is going to be key in the coming trials. I just did some research about the Convention on Torture treaty that was ratified in 1994, and it was really enlightening. These guys don´t know really what they are doing, and desperation is always a bad advisor. The situation is slowly arriving at a non-return point. The troops are starting to feel more and more the effect of the scarcity. Their rations are smaller every week and this is reaching even in the social networks (a great tool for the rebels). Just as a side note, there is even a colonel imprisoned these last few days (and a general of the very own official party!! His name is Marcos Rodriguez Torres, one of the creators of the repressive institution of intelligence that I won´t name here). You can imagine the potential scenario. Thank God our house there is being inhabited by my dad and a good friends of ours…who happens to be a Scout and a prepper too. This is a brief report of the current situation. It is worse every day. I have been emotionally affected because of the effect in my city, where my child was born and where I was so happy, has been devastating to the most vulnerable populations. I have seen serious reports with dying babies, and it has been horrendous. I have seen pictures of my friends of the oil company, and they have lost lots of weight. Thanks for your time, and for your understanding. I ask God to bless all of us, that this nightmare ends soon, and we can start over again the rebuilding of our country as an immense brotherhood, including you, our brothers and sister from America 

:: 5-28-18 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ramadan Rage: Islamic Terrorists Kill at Least 203, Wound 322 in First 10 Days

By Edwin Mora 28 May 2018

Jihadists have killed more than 200 people and injured an excess of 300 others so far during Ramadan, the holiest month for Muslims, according to a Breitbart News tally. In the first ten days of the holy month, which started on May 17 for most Muslims across the world, the number of casualties reached at least 525 (203 deaths, 322 injuries). Islamic terrorists killed about 20 people and injured another 30 each day on average since the beginning of Ramadan. At least 52 attacks have taken place so far during the holy month. Many jihadists believe it is exceptionally heroic and Allah especially rewards “martyrdom” during the sacred month. Jihadist groups and other Islamists are known to urge their members and supporters to engage in jihad on Ramadan. Nevertheless, the majority of Muslims solely abide by Ramadan’s fasting tradition: abstaining from eating, drinking, smoking, having sex, and other physical needs each day, starting from before the break of dawn until sunset. So far this year, the Afghan Taliban appears to be the deadliest group, followed by the Islamic State (ISIS/ISIL), which still poses a threat in the wake of the devastating loss it suffered in Iraq and Syria at the hands of the U.S.-led coalition and local forces. ISIS was the most prolific terrorist group last year, when Ramadan casualties reached 3,343 (1639 deaths, 1704 injuries), marking the bloodiest Muslim holy month in recent history. Breitbart News primarily gleans its tally from the Religion of Peace website in coordination with news and government reports. Given that news outlets and governments fail to report many of the terrorist attacks in real time, the casualty total for the first ten days is subject to change. Government officials may update some of the casualty totals as some of the injured victims succumb to their injuries, which may also prompt a change in the count after Breitbart News publishes this report. All the terrorist attacks so far during Ramadan 2018, as documented by Breitbart News, include:

May 17 — Farah, Afghanistan — Taliban kills three foreign engineers.

May 17 — Kashmir, India — Terrorists kidnap, slit throat of a 23-year-old man after Indian government declares first Ramadan ceasefire in 18 years.

May 17 — Borno, Nigeria — Suspected Boko Haram jihadists detonated a bomb at camp for people displaced by insurgency, killing four and wounding 15.

May 17 — Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP), Pakistan — Jamaat-ul-Ahrar (JuA) terrorist group claims responsibility for a suicide bombing that kills one and injures 14.

May 17 — North Sinai, Egypt — Sunni hardliners bombed an area, killing one and injuring another.

May 17 — Uruzgan, Afghanistan — Taliban kill two police officers.

May 18 — Raqqa, Syria — Leftover Islamic State (ISIS/ISIL) improvised explosive device (IED) kills two civilians.

May 18 — Diyala, Iraq — Suspected ISIS terrorists are behind a bomb blast that kills one and wounds another.

May 18 — Kirkuk, Iraq — Suspected ISIS terrorists kill a member of Kurdish Kakayi minority group with IED.

May 18 — Kandahar, Afghanistan — Taliban attacked police security posts, killing five police officers and wounding six others.

May 18 — Ghani, Afghanistan — Taliban attacked remote Ajristan district, killing nine security forces and wounding seven others.

May 18 — Nangarhar, Afghanistan — Suspected Islamic State terrorists attacked “Ramadan Cup” cricket tournament in Jalalabad, the capital of the group’s stronghold, killing eight and wounding 55.

May 18 — Faryab, Afghanistan — Taliban rockets kill four police officers, wound four others in Qaisar district.

May 19 — Chechnya, Russia — Islamic State claimed responsibility for an attack at church that kills two police officers and a worshipper and also wounds another police officer.

May 19 — Mogadishu, Somalia — Suspected al-Shabaab jihadists fit explosives on car, killing one local security troop.

May 19 — Nineveh, Iraq — Suspected Islamic State jihadists kill the mayor of Hammam al-Alil region.

May 19 — Ghazni, Afghanistan — Taliban kill 14 security forces, wound ten others.

May 20 — Nineveh, Iraq — ISIS kills two Shiite fighters in Sinjar town.

May 21 — Kandahar, Afghanistan — Taliban terrorists kill five workers clearing landmines in Maiwand.

May 21 — Baghdad, Iraq — Terrorist car bomb kills one civilian.

May 21 — Ghazni, Afghanistan — Taliban jihadists kill 14 security forces, wound 12 others in Dih Yak and Jaghatu districts.

May 21 — Sidi Bel Abbes, Algeria — Terrorists kill two men inside a mosque, including the muezzin, who calls Muslims to prayer.

May 21 — Paktia, Afghanistan — Taliban kills six police officers, captures five others.

May 21 — Herat, Afghanistan — Taliban kills two policemen, wounds seven others.

May 22 — Mogadishu, Somalia — Islamic kills policeman in Bakara Market.

May 22 — Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso — Suspected terrorists kill one police officer, wound five, including a civilian.

May 22 — Ajdabiya, Libya — ISIS suicide bomber kills two fighters loyal to militia leader Khalifa Haftar, wounds two others

May 22 — Marib, Yemen — Iran-allied Houthis launch missile that kills five civilians, wound 22 others.

May 22 — Kandahar, Afghanistan — Minivan stuffed with explosives by suspected Taliban terrorists kills 16, wounds 38, including security forces and civilians.

May 22 — Palmyra, Syria — ISIS kills at least 30 Syrian troops and Iranian-backed militiamen, wounds 14.

May 22 — Kirkuk, Iraq — ISIS executes an elderly man.

May 23 — Diyala, Iraq — ISIS attacked a family house in Jalawla region, killing three, wounding three others.

May 23 — Kashmir, India — Suspected terrorists launch a grenade, injuring ten civilians, including a woman and a 12-year-old boy.

May 23 — Mudug, Somalia — Suspected al-Shabaab jihadi kills lawmaker in Galkayo.

May 23 — Kandahar, Afghanistan — Suspected Taliban terrorists kill kidnapped mine-clearance worker.

May 23 — Baghdad, Iraq — Terrorist blows himself up in a crowded park in Shiite-majority Shoala, killing seven and wounding 16.

May 23 — Uruzgan, Afghanistan — Suspected Taliban terrorists kill eight Afghan security forces in Chora district, including military and police units.

May 23 — Basra, Iraq — Masked terrorists on a motorbike kill three civilians.

May 24 — Benghazi, Libya — Suspected jihadists carry out car bombing behind city’s largest hotel, killing seven, including a girl, and wounding 20.

May 24 — Diyala, Iraq — ISIS kills two civilians in Jalawla region.

May 24 — Kirkuk, Iraq — Suspected terrorist mortar shell landed on a home, killing a 53-year-old woman.

May 24 — Balochistan, Pakistan — Lashkar-e-Jhangvi (LEJ) terrorists kill one, injure another with a landmine in Kalat district.

May 24 — Maidan Wardak, Afghanistan — Suspected Taliban roadside bomb rips through a vehicle, killing four civilians, injuring two others.

May 25 — KP, Pakistan — Terrorists in Dera Ismail Khan region kill a police officer, wound another.

May 25 — Kashmir, India — Suspected Lashkar-e-Toiba terrorist slits throat of a 36-year-old man in Bandipora district.

May 25 — Kirkuk, Iraq — ISIS kills three policemen, wounds three others near Gharib village.

May 25 —Narathiwat, Thailand — Gunmen in country’s Muslim-majority region kill two civilians at a tea shop in Ra-ngae district.

May 26 — Idlib, Syria — Terrorists kill five and wound 43.

May 27 — Helmand, Afghanistan — Taliban terrorists carry out Vehicle-borne Improvised Explosive Device (VBIED) near a military base in Nadali district, killing two local soldiers, wounding four. 

:: 5-19-18 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tragedy in Gaza

By Hal Lindsey

Gaza is an ongoing humanitarian disaster. In just the last few days, dozens of Gazans have needlessly died attacking the Israeli border. They were killed by Israeli soldiers defending said border. But that’s not the whole story. They were really killed by the people they entrusted with their spiritual and physical well-being. According to the Palestinians, a 10-month-old baby girl named Layla died on May 14th from inhalation of Israeli tear gas. They said nothing about the potential harm that may have come to Layla from the deep, black smoke of burning tires. Later, a Palestinian doctor at the hospital treating the child, admitted that she died of a pre-existing heart condition — not Israeli tear gas. Nevertheless, within hours, the Hamas PR machine turned the baby’s death into international rage against Israel. Almost universally, the media blamed Israel. But they ignored the more obvious question. Why was a 10-month-old present at these horrific, violent protests? The Los Angeles Times wrote that Layla’s 12-year-old cousin took her to the scene of the riots in search of the girl’s mother. He knew just how to get there. Hamas leaders provided buses to get as many people to the border as possible, regardless of their age. How many adults saw him board the bus carrying the infant? That bus was going to a war zone. The bus driver knew it. Every adult and young adult on that bus knew it. It didn’t matter. They let the baby go. Layla shouldn’t have been at the border. Her 12-year-old cousin shouldn’t have been there either. Neither should the cousin’s mother, or other family members. Did anyone really believe these women and children would successfully breach Israel’s line of defense? No. At least 35,000 Gazans went to that border because they were told to. Gaza’s political leadership, Hamas, worked with Gaza’s spiritual leaders, the Muslim imams, to whip the crowds into a fury. Hamas designed the event for a single purpose — to maximum Palestinian casualties. Monday the 14th was the 70th anniversary of Israel’s rebirth as a nation. It was also the day the US opened its embassy in Jerusalem. Hamas and their allies wanted split-screen TV coverage of the event. On one side of the TV screen, they wanted the festivities of the embassy opening. And on the other side, they wanted the screen to show death and mayhem. They got exactly that. Hamas created the riots at the border and staged them for television. They made certain there would be casualties. In fact, it is a tribute to the Israeli Defense Forces that more didn’t die. The media says the people of Gaza were reacting to their terrible living conditions. And from all accounts, those conditions are bad. People suffer from lack of food, jobs, money, education, and healthcare. But how did this happen? And why does the suffering continue despite billions in humanitarian aid pouring into the small area? Let’s go back to February of 2005. That’s when Israel did exactly what the Palestinians asked. They unilaterally pulled out of the Gaza Strip. Every Jew left the region. Israel got nothing. Palestinians got everything. For Israel, it was a straightforward show of goodwill. And Israel did not set the Gazans up to fail. In fact, they set them up to succeed. The Jews left millions of dollars in infrastructure. That included five hundred acres of sophisticated and expensive greenhouses. As Israel’s withdrawal from Gaza was being planned, NBC News said, “The greenhouses are a centerpiece of Palestinian plans for rebuilding Gaza.” But immediately following Israel’s withdrawal from the area, riots broke out across Gaza. During those riots, Palestinian mobs destroyed the greenhouses. Chaos reigned. It didn’t have to be that way. Israel wanted the Palestinians of Gaza to succeed. They wanted and needed a secure and stable neighbor. The nations of the world poured vast sums of money and materials into Gaza. It should have worked. Here’s why it did not work. Just a few weeks after Israel’s withdrawal, the people of Gaza elected a known terrorist group, Hamas, to govern them. With that choice, the Muslim people of Gaza chose hatred over happiness. They chose death over life. They chose rage over prosperity. They chose failure when success was ripe for the picking. A wide variety of both Muslim and non-Muslim nations have designated Hamas as a terrorist organization. They include Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Jordan, Israel, the United States, Japan, the European Union, New Zealand, Australia, and the United Kingdom. Some of the suffering in Gaza comes from the isolation imposed on it by its two neighbors — Israel and Egypt. Why does Egypt limit what goes in and out of Gaza from their side of the border? Because they don’t want to import terrorism into their nation any more than Israel does. The biggest cause of suffering in Gaza is the corruption of the Hamas-led Gazan government. Hamas leaders live in luxury while nearby children go hungry. They line their pockets with money brought into Gaza for humanitarian relief. Much of what they don’t spend on themselves, they spend on strengthening the military arm of Hamas. When nations send concrete and steel for building houses, hospitals, and schools, Hamas uses it on terror tunnels running beneath the border as they plan future attacks on Israel. Gaza is a sad story — a reminder that elections matter. It is also a reminder of God’s promise to Abraham over 4000 years ago. In Genesis 12:3, God said to Abraham, “I will bless those who bless you, And the one who curses you I will curse. And in you all the families of the earth shall be blessed.” The last part of that promise — the part about all the families of the earth being blessed — will soon be fulfilled. It will happen when Jesus of Nazareth, a Jewish descendant of Abraham, returns to rule and reign on planet earth. 

:: 5-28-18 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NFL Owners Finally Listen to the Fans

By CP Op-ed Contributor Jeff Crouere | Mon 28 May 2018 15:43 EDT

After a year of intense controversy concerning player protests during the National Anthem, the NFL finally decided to act. At the spring NFL owners meeting, a decision was made to require players to "stand and show respect" during the National Anthem if they are on the playing field. Otherwise, players will be given the option to remain in the locker room. If players or club personnel on the field show disrespect during the National Anthem by not standing, their team will be fined by the NFL. In accordance with instituting the anthem policy, the 32 NFL team owners also "reaffirmed their strong commitment to work alongside our players to strengthen our communities and advance social justice." This commitment will include "extraordinary resources" for programs that "promote positive social change in our communities." According to NFL Commissioner Roger Goodell, "We are honored to work with our players to drive progress." While Goodell acknowledged a desire to strongly support social justice causes, he made clear his displeasure with the on-field anthem protests, which he claimed, "created a false perception among many that thousands of NFL players were unpatriotic." With such an impression taking hold in the country, it was imperative that the NFL act before the start of the next season. This decision is not the perfect answer for it does not require all players to stand for the anthem, but at least it is a better to have an official policy. Previously, the NFL had no policy, so the players were allowed to disrespect the National Anthem with no consequences. This new stance is similar to the official position of the National Basketball Association. Of course, liberal activists were not pleased with the announcement. The head coach of the Golden State Warriors, Steve Kerr, called the policy, "idiotic." Plenty of media personalities also slammed the decision as being unfair to players who wanted to protest. For example, Marc Lamont Hill of CNN tweeted, "If the NFL players want to resist, they should ALL remain in the locker room during the anthem." While some players obviously supported the decision and chose to remain quiet, others decided to publicly condemn it. Pittsburgh Steelers cornerback Artie Burns called the new NFL anthem policy another type of "bullying." Chris Long, a defensive end with the Philadelphia Eagles, said that the decision was made because of a "fear of a diminished bottom line." He also claimed it was "not patriotism" to enact this new policy. Not surprisingly, President Trump had a much more favorable response to the new NFL policy. Last year, he strongly condemned players who refused to stand for the National Anthem. He encouraged owners to fire any of their players who participated in the protests and tell them to get "off the field." In an interview on Fox News, the President said, "You have to stand proudly for the National Anthem. You shouldn't be playing, you shouldn't be there. Maybe they shouldn't be in the country...the NFL owners did the right thing." Of course, the President is correct. It is not too much to ask millionaire football players to show some basic respect toward their country by standing during the National Anthem. Those who refuse to stand are clearly insulting our brave military veterans who have sacrificed so much to allow our citizens the freedom to enjoy games such as football. Football players earn outrageous salaries due to the generosity of hard working fans, including veterans, who pay for high priced tickets. Most of these fans expect NFL players to display reverence for the American flag and to stand for our National Anthem. A protest during this period is both inappropriate and insulting as there are many other ways NFL players can demonstrate their opposition to police tactics or the nation's criminal justice system, Last year, the anthem protests had a very negative impact on the NFL. In 2017, the average viewing audience for an NFL game plunged 9.7% to 14.9 million viewers. It was even larger downturn than the 8% decline in audience in the previous year. Obviously, there are multiple factors leading to the loss of viewers; however, it is undeniable that the National Anthem controversy was a major contributing factor last year. The NFL owners' decision is a step in the right direction, but it will not solve the problem entirely. If league officials hope the new policy will bring this issue to a resolution, they are sadly mistaken. The anthem protests are going to continue in 2018 despite this new policy and the major investment the NFL is making in community-based organizations. The key reason is that liberal media organizations and social justice groups will continue to encourage and support players who participate. Nonetheless, players should understand that if they continue with these protests, it will only harm their careers. If there are any doubts, just ask unemployed NFL quarterback Colin Kaepernick. 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 5-28-18 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lava Covers Potentially Explosive Well at Israeli Company's Plant in Hawaii

Although officials assure that wells are 'safe' and 'secure,' lava has never engulfed a geothermal plant anywhere in the world and the potential threat is untested

The Associated Press May 28, 2018 12:19 PM

HONOLULU – Lava from the Hawaii's erupting Kilauea volcano volcano covered at least one well Sunday at a geothermal power plant on the island owned and operated by Israeli company Ormat Technologiers, according to a Hawaii County Civil Defense report. The well was successfully plugged in anticipation of the lava flow on Big Island, and a second well nearly 100 feet (30.5 meters) away has also been secured, according to the report. The plugs protect against the release of gas that could turn toxic when mixed with lava. The lava breached the property overnight. David Mace, a spokesman for the Federal Emergency Management Agency, said the flow started about 590 feet away from the nearest well. But he said safety precautions went into effect before the breach. “I think it’s safe to say authorities have been concerned about the flow of lava onto the plant property since the eruption started,” he said. Puna Geothermal was shut down shortly after Kilauea began spewing lava on May 3. But Ormat remained optimistic that the lava would not reach the plant, which is responsible for 4.5 percent of Ormat’s total geothermal power production worldwide. Ormat owns a 63.25 percent interest in Puna itself, and the minority interest is held by the Canadian investment fund Northleaf. Ormat shares were down 2.2 percent at 182.50 shekels ($51) in late trading on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange on Monday. The company had issued no statement on the latest developments at Puna, which harnesses heat and steam from the Earth’s core to spin turbines to generate power. A flammable gas called pentane is used as part of the process, though earlier this month officials removed 189,000 liters (nearly 50,000 gallons) of the gas from the plant to reduce the chance of explosions. They also capped the 11 wells at the property to try to prevent a breach. Before the lava reached the well, plant spokesman Mike Kaleikini told the news agency Hawaii News Now there was no indication of the release of the poisonous gas hydrogen sulfide – the greatest fear should lava hit the wells. “As long as conditions are safe, we will have personnel on site,” Kaleikini said. “Primary concern is sulfur dioxide from the eruption and lava coming on site. We monitor for hydrogen sulfide and sulfur dioxide on a continuous basis.” Steve Brantley of the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory said the flow seemed to have halted Sunday morning, before it picked back up and covered the well at the plant – which lies on the southeast flank of the volcano, nestled between residential neighborhoods. Lava-filled fissures have torn apart chunks of the southeastern side of Big Island over the past three weeks as Kilauea has become more active. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-28-18 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drone with explosives infiltrates Israel from Gaza

The IDF several days ago located a drone that was intended to explode inside Israeli territory.

Contact Editor Elad Benari, 28/05/18 00:19

The IDF several days ago located a drone with explosives on the Gaza border that was intended to explode in Israeli territory, it was cleared for publication on Sunday night. The IDF Spokesperson's Unit said that "a few days ago, a drone was located after it crossed from the northern Gaza Strip into Israel and fell in the Sha'ar Hanegev Regional Council. An examination found explosives on the drone." Earlier on Sunday, three terrorists were killed in Gaza after Israeli army tanks opened fire in retaliation for a bomb attack along the Israel-Gaza border. Terrorists planted the explosive device on the Israeli border fence, following attacks on the fence and the infiltration of four Gaza terrorists into Israeli territory on Saturday. The terrorists crossed into Israeli territory, threw firebombs at Israeli security personnel, then returned to the Strip after IDF forces opened fire on them. Israeli Air Force jets hit Hamas targets in Gaza Saturday night in retaliation for the infiltration. Following the discovery of the bomb along the security fence Sunday, Israeli tanks opened fire on an observation post operated by the Islamic Jihad terror group. 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding.  Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there.  You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are.  For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them.  Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.

:: 5-28-18 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Moves Hundreds of Tanks to Poland; Calling it a Drill - But CLEARLY Prep for War

Category: World News Monday, 28 May 2018 21:44

First military equipment, including M1A2 Abrams tanks and M88A2 HERCULES repair vehicles from "Iron Horse" Brigade, 1st Cavalry Division, has arrived in Poland, allegedly to support Operation Atlantic Resolve. Very troubling about this deployment is the inclusion of so many M88's; far more of them than any "drill" would ever require, but the number expected prior to going into actual battle. While this is said to be an exercise, clearly someone is planning for an actual war - and the only one in that neighborhood requiring that much firepower to fight, would be Russia. Does this look like a Drill to you? Count them yourselves: M-88 HERCULES The M88's primary role is to repair or replace damaged parts in fighting vehicles while under fire, as well as extricate vehicles that have become bogged down or entangled. The main winch on the M88A2 is capable of a 70-ton, single line recovery, and a 140-ton 2:1 recovery when used with the 140 ton pulley. The A-frame boom of the A2 can lift 35 tons when used in conjunction with the spade down. The spade can be used for light earth moving, and can be used to anchor the vehicle when using the main winch. The M88 employs an Auxiliary power unit (APU) to provide auxiliary electrical and hydraulic power when the main engine is not in operation. It can also be used to slave start other vehicles, provide power for the hydraulic impact wrench, as well as the means to refuel or de-fuel vehicles as required. The M88 series of vehicles can refuel M1 tanks from its own fuel tanks, but this is a last resort due to the possibility of clogging the AGT-1500s fuel filters. Here's another photo from inside the columns of M-88's: Why so many? In a "drill" how many of America's finest tanks might anyone expect to "get stuck?" Flip over? Stall out? One? Three? There are almost as many M-88's as there are tanks! That means they're expecting to need a lot of them, over a very wide geographic area. In my view, this is not for a drill, this is preparation for war. With Russia. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

:: 5-29-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Panic, Crisis In Italy: Dealers Pull Bids As Bonds, Stocks Crash; Euro, Deutsche Bank Tumble As Contagion Spreads

by Tyler Durden Tue, 05/29/2018 - 06:44

With UK traders returning from vacation, Italy woke up to a sheer selling panic as yesterday's "modest" selloff mutated into a full-blown liquidation avalanche, lead by a furious repricing of the BTP curve, where 2Y yields exploded another 170 bps higher on the day rising to 2.60% from negative just a few days ago... ... the biggest one day move in Italian 2Y yield in history... ... while the 10Y blew out as much as 70bps to 3.40%, now finally higher than US Treasurys... ... its biggest one day move since the 2011 European debt crisis... ... sending the Germany-Italian spread wider by 50bps to over 300 bps, the highest in 5 years. Confirming the market revulsion to anything Italian, today's 6-month bill sale by Rome was met with surprisingly poor demand, covered 1.19 only times, the lowest since April 2010, despite what continues to be an ECB backstop. Stocks fared no better, with Italian equities tumbling as much as 3% today and now back to the lowest level since last July... ... while Italian banks are now well inside a bear market, down 24% from their recent April highs. As a result of the panic selling, not seen since the days of the European sovereign debt crisis in 2011/2012, dealers pulled their price indications, which according to Bloomberg signalled dealer unwillingness to trade given the excessive volatility. But what is even worse is that this is no longer just an Italian crisis, as Deutsche Bank stock tumbled below €10 for the first time since its existential close encounter in September 2016, and just why of all time lows, on fears Italy's problems will spread beyond its borders... ... but it's not just Germany as French banks are also getting slammed: FRENCH MAJOR BANKS' 5-YEAR CDS JUMP 50 BPS OR MORE FROM MONDAY CLOSE ON ITALIAN POLITICAL RISK, BNP PARIBAS HIGHEST SINCE APRIL 2017 -IHS MARKIT ... while the EURUSD tumbles below 1.16, the lowest since last July as murmurs of "parity" are once again emerging. Yesterday we predicted that it is only a matter of time before Europe and the ECB ban shorting of Italian bonds, and we are sticking with it, although at this point - now well past contagion - it is unclear if such a dramatic action will have much of an impact. Meanwhile, all eyes on Draghi to see how the ECB responds now that Europe is once again facing threats to both its currency, as well as its very existence. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-29-18 Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel, Russia agree to boot Iran and Hezbollah from northern border

The report says Jerusalem and Moscow agreed to allow Israel to maintain its ability to act against Iran's expansion in Syria.

By Anna Ahronheim, Herb Keinon May 28, 2018 21:27

Ahead of an expected regime offensive in southern Syria, Syrian government troops should be the only ones present on the country’s southern border, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said Monday. The statement carries great significance south of the border in Israel.Of course, all non-Syrian forces should be withdrawn on a reciprocal basis,” he was quoted as saying by the RIA news agency. “This should be a two-way process. The situation, when only representatives of the Syrian armed forces will be deployed on the Syrian side of the border with Israel, should become the outcome of such work.” Lavrov made his comments at a joint news conference in Moscow with his Mozambique counterpart, Jose Condungua Pacheco. He also touched on the US military camp at al-Tanf on the Syrian-Jordanian-Iraqi border, which has been criticized repeatedly by Moscow. According to a Channel 2 report, Lavrov’s comments are part of an understanding reached between Israel and Russia to keep Iranian and Hezbollah forces away from Syria’s border with Israel on the Golan Heights. According to the report, Israel and Russia have reached an agreement whereby Israel will not intervene to prevent the deployment of Syrian President Bashar Assad’s troops to the southern border and the Golan Heights, effectively reasserting Assad’s control there, and Moscow will make sure that these troops do not include Iranian or Hezbollah forces. The report said Israel will also retain its freedom of action against Syrian entrenchment inside Syria. In addition, according to the report, Russia will call publicly for all foreign forces to leave Syria – something Lavrov did on Monday. Jerusalem has been urging Moscow for months to ensure that Iran, the Shia militias under its control and Hezbollah leave Syria. Moscow, according to Israeli officials, recently has become more amenable to the request out of concern that an Israeli-Iranian confrontation in Syria – likely if Iran continues to entrench itself militarily in the country – would endanger Moscow’s gains there. Meanwhile, several Arabic- language media outlets carried unconfirmed reports of indirect negotiations between Israel and Iran. Another report claimed the Syrian regime has proposed a deal in which Hezbollah and Iranian militias would be pulled some 25 kilometers from the border with Israel’s Golan Heights “The Syrian regime has sent a proposal through mediators to regional countries that will ensure the withdrawal of Hezbollah and Iranian militias about 25 kilometers away from the disengagement line in the Golan,” an unnamed Western diplomat was quoted as saying by the London-based Al Sharq al Awsat newspaper. The report also said US Deputy Assistant Secretary of State David Satterfield has been working on a deal that would see, among other things, the withdrawal of all Syrian and non-Syrian militias some 20 to 25 km. from the Jordanian border and the formation of a US-Russian mechanism to control the implementation of the agreement. The Syrian regime allegedly proposed arrangements to allow local councils to govern in the villages of the Syrian Golan, including Beit Jinn, which was recaptured by troops loyal to the Assad regime several months ago. It also included the possibility of considering reviving the disengagement agreement between Syria and Israel from 1974, allowing for UN troops to monitor the demilitarized zone between the two countries. Phillip Smyth, a Soref Fellow at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy, told The Jerusalem Post pulling Iranian forces out from southern Syria “requires further definition.” “There are numerous forces, including some that are locally based in southern Syria under the control of Tehran and Lebanese Hezbollah,” he said, adding that he has “a hard time believing that Iran will adhere to any arrangement involving their pullout from this zone. How long will it be before they are back in the area? It is a key strategic goal for Tehran to maintain a presence in southern Syria, and they have tried to do this since at least 2013.” Another unconfirmed report on Monday in the Syrian opposition newspaper Zaman al-Wasl claimed the commander of the Syrian Air Force has decided Damascus will no longer allow Iranian- backed Shi’ite militias to use its bases to store ammunition and host fighters. According to the report, the Assad regime has been in a “panic following recent Israeli attacks.” But according to Aymenn al-Tamimi, a research fellow at the Middle East Forum, it is “highly implausible” that the Assad regime will break its alliance with Tehran Iran has expended considerable resources to ensure Assad’s survival,” he told the Post, adding that nevertheless, “Assad recognizes that some actions by Iran or Iranian- backed groups would not be in his interest, such as if they were to clear out border areas with the Golan and establish bases there. Accordingly, there are certain measures he can take to prevent that outcome: for instance, through trying to bring about reconciliation agreements in the border areas that allow the local rebel factions to act as holding forces, an outcome we have seen in Beit Jinn.” The unconfirmed reports by Al Sharq al Awsat and Zaman al-Wasl come as the Saudi-owned Elaph news site reported that Israel and Iran had been engaged in indirect negotiations in Amman, Jordan, over the weekend. According to Elaph, “The talks with the Israelis were related to fighting in Syria and the nearing campaign in southern Syria, particularly in Dera’a and Kuneitra.” Iran’s ambassador to Jordan pledged not to participate in the upcoming offensive by the Assad regime in southwestern Syria against rebel groups, while Israel agreed not to intervene in the battles in the tri-border area as long as Hezbollah and Iranian-backed Shi’ite militias are not involved. The alleged negotiations were said to be mediated by a Jordanian who carried messages between the Iranian ambassador to Jordan, who was in one hotel room with Iranian security personnel, while senior Israeli security officials, including the deputy head of the Mossad, were in the next room. On Monday, it was announced that Defense Minister Avigdor Lieberman will leave for a working visit to Russia on Wednesday along with the head of IDF Military Intelligence, Maj.- Gen. Tamir Hyman, at the invitation of his Russian counterpart, Sergei Shoigu. Liberman will also be joined by Zohar Palti, head of the Defense Ministry’s Political- Military Affairs Bureau, and other representatives of the defense establishment. Channel 10, meanwhile, reported that National Security Adviser Meir Ben-Shabbat will travel to Washington on Tuesday for his first meeting with new US National Security Adviser John Bolton. The talks are expected to focus on coordinating positions regarding both the US withdrawal from the Iranian nuclear deal, as well as efforts to prevent Iranian entrenchment in Syria. 

:: 5-28-18 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Heightening Mid-East Tensions

By Hal Lindsey

On Saturday, Syria apparently launched another chemical attack against its people — including small children … By the time you read this, the expected US military response may have already begun … Russia has warned that it will shoot down US missiles and even target the US naval vessels that fire the missilesAfter the chemical attack, came a mystery air strike against Syria — probably launched by Israel … Russia then began a war of words with Israel, finally showing their long-held but usually camouflaged disdain for the Jewish stateHamas continues to stir up violent anti-Israel protests along Israel’s Gaza borderIran says it will soon restart its nuclear program — as if it had ever actually stopped. And that’s just part of what’s gone on, in only the last few days! The first big question is whether the Trump Administration can really be sure that Syria launched the chemical attack. Russia and Syria both deny it. That’s what they would say in either case, but the timing seems suspicious. Only a few days ago, the President said that with ISIS defeated, he wanted to pull US troops out of Syria, and soon. That would seem to be in Syria’s favor. Why rock the boat now? But while tweeting on the subject, Mr. Trump made a good case that the chemical attack really was a Syrian operation. “Many dead,” he tweeted, “including women and children, in mindless CHEMICAL attack in Syria. Area of atrocity is in lockdown and encircled by Syrian Army, making it completely inaccessible to outside world. President Putin, Russia and Iran are responsible for backing Animal Assad. Big price...” If the area is “in lockdown and encircled by Syrian Army… completely inaccessible to outside world,” then who else could it be? As President, Donald Trump surely knows the facts, and he has no reason to lie about it. After all, a Syrian chemical attack will delay the troop withdrawal he’s anxious for. The President answered the last major chemical attack in Syria by launching 59 cruise missiles at Syria’s Shayrat Airbase. Most observers expect a bigger response this time, but Russia’s increasingly close relationship with Syria and Iran complicates things. Alexander Zasypkin, Russia’s ambassador to Lebanon, made an ominous threat. He said, “If there is a strike by the Americans, then… the missiles will be downed and even the sources from which the missiles were fired.” It’s unlikely that Russia has the ability to shoot down US cruise missiles. It’s also unlikely that they would actually try to sink the US Navy ships launching the attacks. But even the threat shows how dangerous things have become. A world soaked in gasoline is playing with matches. President Trump has worked hard to form a better relationship with Russia. But by the time of Trump’s election, Putin’s course was already set. He committed to it when he sent the Russian military into Syria in 2015. It’s ironic that Trump’s critics have called him weak on Russia and have demanded a more hardline approach. Yesterday’s peaceniks have turned into today’s warmongers. But in this case, the President has pulled no punches. He directly blamed Putin for Assad’s action, and practically dared Russia to try and stop the US response. On Wednesday, President Trump tweeted, “Russia vows to shoot down any and all missiles fired at Syria. Get ready Russia, because they will be coming, nice and new and ‘smart!’ You shouldn’t be partners with a Gas Killing Animal who kills his people and enjoys it!” Assad has placed his troops on alert, evacuating bases near the border with Lebanon, and transporting personnel to Russian installations — presumably safe from a US missile strike. The “mystery air strike” took place Monday on an air base in the Homs province. At first, Syria blamed the US. But after the Pentagon issued a strong denial, they and the Russians switched the blame to Israel. Was it Israel? They didn’t confirm it, but neither did they deny it. Israeli Defense Forces play their cards close to the vest. Just last month they finally acknowledged an air strike on a Syrian nuclear reactor way back in 2007. The Syrian civil war began four years later, so we can all be glad that Israel chose to forcibly shut down the Syrian nuclear program. The strike on Monday caused the deaths of several Iranians as well as Syrians. There were no Russian deaths or injuries reported, but Russia had soldiers assigned to the base. That’s a problem for US forces as well. We don’t know for sure where Russian soldiers are embedded with Syrians. On Monday, Israeli fighter jets hit a Hamas target in Gaza. It was clearly a military target, and no one was hurt. But Russia used it as another excuse to ramp up their anti-Israel rhetoric. In January, Putin and Netanyahu met at the Jewish Museum and Tolerance Center in Moscow. They seemed to hit it off. Netanyahu’s main purpose in the trip was to express concern about Iran’s stronghold in Syria, and their movement of advanced weaponry into Lebanon and Syria. The two got along well, but looking at it now, the effort seems to have been wasted. Putin knows that his alliance with Iran is one of the chief causes of unrest in the region. He’s playing a dangerous, high-stakes game. Newsweek reported on Wednesday that Russia is instructing its citizens to stock up on water and buy gas masks in anticipation of nuclear war. The world right now is teetering on many dangerous precipices. All of them fit the dramatic scenario laid out in the Bible for the end times. For Christian believers, I have two pieces of extremely good news. First, God has already shown us how these things eventually work out. We win! In the meantime, we will face difficulties. But that’s where the second piece of good news comes in. God’s promises remain in effect even when the world seems to be falling apart. Trust Him. 

:: 5-13-18 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Russia Warned Iran Ahead of Israel's Extensive Strikes in Syria

Russia's deputy foreign minister visited Iran and updated counterpart after Netanyahu met Putin in Moscow, London-based Asharq al-Aswat reports. Israel earlier told Russia in advance of its plans

Haaretz May 13, 2018 8:43 AM

Russia gave Iran advance warning about this week's Israeli attack in Syria, the Saudi-owned and London-based Asharq al-Awswat newspaper reported Friday. Israel told Russia about the imminent attack as part of the two countries' ongoing security coordination in Syria. According to the report, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov visited Tehran a few hours before the Israeli attack. Ryabkov gave his Iranian counterpart, Abbas Araghchi, information that reached Syria during Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu's visit to Moscow on Wednesday. >> Putin is giving Israel a free hand against Iran in Syria. But he may soon have to pick a side | Iran might restrain itself from striking Israel in bid to save nuclear deal << According to the newspaper's source, after Ryabkov gave the information to Iran an argument erupted between Iranian President Hassan Rohani and military commander Mohammad Bagheri, about the intention to fire missiles at Israel. The argument involved international repercussions for firing the missiles, as well as diplomacy with European countries, Russia and China over the nuclear deal. The Israel Air Force on Wednesday night attacked dozens of Iranian targets in Syria, including intelligence outposts, military camps and weapons depots. The Israel Defense Forces said it was the most large-scale Israeli attack in Syria in decades. It was conducted after some 20 rockets were fired from Syria at IDF outposts in the Golan Heights. Iran's operation failed, with four rockets penetrating Israeli airspace and being intercepted by Israeli defenses, while the rest landed in Syrian territory. The rockets caused no injuries or damage in Israel. The IDF blamed the Iranian Revolutionary Guards' Quds Force for the rocket fire. The rockets were fired from Syria close to midnight and targeted the IDF's first line of defensive outposts near the Syrian border. The rocket fire was in line with early IDF intelligence assessments, which predicted projectiles launched at military targets in northern Israel and that Iran would act against Israel in a way that it believed would not lead to an all-out war. 

:: 5-18-18 The Jewish Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kuwait Demanding UN Force to Protect Gaza Arabs against Israel

By JNi.Media - 4 Sivan 5778 – May 18, 2018

Kuwait asked the UN Security Council to “guarantee the safety and protection of the Palestinian civilian population,” and to consider the deployment of “an international protection mission,” the AP reported on Friday. Kuwait is a current member of the UNSC. The draft circulated by Kuwait demands that Israel “immediately cease its military reprisals, collective punishment and unlawful use of force against civilians, including in the Gaza Strip.” The resolution has no chance of passing while the United States remains a staunch defender of Israel’s right to defend itself against infiltrators from the Gaza Strip, so that if the resolution is put to a vote it would be vetoed. However, it would be interesting to see how many of the members, permanent and otherwise, would support the idea. The last time an international UN force was posted between Israel and the Gaza Strip was in May of 1967, and it packed up and left as soon as Egyptian President Gamal Abdel Nasser ordered it to scram. This would be as good a time as any to remind readers about the 1990-91 “Palestinian exodus from Kuwait,” during and after the Gulf War. There were 400,000 “Palestinians” living in Kuwait before the Gulf War. During the Iraqi occupation of Kuwait, 200,000 of them left Kuwait for fear of persecution, food shortages, lack of medical care, financial shortages, and fear of arrest and mistreatment at roadblocks by the invading Iraqis. Enter PLO leader Yasser Arafat, who picked the wrong horse in the Golf conflict, embracing Saddam Hussein. So after the war, nearly 200,000 “Palestinians” were pushed out of Kuwait by the returning royal family, which severely curbed their right to residence and subjected them to abuse by Kuwaiti security forces. In 2004, Mahmoud Abbas officially apologized for the PLO support for the Iraqi invasion in 1991. In 2012, the official PLO embassy in Kuwait was re-opened, and it is estimated that 80,000 “Palestinians” live in Kuwait today. 

:: 5--18 Neonnettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Apple founder Steve Wozniak has said he believes that Bitcoin is more valuable than the gold or the US dollar. Wozniak believes Bitcoin and Blockchain are the “next major IT revolution.” Wozniak, who co-founded Apple Inc with Steve Jobs and Ronald Wayne, said that Bitcoin is much better than Gold and the US dollar as a currency. The Apple founder gave cryptocurrency and its underlying Blockchain technology a powerful endorsement during a conference on Thursday. Mr. Wozniak hailed the “revolutionary” tech while speaking in Vienna on stage at the WeAreDevelopers World Congress. Wozniak said that Blockchain is “the next major IT revolution that is about to happen,” and he believes it will have a massive impact on the technology sector. Despite his confident words about Bitcoin and Blockchain, the Apple founder said in a separate interview that he was disappointed with centralized technology. Referencing Facebook’s Cambridge Analytica scandal, he said he was “bothered by what technology has become.” “We used to be able to have conversations in secret with people,” the American inventor said. “If I were to say something to you in private now, others wouldn’t hear it — that isn’t the case anymore.” “We lost our security a long time ago. “We’ve lost our privacy and it’s been abused. “If I think I have a level of privacy that I don’t, that’s deceit. “And that bothers me. “I hit a limit. “I can’t take that. “It’s one step in a long series of steps that are all in the same direction.” Mr. Wozniak hasn’t given up on other Silicon Valley companies just yet, however. The Apple founder, revealing his excitement about buying himself a Tesla after buying his wife a Mercedes, said” “Elon Musk emailed me, said that I bought a gas guzzler, said that I’m not a ‘true Silicon Valley boy’ – I love that phrase. “After a few months, my wife came into my office one night and said ‘if you want a Tesla you can order it.’ “30 seconds later [I ordered it].” Traditional currencies are ‘kind of phony’ His promulgations about Blockchain technology follow previous statements about how Bitcoin is better than gold and the US dollar in significant ways. Speaking in Las Vegas last October at the Money 20/2- events, the Apple founders described traditional currencies as “kind of phony.” “Woz” said this was due to the fact governments can create new units of the currency for political reasons. He added that gold also lacks a fixed supply, saying: “There is a certain finite amount of bitcoin that can ever exist. “30 seconds later [I ordered it].” Traditional currencies are ‘kind of phony’ His promulgations about Blockchain technology follow previous statements about how Bitcoin is better than gold and the US dollar in significant ways. Speaking in Las Vegas last October at the Money 20/2- events, the Apple founders described traditional currencies as “kind of phony.” “Woz” said this was due to the fact governments can create new units of the currency for political reasons. He added that gold also lacks a fixed supply, saying: “There is a certain finite amount of bitcoin that can ever exist. “Gold gets mined and mined and mined. “Maybe there’s a finite amount of gold in the world, but cryptocurrency is even more mathematical and regulated and nobody can change mathematics.”

Read more at:


:: 5-23-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'We call them The Walking Dead': At least TWENTY-FIVE people 'looking like zombies' collapse after overdosing on synthetic marijuana known as 'K2' on the same New York street where 33 people overdosed two years ago

At least 25 people were hospitalized after overdosing on synthetic marijuana

Police responded at 7.30pm to Brooklyn's Bedford-Stuyvesant neighborhood

The neighborhood has become known as 'ground zero' for K2 addicts

All those who were hospitalized do not have life-threatening conditions

One man was arrested on Saturday night in connection to the mass overdose

K2 has been known to induce paranoia, confusion, vomiting and hallucinations

By Mary Kekatos and Anneta Konstantinides For Published: 16:07 EDT, 20 May 2018 | Updated: 12:45 EDT, 23 May 2018

They looked more like zombies than New Yorkers as they slumped against buildings and lay down on the sidewalks. Police say they all had taken a bad batch of drugs known to induce paranoia, vomiting and hallucinations. At least 25 people were hospitalized in New York City after a possible overdose of synthetic marijuana known as 'K2'. Police responded to an intersection in Brooklyn's Bedford-Stuyvesant neighborhood on Saturday and loaded dazed and confused users onto stretchers and into ambulances. On Saturday night, NBC 4 New York reported that the number of those who overdosed was believed to be 16 before those figures were corrected on Sunday. Authorities received a call around 7.30pm of people found unresponsive on the corner of Broadway and Myrtle Avenue. Those hospitalized were taken to Interfaith Medical Center, Wyckoff Heights Medical Center and Woodhull Medical Center, and all are expected to live. Witnesses at the scene said the drug users looked like zombies and could barely keep their bodies upright. 'We call them The Walking Dead,' Israel P told The New York Daily News. The 23-year-old, who works at his family's nearby restaurant, said he saw three people get taken away in ambulances. Another man, who declined to give his name told The News: 'One of them, a guy, was upside down. His body up, his head down...Another one was lying down flat.' Police arrested Tyquan Holley, 41, on Saturday night for criminal possession of a controlled substance after he was found with synthetic marijuana on Myrtle Avenue near Broadway. Holley has a lengthy rap sheet with 18 prior arrests on charges ranging from patronizing a prostitute, robbery and grand larceny, police said. Additionally, two search warrants were executed at Big Boy Deli at 930 Broadway and the Star Deli and Grill at 943 Broadway, according to police. Authorities have called Big Boy Deli the 'sole distributor' of K2 in the area, according to Three other men were arrested for selling untaxed cigarettes including Raddwan Alsaidi, 24; Marcial Cortez, 26; and Ashraf Rayshani, 22. Cortez was also charged with criminal possession of a weapon, a knife, reported The New York Times. Two people were taken into custody at the Deli and Grill on charges related to selling untaxed cigarettes, police said. K2 contains man-made chemicals that act on the same cell receptors in the brain that THC does in natural marijuana. It is dirt cheap, often sold for one to five dollars for a stick or package. Researchers have found instances in which chemicals in synthetic marijuana can bind much more strongly to cell receptors than THC, producing stronger effects. Because the chemicals vary from packet to packet, the effects of K2 are unpredictable and can change from use to use, according to the New York City Health Department. Packaged under names like Spice, AK-47, Smacked, Green Giant Scooby Snax, iBlown and Dank, K2 can lead to seizures, psychosis, dependence and death. The products can also cause a rapid increase in heart, paranoia, confusion, vomiting and hallucinations. Richard Rojas, who plowed into a crowd of pedestrian in Times Square in May 2017 - killing an 18-year-old girl, was reportedly high on K2 at the time, reported ABC 7. More than 6,000 people have been sent to the emergency room in New York because of K2 since 2015 and there have been two confirmed deaths caused by the drug. New York Mayor Bill de Blasio signed a bill in October that made it illegal to sell or produce K2, making it a crime punishable by up to a year in jail and fines of more than $100,000. In May 2016, he announced that there had been an 85 percent decline in K2-related emergency visits in the last 10 months. Councilman Robert Cornegy Jr and Councilwoman Laurie Cumbo, whose districts includes Beford-Stuyvesant, held a press conference on Sunday during which they asked for extra law enforcement outside Big Boy Deli. 'Right now we are talking about step up enforcements in the local area to make sure that this doesn't happen again,' Cornegy told reporters. Shops that are caught selling the drug lose their license to sell cigarettes. But Cornegy said many area shops have found ways to get around the law. [rewrite[ 'Some of the local shop owners are now using what's called runners. So, not selling it absolutely out of the store, but having people who are working outside of the store who are loosely associated with the stores doing their business for them,' the councilman told New York 1. 'So we have to escalate our efforts in an effort to stop this scourge in our community.'

Read more: 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 5-20-18 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – 10s Of Millions Are Already Struggling To Survive In The US But This Is The Scary Part

May 20, 2018

As the world edges closer to the next crisis, today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies, told King World News that tens of millions are already struggling to survive in the US, but this is the really scary part. 51 Million Households In Trouble

May 20 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: “There are 51 million American households that cannot make ends meet. This means that 43% of American households can’t afford a basic middle class life. Of these, 35 million are dubbed ALICE which stands for Asset Limited, Income Constrained, Employed with a further 16 million households living in poverty… In Volatile Markets, Is Wealth Preservation King? In a King World News interview I spoke with the man who predicted the Swiss National Bank would experience staggering losses and that the Fed would also experience massive losses that will destabilize the global financial system! His company is the only one in the world offering a precious metals investment service outside the banking system, with direct ownership and full control by the investor. He has also become legendary for his predictions on QE, historic moves in currencies, and major global events. To find out what he and his company can do to help answer that age old question for you CLICK HERE. Struggling To Survive Egon von Greyerz continues: “It is absolutely remarkable that in the world’s biggest and “richest” country, just under 50% of the households are struggling to afford a basic middle class life and that 50 million people live in poverty. And this is after decades of prosperity and economic growth. What this proves is that the average person in the US is seeing no prosperity at all. All the official figures of employment, production, growth, GDP, etc, are just humbug. They are fake data which is completely misleading and paints a totally false picture. The official unemployment figure is 4% but the real figure is 22%. There are 95 million Americans capable of working who are not in the labour force. The US economy consists of a small minority which has benefitted dramatically from the credit expansion and money printing. And then there is the big majority that earn low incomes and have enormous debts who struggle to make interest payments on debts that they can never repay. Real median hourly wages have not increased in the US for 50 years! Today, 66% of Americans earn less than $20 per hour. Trump was aware of the situation of the average American during the election campaign. And by appealing to this group, he won the election. But sadly, making promises is a lot easier than solving an insoluble debt problem. The US and global economies are soon going to be crushed by the massive global debt situation, as I outlined in my article last week about “Alice in Horrorland.” Since 1/3 of Americans have less than $5,000 in savings, they have nothing to fall back on when they lose their jobs and hit hard times. At that point, the government will default and there will be no social security net. They will of course print unlimited amounts of money, which will be totally worthless and thus have no effect except for causing hyperinflation. It is not just the personal debt situation in the US that is cause for concern. Corporate debt is now at an extreme, in a similar position as before the 1990, 2000, 2008 economic crises and stock market collapses. As the graph below shows, corporate Debt to GDP is currently giving a warning that the next economic and market decline is imminent. The fact that US national debt has doubled since 2009 is certainly not going to make the situation easier. But these problems are not limited to the US. Almost 50% of the world’s population, which is more than 3 billion people, live on less than $2.50 per day. And 17% live in extreme poverty on less than $1.25 a day. The World Bank has defined the “International Poverty Line” as $1.90 a day and around 2.5 billion people are below that line. So after over 100 years of major growth in GDP, technological innovations, industrialism, food production, health care, etc, there are still 2.5 billion below the poverty line. A major reason is the fact that world population has exploded in the last 175 years. In the 1850s, global population was 1 billion and today we are at 7.5 billion. A graph of a major sample, like world population, that is a spike straight up, will at some point turn into a spike straight down. This means that world population will come down dramatically due to poverty, disease, war or a combination of all three factors. Thus, a major decline in world population is likely in the next few decades to maybe half or 3 billion. This sounds dramatic and terrifying but similar reductions have happened throughout history. Thus, in spite of a century with remarkable growth, credit expansion and money printing, the world has a major economic and poverty problem. This will, sadly, not end well when the current global debt and asset bubbles burst. We will see a global contagion of, defaults and economic misery. Central banks will embark on unlimited money printing in a futile attempt to save the world but this time it will fail. Printed money has zero value and will therefore have no effect. You cannot solve a debt problem by issuing more debt. The mess in Europe is getting worse. The US has broken the Iran agreement and is now putting massive pressure on Merkel and the rest of Europe to do likewise. But European countries are unwilling to comply. The US is threatening to sanction any country that trades with Iran and also with Russia. The unelected and unaccountable bureaucrats in Brussels are under increasing pressure. They are doing all they can to stop Brexit. Theresa May has a very weak hand as the leader of a party that does not have majority in parliament. The problem is that she can’t even get agreement in her own cabinet. This makes her so weak that she is unlikely to reach the Brexit agreement that a majority of the British people voted for. The Brussels mafia is skillfully taking advantage of this and are currently succeeding in preventing the UK from getting anywhere. The European Union has become a failed attempt at constructing a European superstate run by the Brussels elite. A free trade union was an excellent idea but the political union which is Brussel’s aim is a disaster waiting to happen. Also, a common currency can never work for a region in such a disparate area, with different cultures, wage rates, growth rates, inflation and limited mobility of labor. The elites’ dream of a common fiscal and economic policy will never be accepted by most member states. Personally I am totally against the EU as a political union since I don’t believe in an unelected and irresponsible elite ruling over 500 million people who have very little in common. Instead, small is beautiful. The smaller a country, the more accountable politicians become. Even more so when power is decentralised to the regions and when there is direct democracy like in Switzerland. Even though Switzerland has its own problems, the political system is superior to any other country’s in the world. This is why the Swiss economy and currency has consistently been the strongest in the world. But sadly, the Swiss banking system and the Swiss National Bank are as badly managed as most banks in the world. Also, the Swiss financial system is as vulnerable as the rest of the world and much too big for the country. Therefore, I would not keep any major asset in the Swiss banks, nor in any other banks for that matter. The Brussel elite, together with Macron and Merkel, are now under increasing pressure to keep the EU together. Many Eastern European countries like Poland, Hungary and the Czech Republic are increasingly unhappy with EU policies and in particular the migration problem. The weak Mediterranean economies should all leave the EU and the Euro, reestablish their own currencies and renege on the debt to the ECB. This is the only way for them to put their countries on a sound footing. The Brussels elite has used all methods to keep the Mediterranean countries in the EU by extending increasing amounts of loans that will never be repaid. Greece should have left the EU many years ago and so should Italy. The coming Italian coalition government will make life even more difficult for Brussels than the UK is doing. The unholy alliance between the anti-establishment Five Star Movement and the far right, The League, won over 50% of the votes together in the election. They are anti EU, anti Euro and anti immigration. They want the ECB to wipe out EUR 250 billion of debt. Italy has EUR 2.4 billion of government debt and EUR 450 billion of Target 2 debt to the ECB. The proposed Italian government has also promised to cut taxes and introduce a basic wage. Italy’s debt to GDP is already 130% and is unlikely to go down with these measures but reneging on EU debt would certainly help. The elitist paper the Financial Times called the proposed Italian government “Modern Barbarians.” Salvini, the leader of the League retorted: “It is better to be a barbarian than a slave that sells Italy’s dignity, future, business and borders.” It is very clear that we are now seeing the beginning of the end to the European Union. Brussels is not going to give up easily and it will take time. But economic pressures in many European countries, exacerbated by the very high number of migrants, will certainly contribute to a faster breakup of the EU. Finally, let us look at a chart that predicts the future very clearly. Commodities are at 60 year low relative to equities. This doesn’t just mean that stocks will collapse. More importantly, many commodities will surge in price. Part of the reason for this is the coming inflation, leading to hyperinflation and a weak dollar. Commodities will be a major beneficiary of the coming repricing of assets. As bubble assets like stocks, bonds and property collapse, commodities will surge. This will lead to the biggest wealth transfer in history. Many commodities will make new highs with oil, for example, very likely to go above $150 per barrel. But the main beneficiaries of the coming commodity boom will be the precious metals. Although I wouldn’t call gold and silver commodities, they are classified as such. Precious metal investors have had to be patient for quite a few years since the 2011 top. For the people who hold physical gold and silver for wealth preservation purposes, the price is less relevant. But as the chart above warns us, the metals are now on the verge of a major breakout that will not only take gold above the $1,920 high and silver above $50, but to levels that will reflect the real inflation adjusted values of the metals, which is certainly at least $10,000 for gold and $650 for silver. With real hyperinflation we will have to add a few zeroes. But we must remember that physical gold and silver is not held as investments but as the only money which has survived in history. We are now on the eve of an economic crisis of unfathomable proportions due to an insoluble debt problem. Holding precious metals will be invaluable insurance to survive this crisis financially.” 

:: 5-19-18 Strategic Culture Foundation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex GORKA | 19.05.2018 | WORLD /

Brussels Rises in Revolt Against Washington: a Turning Point in the US-European Relationship

The May 16-17 EU-Western Balkans summit did address the problems of integration, but it was eclipsed by another issue. The meeting turned out to be a landmark event that will go down in history as the day Europe united to openly defy the US. The EU will neither review the Iran nuclear deal (JPCOA) nor join the sanctions against Tehran that have been reintroduced and even intensified by America. Washington’s unilateral withdrawal from the JPCOA was the last straw, forcing the collapse of Western unity. The Europeans found themselves up against a wall. There is no point in discussing further integration or any other matter if the EU cannot protect its own members. But now it can. President Trump has his own reasons to shred the Iran deal, but he needs Europe to strong-arm Tehran into signing a “better” agreement. Were it to do so, the US administration would make it look like a big victory. Washington does not shy away from threatening its allies with punitive measures but the EU is standing tall, deepening the rift. As European Council President Donald Tusk put it, “With friends like Trump, who needs enemies?” According to him, the US president has “rid Europe of all illusions.” Mr. Tusk wants Europe to “stick to our guns” against new US policies. Jean-Claude Juncker, the head of the EU Commission, believes that “Europe must take America's place as global leader” because Washington has turned its back on its allies. Washington “no longer wants to cooperate.” It is turning away from friendly relations “with ferocity.” Mr. Juncker thinks the time is ripe for Europe “to replace the United States, which as an international actor has lost vigor.” It would have been unthinkable not long ago for a top EU official to say such things and challenge the US global leadership. Now the unthinkable has become reality. The process of shifting away from America does not boil down to just words of indignation and open defiance. Plans are underway to take practical steps. For instance, the EU is to ditch the use of the US currency in its payments for Iranian oil. It can be done. Russia and Iran have already launched an oil-for-goods exchange program in order to leave the greenback behind. The bloc plans to activate a 1996 law (the blocking statute), which bans European businesses from compliance with US sanctions on Iran. The legislation protects "against the effects of the extra-territorial application of legislation adopted by a third country." The EU-Iran discussions have already been held. And it is America’s closest ally who is to deal the first powerful blow against US global dominance. This is a demonstration of the “no retreat, no surrender” spirit before the not-yet-unleased war is in full swing. True, this applies to only a relatively small sector of business activities, and Iran’s $400-billion market can’t be compared to the $18-trillion US market, but the important factor here is the show of political will to stand up to America’s challenge. This rift is taking place amid a looming trade war over aluminum and steel, the US withdrawal from the Paris climate accords, the relocation of the embassy to Jerusalem with no regard for the allies’ opinion, and the controversy over Europe’s NATO spending. On May 15, the EU defense heads gathered at a meeting of the European Union Military Committee to discuss deeper integration and an independent defense policy, which envisages greater efficiency to reduce expenditures, given the US demands to increase those outlays under the auspices of NATO. The PESCO agreement is the backbone of the EU defense policy and it’s purely European. Sandra Oudkirk, US Deputy Assistant Secretary of State for Energy, has just threatened to sanction the Europeans if they continue with the Nord Stream 2 pipeline project to bring gas in from Russia across the Baltic Sea. That country is also seen by the US as an adversary and its approach is by and large the same – to issue orders for Europe to adopt a confrontational policy, doing as it is told without asking too many questions. Iran and Nord Stream 2 unite Moscow and Brussels in their opposition to this diktat. On May 17, Iran signed a provisional free-trade-zone agreement with a Russia-led Eurasian Economic Union (EEU) that seeks to increase the current levels of trade valued at $2.7 billion. The deal lowers or abolishes customs duties. It also establishes a three-year process for reaching a permanent trade agreement. If Iran becomes a member of the group, it would expand its economic horizons beyond the Middle Eastern region. So, Europe and Russia are in the same boat, both holding talks with Iran on economic cooperation. President Donald Trump has just instructed Secretary of State Mike Pompeo to prepare a list of new sanctions against the Russian Federation for its alleged violations of the 1987 Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty. This is the agreement the US has so egregiously and openly breached. But nobody in Europe has announced that they want US nuclear-tipped intermediate- range weapons on their territory that will be a target for a potential retaliatory strike by Russia. It’s an example of yet another European problem with having the decision-making process located in Washington. If Europe is resolved to fend off US attempts to dictate its policy on Iran, why should it reconcile itself to the pressure to keep the sanctions against Russia intact? May 17 marked a turning point in the US-European relationship. Europeans joined ranks to resist a policy that encroaches on their right to decide their own fate. It’s Europe, not the US, who is negatively affected by the punitive measures, creating deep divisions within the EU at a time when that group is faced with many problems. The time is ripe for Brussels to stop this sanctions-counter-sanctions mayhem and stake out its own independent policies on Russia, Iran, defense, and other issues, that will protect European, not US, national interests. May 17 is the day the revolt started and there is no going back. Europe has said goodbye to trans-Atlantic unity. It looks like it has had enough. 

:: 5-21-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When 43% Of Americans Can't Pay For Food And Rent, We Can Say Economic Collapse Is Here

by Tyler Durden Mon, 05/21/2018 - 17:45

The Organic Prepper

When 43% of Americans Can’t Pay for Food and Rent, We Can Safely Say the Economic Collapse Is HERE by Daisy Luther You know all those reports about how lots of Americans can’t afford a $1000 surprise expense like a medical bill or a car repair? Well, forget additional expenses. It turns out that nearly half of the families in America are struggling to pay for food and rent. And that means that the economic collapse isn’t just “coming.” It’s HERE. United Way has done a study on a group of Americans they call ALICE: Asset Limited, Income Constrained, Employed. The study found that this group does not make the money needed “to survive in the modern economy.” ALICE is your child care worker, your parent on Social Security, the cashier at your supermarket, the gas attendant, the salesperson at your big box store, your waitress, a home health aide, an office clerk. ALICE cannot always pay the bills, has little or nothing in savings, and is forced to make tough choices such as deciding between quality child care or paying the rent. One unexpected car repair or medical bill can push these financially strapped families over the edge. ALICE is a hardworking member of the community who is employed yet does not earn enough to afford the basic necessities of life. ALICE earns above the federal poverty level but does not earn enough to afford a bare-bones household budget of housing, child care, food, transportation, and healthcare. (source) Between families living below the poverty line due to unemployment or disability and ALICEs, the study discovered that 43% of Americans were struggling to cover basic necessities like rent and food. Where are families struggling the most? Some states have more families living in ALICE levels than others. The 3 states with the most families barely surviving paycheck to paycheck are California, New Mexico, and Hawaii. Each of these states saw 49% of families struggling. North Dakota had the lowest ALICE percentage with 32%. You can check how your state fares right here. Despite the lowest unemployment rate since 2000, families all over the country are barely getting by. The media page of the ALICE website is jammed with headlines that are all too familiar for many Americans: Report: Michigan makes little progress in lifting working poor to financial stability After a decade of tax cuts — Ohioans in financial hardship Louisiana families work hard, but still can’t cover necessities 44 percent of Florida households, mostly working poor, struggling to meet basic needs Third of New Jersey households can’t afford basic necessities 42 percent of Wisconsin households struggle to pay bills And on and on and on… The economic collapse of America is here. While many families are still doing okay, the specter of poverty looms over many of us. Many of us know that we’re one personal financial catastrophe away from disaster. I wrote recently about my own family’s struggle with a large medical bill. Obviously, I’m not telling you about our financial saga to make myself look bad. I’m telling you because I want you to know that no matter how much you try to do everything right, financial problems can happen to anyone, at any time. Whether you have $100 in the bank or $100,000 in the bank, something can happen that wipes out your emergency fund just like it did mine. This doesn’t mean that you failed financially – it means that circumstances can affect you, just like they do everyone else, no matter how careful you are. Before my daughter’s illness, I was doing everything “right.”

I had enough money in my emergency fund to carry me through 3 lean months

I had numerous credit cards with zero balances

My only debt was my car

My kids are going to school without student loans

I opted out of health insurance because it was more financially practical to pay cash (and I still agree with that decision)

Everything was great. Until it wasn’t. (source) This is a story that probably rings true to more and more familiar to a growing number of families every week. While my income hasn’t dropped – it’s grown – I am still struggling to pay off those bills and recover. I’ve taken on a significant amount of extra work to get things back under control, and still, I worry it won’t be enough. Sound familiar? If it does, it’s because – and of this, I am quite certain – the long-heralded economic collapse of America is upon us. When hard-working families who should be “middle class” can barely afford to eat and keep a roof over their heads, things are only going to devolve further. Look at other examples of economic collapse This is just the beginning of a looming collapse in America. Remember back when Greece began to collapse? It was the same thing – no one could afford the basics and things went downhill pretty quickly from there. It really hit the papers when a strict austerity program was instituted and culminated when a “bank holiday” shut down the financial system for an entire week. There are similar stories in the UK (where the taxpayers can still fund a 45 million dollar wedding but poor families can’t afford to eat every day), Argentina, and Cyprus. Jose wrote for us about the warning signs that the collapse of Venezuela was approaching and they’re eerily familiar. Food rationing began, the cost of medical care became prohibitive, the health insurance system began to fail, and people began to make difficult choices about rent versus food. I don’t know how it could be any more clear than the fact that nearly half of the American population is also making that decision each month. What’s the answer? While the United Way hopes to boost the minimum wage, I don’t feel that is the answer because it will drive businesses to let employees go when they can’t afford to pay them. We have seen this happen in fast food establishments in which humans are on their way to being replaced by self-service kiosks and burger-flipping robots. I believe the only answer is to begin to produce more than we consume. Currently, Americans are like a horde of locusts, working at jobs that produce nothing, but consuming rabidly the imports that feed us, clothe us, and entertain us. We’re looking at economic tariffs on imports that may increase their price up to 40% and our own exports will be subject to tariffs in return. If you find yourself in a tough spot, these tips from The Cheapskate’s Guide to the Galaxy may help. Audit your situation. See where all your money is going, see how much debt you’re in, and see what the most immediate ramifications will be. Take care of the most important things first. In most situations, keeping your home paid for (rent or mortgage), paying utilities, and making your auto and insurance payments should come first. Take care of the things that will have the most immediate ramifications first. You may have to make some late payments on less vital things. If so, communicate with those to whom you owe money and try to make arrangements. This may affect your credit, but by communicating with them, you can keep damage to a minimum. Cut your expenses. When you audit your situation, you may find some places that you can slash your regular expenses. Don’t hesitate to reduce services that are unnecessary or to whittle down your monthly obligations. (More ideas here) Put a little money back into your emergency fund as soon as possible. This may sound counterintuitive but having a bit of money for minor emergencies means that you won’t need to rely on credit cards for these things, putting you even further in the hole. Pay off your debts. Use the snowball method to attack your debts. Start paying these off AFTER you pay for the things I recommended in step 2. Use the things you have on hand. Delay a trip to the store for as long as possible by planning a menu using the food in your pantry and freezer. (Think about the stockpile challenge we did and use those strategies. Get some ideas for meals from your stockpile in this article) Use the shampoo, soap, and personal hygiene products that you have already instead of buying new products. Raise extra money. This may come from selling things you don’t need, taking on some extra work, or by creating a product or service to sell. However you do this, use the extra revenue wisely to get out of debt and to rebuild your emergency fund. There are more ideas for making money quickly in this issue. And to harden yourself against the collapse that will only get worse, make these changes to help your family survive. What can you store?” is not the right question to ask. “What can you make?” – that’s the right question. Your focus has to be on long-term sustainability, frugality, and self-reliance. Don’t get me wrong – a stockpile is sensible and an essential course of action. It should definitely be part of your preparedness plan. However, you need to also be ready for the time when the supplies in your well-stocked pantry are no longer available. You need to be able to meet as many of your own needs as possible or you’ll end up being one of those people wearing dirty clothes because you can’t find laundry soap or going hungry because you can’t find any food at the stores – or can’t afford it if you can find it. You need to be ready for the end of a consumer-driven lifestyle, because quite frankly, there may soon come a day when there are no consumer goods to be had. Here are some ways to work on your Here are some ways to work on your self-reliance: Looking for the thrifty answer using things you have on hand, instead of purchasing a solution to every problem Fixing things that are broken instead of replacing them Eating simple food you prepare from scratch Producing as much of your own food as possible Learning to forage Using “old-fashioned” alternatives for disposable things like diapers, wipes, feminine hygiene supplies, paper towels, and the like

Learning to make cleaning supplies and soaps, especially from accessible supplies (like vinegar, ash, and foraged natural ingredients)

Learning to make pantry basics like vinegar, sourdough, and cultured dairy products

Learning to preserve your harvests to see you through the lean days of winter

Providing your own services like heat, garbage disposal, and water

Learning about natural remedies from accessible sources

Learning to protect your family and property

It’s only by reducing your need for the things sold in stores that you can exempt yourself from the chaos and desperation that will erupt when everyone realizes that an economic collapse has occurred. 

:: 5-20-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Information Confirms There Is A Major Political Reckoning On The Horizon And Things Are About To Get Very Ugly - Insider Warns: IT Is About To Hit The Fan

May 20, 2018 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Part 1: MSM Desperately Starts Spinning And Distracting From Huge News Revealing FBI Spy Infiltrated Trump Campaign To Frame Him Before Russia Probe Began Part 2: The Fallout- After the media went into meltdown mode in order to spin and distract from the blockbusting news that the Obama administration, via the intelligence agencies under his control, did indeed order surveillance on the Trump campaign before the official "Russia investigation" began as well as before and after the 2016 presidential election, a rapid series of articles, legal opinions, and reactions followed. One of which, perhaps the most in-depth and objective, came from Shapiro Professor of Public Interest Law at George Washington University, Jonathan Turley. I say Turley's reaction and commentary is the most objective because Turley is not what anyone would consider a "Trump fan," or on the "Trump train," but has always provided fair and balanced analysis on the legalities and optics of the whole Russia-gate issue. Turley's piece over at The Hill is titled "After year of investigation, Trump can rightly claim some vindication," in where he describes the most recent revelation that had the media immediately spinning tales, offering justifications, making sure to provide a take that categorically seemed "sympathetic" to the "deep state," all the while ignoring the ramifications of a sitting administration targeting a candidate from an opposing political party for surveillance, giving the appearance that much of the intelligence community was being used as a political tool to prevent the opposing party's candidate from winning a presidential election. Turley on why he feels President Trump "can rightly claim some vindication": The New York Times this week disclosed that the FBI made a conscious effort to use secret counterintelligence powers to investigate Trump officials and may have had a confidential informant who was used in connection with key Trump figures long before the November 2016 election. (Officials stated anonymously that this was a longstanding source who worked with both the FBI and CIA for years.) In early 2017, President Trump was widely ridiculed for alleging that the Obama administration placed his campaign under surveillance. The response from experts on CNN and other sites was open mockery. Former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper came forward to assure the media that he could categorically deny the allegation and stated, “There was no such wiretap activity mounted against the president, the president-elect at the time, or as a candidate, or against his campaign.” The range of media analysis seemed to run from whether Trump was a clinical paranoid or a delusional demagogue. We now know there was, indeed, surveillance ordered repeatedly on Trump campaign figures before and after the election. Rather than acknowledge the troubling implications of an administration investigating the opposing party’s leading candidate for president, the media shifted to saying that there was ample reason to order the surveillance. While the entire article is worth the read, we will jump straight to Turley's concluding paragraphs, which leads us to the instantaneous reaction to president Trump's announcement from today, which seems to have sent the MSM into yet another tailspin. As a nation committed to the rule of law, we need a full and transparent investigation of these allegations. All of the allegations. That includes both the investigation of special counsel Mueller and the investigation of these latest allegations involving the FBI. For many Trump supporters, this new information deepens suspicions of the role of the “deep state.” If we ever hope to come out of these poisonous times as a unified nation, the public must be allowed to see the full record on both sides. Until then, many Americans across the country will continue to believe that, like “Jumpin’ Jack Flash,” Trump was greeted after his election by being “crowned with a spike” right through his head. Related: 10 Key Takeaways From The New York Times’ Error-Ridden Defense Of FBI Spying On Trump Campaign Transparency. Legal experts, Trump supporters, congressional Republicans on oversight committees, have all been demanding transparency. The FBI and DOJ, have blocked congress from accessing documents, to the point where they have threatened to subpoena them and hold members of the intelligence community in contempt of congress for their refusal to provide the documentation needed for them to provide the oversight they are charged with. Well, this morning, as part of a series of hard-hitting tweets, President Trump made an announcement that has Washington Post, the intel community mouth-piece, melting down. Trump said "I hereby demand, and will do so officially tomorrow, that the Department of Justice look into whether or not the FBI/DOJ infiltrated or surveilled the Trump Campaign for Political Purposes - and if any such demands or requests were made by people within the Obama Administration!" In response to that particular tweet, former United States Secret Service agent Dan Bongino, predicted "Excellent! The s%^* is about to hit the fan. Watch the media desperately try to insulate Obama as the disturbing truth about the police-state Obama administration comes out." It took a little bit over an hour for his prediction to be proven true as the propaganda arm of the "deep state," otherwise known as Washington Post, to publish their weak attempt to "insulate" the Obama administration, by hyperventilating about Trump's tweet, then claiming how it would be "more explosive" for the president to "order the Justice Department to turn over documents on the confidential source to Congress — which department leaders have said they are unwilling to do." Wait, what?? Yesterday's bombshells about a "source" spying on the Trump campaign at the behest of the FBI, before the Russia probe was even started, came in the form of a NYT article and four Wapo articles, in which they all described said source, in such a manner, that as The Intercept's Glenn Greenwald pointed out, that while they did not use his name they provided "so many details about him that anyone with Google would be able to instantly know his name." This is not about hiding a source. The MSM, with the help of anonymous intelligence community sources, already outed the source, while at the same time refusing to hand the information over to congressional investigators. The fact that they all basically sacrificed the source after such a long, protracted and very public battle about identifying the source, tells us there is something even bigger, much more damning and damaging to the intelligence community and specifically the former Obama officials, getting ready to drop. Whether that information will be part of the upcoming DOJ OIG report regarding misconduct on the part of the FBI, DOJ, and other intelligence agencies, or something else, is unknown at this point. Immediately following the Wapo article, the other propaganda arm of the intel community, the New York Times, jumped into action, claiming that Trump's tweet "went beyond his usual tactics of suggesting wrongdoing and political bias by those investigating him, and crossed over into applying overt presidential pressure on the Justice Department to do his bidding, an extraordinary realm where past presidents have rarely tread." NYT took their hyperbole even further than Wapo did, claiming Trump's demand "could force a clash between the sitting president and his Justice Department that is reminiscent of the one surrounding Richard M. Nixon during Watergate." Other freakouts include media personalities via social media, with MSNBC's Justice & Security Analyst Matthew Miller declaring that President Trump has "crossed the red line." BuzzFeed's legal editor Chris Geidner, states "The tweet could set up a constitutional crisis......" While a whole host of media personalities are running to protect the Obama/Clinton cabal of "deep staters," one of the most ironic comes from CNN analyst and liberal-leaning lawfareblog contributing editor Carrie Cordero, who says "The Department of Justice doesn't open investigations for political purposes, which is what the president says today he will order tomorrow. There are rules. And I'm convinced there are people left in this government who will follow them." Considering the investigation President Trump is demanding is into how the DOJ, under Obama, did open investigations into Trump campaign members being opened for "political purposes," which is now public knowledge, her assertion is actually laughable. Americans now get to see how opposed to transparency the liberal media is, to truth seeing the light of day and to governmental wrongdoings being exposed. Frankly this is unprecedented. It is unbelievable the lengths the liberal media is willing to go to prevent the American people from seeing how politicized the intelligence community had become during the Obama administration, to the point where they spied on an opposing party's presidential campaign, withheld information from the FISA court about who funded their "probable cause" (Steele dossier) to apply for a surveillance warrant, created the Russia investigation as an "insurance policy," in case Donald Trump won the 2016 election, and then the former FBI Director, James Comey admitted to leaking classified memos to a friend with the sole purpose of having his friend leak it to the media in order to spur a special counsel to conduct the Russia probe. The media need to be held accountable by their audience for their attempts to prevent their followers from learning the extent of corruption the media has refused to inform them of. There is a major reckoning on the horizon, not just for corrupt intelligence officials, former and current, but for the liberal media. Related Must-Read: “Collusion against Trump” timeline BOTTOM LINE - ANALYSIS ON TIMING President Trump's original tweets regarding being surveilled by the Obama administration before the election came in March 2017, so what exactly took so long to finally get to the point where everything is coming out now? A step back to look at the bigger picture and what has occurred over the last year-plus, provides us with some clues. In February 2017, described as the "bloodbath" at the State Department, former Secretary of State Rex Tillerson cleared out the "seventh floor," who had previously been quoted as calling themselves "The Shadow Government." Since President Trump took office, we have seen a number of people terminated, including but not limited to Former Acting Attorney General Sally Yates, Former FBI Director James Comey, and Former Deputy FBI Director Andrew McCabe. We have also seen a number of other FBI and DOJ senior level employees reassigned (Peter Strzok/Lisa Page), demoted (Bruce Ohr) and others taken out of positions of influence. During that time, President Trump has also set a record for the most ever federal appeals judges confirmed during the first year of a presidency, as well as a Supreme Court Judge. In other words, the president has re-positioned or removed Obama holdovers that could have influenced or obstructed a proper investigation, while re-balancing the courts that became full of liberal activists, while giving the DOJ Inspector General times to conclude his investigations into possible misconduct on the part of those intelligence members. The IG report is finished, has been handed over to the proper parties for viewing so that they can submit their official response to be added to the report before it is released publicly and word is, the IG has prepared criminal referrals in regards to their conduct in the Clinton investigation. The IG has also been tasked with investigating possible FISA abuses. Now that the intelligence community has been forced to admit they did indeed spy on the Trump campaign before the Russia investigation officially began, it is time to expose the rest, which is exactly what President Trump just announced he planned on doing. Things are about to get very ugly. [Update] Rod Rosenstein hasn't even waited for President Trump to officially order the investigation, he has already "asked the Justice Department's inspector general Sunday to review whether there was improper politically motivated surveillance of the Trump campaign in 2016," according to Washington Examiner. 

:: 5-20-18 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stopping Robert Mueller to protect us all

By Mark Penn, opinion contributor — 05/20/18 07:00 PM EDT

19,488  The views expressed by contributors are their own and not the view of The Hill

The “deep state” is in a deep state of desperation. With little time left before the Justice Department inspector general’s report becomes public, and with special counsel Robert Mueller having failed to bring down Donald Trump after a year of trying, they know a reckoning is coming. At this point, there is little doubt that the highest echelons of the FBI and the Justice Department broke their own rules to end the Hillary Clinton “matter,” but we can expect the inspector general to document what was done or, more pointedly, not done. It is hard to see how a yearlong investigation of this won’t come down hard on former FBI Director James Comey and perhaps even former Attorney General Loretta Lynch, who definitely wasn’t playing mahjong in a secret “no aides allowed” meeting with former President Clinton on a Phoenix airport tarmac. With this report on the way and congressional investigators beginning to zero in on the lack of hard, verified evidence for starting the Trump probe, current and former intelligence and Justice Department officials are dumping everything they can think of to save their reputations. But it is backfiring. They started by telling the story of Alexander Downer, an Australian diplomat, as having remembered a bar conversation with George Papadopoulos, a foreign policy adviser to the Trump campaign. But how did the FBI know they should talk to him? That’s left out of their narrative. Downer’s signature appears on a $25 million contribution to the Clinton Foundation. You don’t need much imagination to figure that he was close with Clinton Foundation operatives who relayed information to the State Department, which then called the FBI to complete the loop. This wasn’t intelligence. It was likely opposition research from the start. In no way would a fourth-hand report from a Maltese professor justify wholesale targeting of four or five members of the Trump campaign. It took Christopher Steele, with his funding concealed through false campaign filings, to be incredibly successful at creating a vast echo chamber around his unverified, fanciful dossier, bouncing it back and forth between the press and the FBI so it appeared that there were multiple sources all coming to the same conclusion. Time and time again, investigators came up empty. Even several sting operations with an FBI spy we just learned about failed to produce a DeLorean-like video with cash on the table. But rather than close the probe, the deep state just expanded it. All they had were a few isolated contacts with Russians and absolutely nothing related to Trump himself, yet they pressed forward. Egged on by Steele, they simply believed Trump and his team must be dirty. They just needed to dig deep enough. Perhaps the murkiest event in the timeline is Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein’s appointment of a special counsel after he personally recommended Comey’s firing in blistering terms. With Attorney General Jeff Sessions shoved out of the way, Rosenstein and Mueller then ignored their own conflicts and took charge anyway. Rosenstein is a fact witness, and Mueller is a friend of Comey, disqualifying them both. Flush with 16 prosecutors, including a former lawyer for the Clinton Foundation, and an undisclosed budget, the Mueller investigation has been a scorched-earth effort to investigate the entirety of the Trump campaign, Trump business dealings, the entire administration and now, if it was not Russia, maybe it’s some other country. The president’s earlier legal team was naive in believing that, when Mueller found nothing, he would just end it. Instead, the less investigators found, the more determined and expansive they became. This president and his team now are on a better road to put appropriate limits on all this. This process must now be stopped, preferably long before a vote in the Senate. Rather than a fair, limited and impartial investigation, the Mueller investigation became a partisan, open-ended inquisition that, by its precedent, is a threat to all those who ever want to participate in a national campaign or an administration again. Its prosecutions have all been principally to pressure witnesses with unrelated charges and threats to family, or just for a public relations effect, like the indictment of Russian internet trolls. Unfortunately, just like the Doomsday Machine in “Dr. Strangelove” that was supposed to save the world but instead destroys it, the Mueller investigation comes with no “off” switch: You can’t fire Mueller. He needs to be defeated, like Ken Starr, the independent counsel who investigated President Clinton. Finding the “off” switch will not be easy. Step one here is for the Justice Department inspector general report to knock Comey out of the witness box. Next, the full origins of the investigation and its lack of any real intelligence needs to come out in the open. The attorney general, himself the target of a secret investigation, needs to take back his Justice Department. Sessions needs to act quickly, along with U.S. Attorney John Huber, appointed to conduct an internal review of the FBI, on the Comey and McCabe matters following the inspector general report, and then announce an expanded probe into other abuses of power. The president’s lawyers need to extend their new aggressiveness from words to action, filing complaints with the Justice Department’s Office of Professional Responsibility on the failure of Mueller and Rosenstein to recuse themselves and going into court to question the tactics of the special counsel, from selective prosecutions on unrelated matters, illegally seizing Government Services Administration emails, covering up the phone texts of FBI officials Peter Strzok and Lisa Page, and operating without a scope approved by the attorney general. (The regulations call for the attorney general to recuse himself from the investigation but appear to still leave him responsible for the scope.) The final stopper may be the president himself, offering two hours of testimony, perhaps even televised live from the White House. The last time America became obsessed with Russian influence in America was the McCarthy hearings in the 1950s. Those ended only when Sen. Joseph McCarthy (R-Wis.) attacked an associate of the U.S. Army counsel, Joseph Welch, and Welch famously responded: “Sir, have you no decency?” In this case, virtually every associate and family member of the president has been subject to smears conveniently leaked to the press. Stopping Mueller isn’t about one president or one party. It’s about all presidents and all parties. It’s about cleaning out and reforming the deep state so that our intelligence operations are never used against opposing campaigns without the firmest of evidence. It’s about letting people work for campaigns and administrations without needing legal defense funds. It’s about relying on our elections to decide our differences. Mark Penn is a managing partner of the Stagwell Group, a private equity firm specializing in marketing services companies, as well as chairman of the Harris Poll and author of “Microtrends Squared.” He served as pollster and adviser to President Clinton from 1995 to 2000, including during Clinton’s impeachment. You can follow him on Twitter @Mark_Penn. 

:: 5-20-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex and 199 Others Accused of Being Russian Agents


The Common Sense Show Published on May 20, 2018 

:: 5-20-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As 5G Techno Kill Grid Is Established All Around Us, Experts Warn The Odds Of An AI Catastrophe Could Be As High As One In Ten

- In Scientific Game, Rogue AI Destroys Humanity, Bringing An Instant 'Loss' Of The Game

May 20, 2018 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this May 18th story over at Market Watch titled "How To Prevent Artificial-Intelligence-Driven Machines From Taking Over The World", they report that parameters and policies on the usage of AI should be set now with companies and government's deploying the powerful technologies which are now transforming nearly ever sector of our society. Reporting within their story that the reason why many people can't quite understand the apocalyptic view of AI potentially taking over the world is because they don't understand the difference between the two types of AI, they then explain the difference between the two, 'narrow AI' and 'artificial general intelligence', which helps bring things into focus. And while their story also paints a balanced picture of AI, it's quite clear to those paying attention that AI is ushering in the the 'beast system' before our very eyes as Sharon Gilbert reports in this must-read new story over at Sky Watch TV titled "SUMMONING THE DRAGON: Artificial Intelligence And The Coming Beast System". With 5G and the 'internet of things' also being rolled out at this time and helping to comprise the 'summoning of the dragon', we've previously warned on ANP that those who aren't prepared for this opening of pandora's box are going to be bushwhacked by it. And as we see in 1st video below from videographer The Fullerton Informer, there are signs to indicate this 5G kill grid that is being established around us will result in forced vaccinations as the elite continue their plans to cull humanity. First, from the Market Watch story on the difference between the two kinds of AI. To understand what is at stake, consider the distinction between “narrow AI” and “artificial general intelligence” (AGI). Narrow AI can operate only in one or a few domains at a time, so while it may outperform humans in select tasks, it remains under human control. AGI, by contrast, can reason across a wide range of domains, and thus could replicate many human intellectual skills, while retaining all of the advantages of computers, such as perfect memory recall. Run on sophisticated computer hardware, AGI could outpace human cognition. In fact, it is hard to conceive an upper limit for how advanced AGI could become. Another way of thinking about the potential threat of AGI is to compare it to other catastrophic risks. In the 1990s, the U.S. Congress saw fit to have NASA track large asteroids that could collide with the earth, even though the odds of that happening are around one in 5,000 per century. With AGI, the odds of a catastrophe over the upcoming century could be as high as one in a hundred, or even one in ten, judging by the pace of R&D and the strength of expert concern. While their story takes a very balanced look at AI, they also warn that "what matters most is that we take constructive action now to minimize the risk of a catastrophe down the road. This is not a task that we can hope to complete at the last minute." Yet as AI experts such as Elon Musk have warned, very little in the AI or transhumanists fields are being regulated. As Gilbert reports within her story over at Sky Watch TV, "those who keep an eye on trends can see what lies ahead, but even the sharpest vision may not foresee everything." Yet as Steve Quayle warns in his new book "Terminated: The End Of Man Is Here", "refusing to recognize the dangers that we face, even when it stared them in the face, will lead to the end of the human race". As this January story over at Newsweek reported, scientists recently simulated such AGI intelligence within a video game that was a modification of the strategy game "Civilization 5" and quite predictably, the AI soon took over. Reporting that at first, AI provided some benefits to humanity, those benefits didn't last long at all. From their story: One outcome offers a dire prophecy of the demise of humanity, achieving the game’s aim of helping players better understand the existential threat posed by advanced artificial intelligence.Artificial intelligence can initially provide some benefits, and eventually can turn into superintelligence that brings mastery of science to its discoverer,” the researchers write in the add-on’s description. “However, if too much artificial intelligence research goes uncontrolled, rogue superintelligence can destroy humanity and bring an instant loss of the game.” In this scenario, a message appears in the game that reads: “A device for creating utopia on Earth has been discovered, and your civilization was not the one to discover it. Future generations will live in a perfect world, but someone else’s perfect world, as your civilization lies forgotten in the ancient books of history.” The Newsweek story goes on to report that this wasn't the first time that such a video game had been created that resulted in detrimental consequences to humanity from 'rogue AI' and as they tell us, while the goals of AI may be simple, if it is not programmed to value human life, catastrophe absolutely awaits. Warning also that a huge fear is once AI becomes smarter than those who created it, it will be impossible for people to shut down, it's long been warned that once the AI genie is out of the bottle, there will be no way to cap it. Once again, from the Newsweek story: The game Paperclips explored the parable of an AI programmed to manufacture paperclips, first described by the philosopher Nick Bostrom in a 2003 paper exploring ethical issues in advanced artificial intelligence. While the goal of the AI is simple, if it is not programmed to value human life then it could eventually gather all matter in the universeincluding human beings—in order to create more paperclips. Both games highlight the fear that a machine smarter than humans will be impossible to switch off. At a conference in 2015, Bostrom hypothesized why neanderthals didn’t wipe out humans when they had the chance to avoid being taken over as the dominant species on the planet. “They certainly had reasons,” Bostrom said in his TED (technology, entertainment and design) talk. “The reason is that we are an intelligent adversary. We can anticipate threats and plan around them. But so could a super intelligent agent and it would be much better at that than we are.” Other academics are already working on safeguards and ways to preclude such risk, most notably Google’s DeepMind—headed by another video game simulation pioneer, Demis Hassabis. In a peer-reviewed paper in 2016, researchers from DeepMind described an off switch that would override any previous commands and shut down the AI and prevent any potential apocalyptic scenarios. Dire warnings about advanced AI have become increasingly common in recent years within academic and tech circles, with Stephen Hawking one of the most outspoken voices. “Success in creating AI could be the biggest event in the history of our civilization,” Hawking said at an event in Cambridge in 2016. “But it could also be the last—unless we learn how to avoid the risks. Alongside the benefits, AI will also bring dangers like powerful autonomous weapons or new ways for the few to oppress the many.” And while just a metaphor, might rogue AI one day 'turn human beings into paperclips'? With government's and corporations leading the way in the rollout of AI and no real regulation to ensure that such AI is being programmed to value human life, the warnings from 'the watchmen' about the potential dangers of AI cannot be over-emphasized. In an episode of the television show "Person Of Interest", a show which features a 'present day' America watched over every second of every day by an artificially intelligent 'machine', the plot of one particular story featured a wealthy business woman who is murdered because she questioned the safety of a technology used with one of her company's new product. The technology? 5G. We have embedded the 2nd video below which features one of the main characters warning that microwave radiation from 5G will cook the human body and as our videographer points out, "Person Of Interest" pointed out these potential dangers of 5G years ahead of its rollout. With the show also warning of the dangers of AI and the still unfolding 'surveillance state' in America, as Susan Duclos mentioned to me while we were watching the episode, it shouldn't be a surprise that "Person Of Interest" was cancelled as their warnings about 5G and the potential dangers of AI cut far too close to 'the truth'. And while the mainstream media would never admit that deadly marriage between 5G and AI could spawn the destruction of the human race, the excerpt republished below from this story over at Washington's Blog helps to put things into proper perspective. The Same Frequencies Used for Pain-Inflicting Crowd Control Weapons Form the Foundation of the Network that Will Tie Together More Than 50 Billion Devices As Part of the Internet of Things. We previously noted that the Internet of Things (IoT) is a scam … being pushed so that Big Brother can spy on us. Believe it or not, IoT may also pose health and safety risks. Devra Lee Davis – Founding Director of the Board on Environmental Studies and Toxicology of the U.S. National Research Council says that the 5G wavelengths used in IoT have never been tested for health effects, and may adversely impact our skin and sweat glands: Dr. Davis’ group – Environmental Health Trust – explains: Israeli research studies presented at an international conference reveal that the same electromagnetic frequencies used for crowd control weapons form the foundation of the latest network – branded as 5G – that will tie together more than 50 billion devices as part of the Internet of Things. Current investigations of wireless frequencies in the millimeter and submillimeter range confirm that these waves interact directly with human skin, specifically the sweat glands. Dr. Ben-Ishai of the Department of Physics, Hebrew University, Israel recently detailed how human sweat ducts act like an array of helical antennas when exposed to these wavelengths. Scientists cautioned that before rolling out 5G technologies that use these frequencies, research on human health effects needed to be done first to ensure the public and environment are protected. In another new story over at Skywatch TV they report that the world's most influential synthetic biologist is now testing genetic engineering that might be used to make 'post-humans' immortal. Just the latest recent story we've read that shows that one of the main goals of transhumanism is 'eternal life', New Scientist recently reported the transhumanists goals of "ultimately escape death by turning themselves into machines – is hundreds of years old, and as controversial as ever." With the globalists also pushing transhumanism as a new religion, will the merging of man and machine bring with it the globalists desired 'utopia' or be another step that eventually brings about the end of the human race? As Steve Quayle has warned, those who fall for transhumanism and merging themselves with machines have fallen for the globalists "ultimate seduction". How can we prepare for what is coming? Embrace Jesus and get off the grid if any way possible. While the 'father of transhumanism' promotes that robotic implants in human brains will bring 'Godhood' to those who've fallen for that 'ultimate seduction', as we read in this April of 2017 story over at Linked In titled "AI (Artificial Intelligence) and Transhumanism are the Dead End of Humanity as We KNOW it...", it'll eventually bring just the opposite. The final video below is the trailer for Steve Quayle's new book "Terminated: The End Of Man Is Here". I certainly do not agree that technology will make us "godlike". Just the opposite, it will make us "subhuman and technological garbage". If GOD would just be a computer in the universe, He would have created humanity as little chips and computer interfaces, instead GOD chose to give MAN free will. So we shall use our free will to break free from this technology Prison Planet and go back to interacting with each other as Human Beings. 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc..

:: 5--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Russians Can Take Down Our Grid and Communications

By Dave Hodges

Our country has been sold out. Over the past 7 years, the Russians have been put into position to take down our grid and our communications. Obama was the catalyst, but his dirty work continues. Here is an outline of what Obama has done to the safety and security of the American people. He helped author a bilateral agreement in 2011 with the Russian Foreign Ministry which brought the FIRST 15,000 Russian troops to America. This was the first ever appearance of Russian soldiers on American soil. In 2013, Obama allowed the Russians and the Chinese to participate in the Grid Ex drills. The Russians would have learned how to take down the grid. Paul Martin, through a high level, deep-cover source has learned that Russian operatives have been placed in key positions in the telecoms. So, not only do the Russians know how to take down our grid. They have been put into position to take down our communications as well. Why do I believe Paul Martin’s source? Because his revelations fit hand in glove with what I already know to be true about the Russian infiltration. Here is a brief recounting of the Russian infiltration with enough documentation to circumstantially validate Paul Martin’s claims. What is going on in America, is part of a generations-old plan by the Soviets. Stanislav Lunev and Long-Term Russian Preparations for War Against the U.S. Former Russian Colonel Stanislav Lunev has the distinction of being the highest ranking Russian military officer to defect from to the United States after doing so in 1992, after Boris Yeltsin came to power. Lunev’s information was considered to be so volatile, but accurate, that the CIA, DIA, FBI, NSA placed Lunev, where he remains to this day, in the FBI’s Witness Protection Program. Lunev served as the top GRU agent in America in the 1980’s and 1990’s. While in the United States, Lunev mission involved gathering intelligence information about America’s defenses and recommending Russian war strategies against America. Some of Lunev’s information came to light, when in the 1997, he published his bestselling book Through the Eyes of the Enemy. In the book, Lunev reports that Russia’s military, despite “losing the cold war”, continues in its war preparations which are designed to conquer the United States by stealth. Since his defection, Lunev has served as a special agent to the FBI, CIA as well as many large corporations. Lunev is best known for revealing the missing 100+ missing suitcase nuclear bombs and the threat they would pose to the United States as they would be smuggled across the Mexican border. He also talked about the destruction of American infrastructure through multi-generational infiltration. Obama’s Treason In a treasonous act that would even make Benedict Arnold turn green with envy, FEMA and Russia engaged in an extra-constitutional “agreements” (that means illegal agreements), which were inked in the spring of 2012 in Washington, D.C., at the fourth annual meeting of the illegally created “U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations.” This extra-governmental organization, formed under the Obama administration, is one of almost two dozen similar “working groups” bringing together top U.S. and Russian officials. These documents go on to state that FEMA and the Russian military are cooperating on everything from the drug war and agriculture to terror, science, enforcing the “rule of law” (could that be code for martial law?), health, environment, energy, nuclear issues, education, culture, media, business, arms control, and more, according to the U.S. State Department. The following is a quote from the Russian Emergency Situations Ministry: “The Russian Emergency Situations Ministry and the USA Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) are going to exchange experts during joint rescue operations in major disasters. This is provided by a protocol of the fourth meeting of the U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations and seventeenth meeting of Joint U.S.-Russia Cooperation Committee on Emergency Situations, which took place in Washington on 25 June. The document provides for expert cooperation in disaster response operations and to study the latest practices. In addition, the parties approved of U.S.-Russian cooperation in this field in 2013-2014, which envisages exchange of experience including in monitoring and forecasting emergency situations, training of rescuers, development of mine-rescuing and provision of security at mass events.Don’t be deceived America, this is not just another example of international cooperation between two nations. As far back January of 2012, Russia threatened nuclear war and the threat was issued by the outgoing Russian ambassador to NATO, Dmitry Rogozin, when he said that “Russia has given Iran its bear hug and warns Israel and the West that an attack on Tehran would be considered an attack on Moscow”…. The nuclear attack threatened of the former Russian NATO ambassador is not the only time that the Russians have threatened to nuke the United States. Several years ago, the Russians threatened to nuke targeted American sites in retaliation for a nuclear shield that the US erected in Europe. The unmistakable conclusion is that the Russian government is an enemy of the United States and as such their military does not belong on our soil in any way shape or form. Not only were the Russian troops used in the Grid EX II drill, they were used to police major events on American soil. This is martial law desensitization training in which the Russians are trained to interact with American citizens. In short, these enemies of the Republic are a part of the new martial law enforcement troops and this development defies belief and as I have documented, this will be done under the authority of the United Nations. Obama opened the backdoor and let our enemies in the country in this version of the ultimate “Trojan Horse” scenario. This also explains why Obama turned the United States military upside down on its ear with his endless series of purges of our military leadership. Obama knows that most of the previous military leadership was not on board with the treason coming out of the White House. Therefore, Obama was reshuffling the deck in an attempt to find American generals and admirals who will do his unconstitutional bidding. The agreement even called for Russian troops to engage in policing activities at American public events on American soil. And we are seeing the same thing at the Army base at Fort Carson, Colorado where Russian soldiers were training at the local base and are engaged in local policing activities. This is an euphemism for martial law training as the Russians are being trained to interact with the American public in positions of authority. The backdoor that Obama opened has a lot to do with our power grid. With the news that Hackers can take over the grid on command, we must consider the fact that when Obama allowed the Russians and the Chinese to participate in the EMP prep drills calls Grid EX, he gave our enemies the know how on to simulate an EMP attack and take down the Grid. This has potentially dire consequences for every man, woman and child in America. Here is the complete story… As if this is not bad enough. Paul Martin’s source came forward to announce that the Russians are occupying key positions in the telecom industry. So, they can take down our grid and take down our communications. Here is my intereview with Paul Martin about this development. Rawlins, Wyoming: UN Command and Control with EMP Proof Communications There is more circumstantial proof that Paul’s source is making a legitimate claim. I previously filed a report on UN activity in Rawlins, WY., in which the UN possessed communications equipment that our experts told us would survive an EMP attack upon the grid. “…Both Paul Martin and myself have received voluminous reports about foreign/UN troop activity in the region. Some of these reports led me to file the following report in December of 2017 along with photographic evidence of UN EMP proof communications equipment, as identified my expert, in this region. Here is the previously published report: Over the past 18 months, the small town of Rawlins, Wyoming has come to my attention because of its intimate association with DHS and the UN. Further, this small town of under 10,ooo people has played host to some very large scale bioweapon response drills as well as testing the efficacy of the Federal authorities to be able to respond to a terrorist chemical attack. I have taken the following photos to military personnel who tell me this is an United Nations operation. The particular equipment you are looking at is designed to operate and persevere through an EMP attack. Most recently, Paul Martin and myself have received an identical communication from the Rawlins area. Please take note the following photos:” Now we see UN EMP proof communications in this very bizarre place. If the Russians can now take down our grid and communications, but there similar UN equipment survive, who will win when the fighting starts? Shortly after this report, I started receiving information of similar devices around the country with the first report coming in from Aurora, Colorado. We are in a lot of trouble. Perhaps this kind of historical and current evidence will begin to wake up a slumbering country that we are being conquered by stealth right under our noses. 

:: 5-20-18 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dick’s Sporting Goods sales sink after new gun policy

Posted on May 20, 2018 by Dr. Eowyn | 43 Comments

We could have told you so. Mairead Mcardle reports for National Review, March 22, 2018, that Dick’s Sporting Goods has suffered a surprisingly steep downturn in sales since promising to stop selling certain guns: Stock tumbled to the lowest in four months after the sports store banned assault-style weapons from its Field & Stream stores and raised the minimum age for a customer to buy a firearm from 18 to 21. The company’s shares fell 7.3% after going up 13% this year. Sales failed to hit the projected $2.74 billion, tapering off at $2.66 billion for this quarter. However, the store has also suffered problems with overstocking and high discounts, as well as increased competition from places like Nike and Amazon. After the Parkland school shooting last month that killed 17, Dick’s executives were aghast to learn that the young gunman had bought one of his many guns from them, though not the one he used in the shooting. As a sign of solidarity with the student protesters calling for gun control laws, Dick’s announced it would no longer sell assault-style firearms and high-capacity magazines. Dick’s instituted a similar ban after the 2012 Sandy Hook shooting but rescinded it a few months later by introducing assault weapons to its Field & Stream stores. This time, however, the ban is permanent. The company virtue-signaled in a statement: “Thoughts and prayers are not enough. We support and respect the Second Amendment, and we recognize and appreciate that the vast majority of gun owners in this country are responsible, law-abiding citizens. But we have to help solve the problem that’s in front of us.” CEO Edward Stack said the decision to stop selling assault-style firearms and high-capacity magazines is “not going to be positive from a traffic standpoint and a sales standpoint. There’s going to be some pushback and we expected that. There are going to be the people who don’t shop us anymore for anything.” Dick’s still plans to open 19 new stores this year and hopes it will boost their brand. 

:: 5-20-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Contaminated Fukushima Water Storage Tanks "Close To Capacity", TEPCO Admits

by Tyler Durden Sun, 05/20/2018 - 23:15

The Tokyo Electric Power Company is running out of container space to store water contaminated by tritium outside the Fukushima No. 1 nuclear power plant, and it's also running out of room for building more tanks, according to Yomiuri Shimbum, a Japanese newspaper, which is creating an intractable problem for the utility, which has been tasked with supervising the cleanup of Fukushima. The Japanese government has been desperately trying to accelerate the cleanup ahead of the upcoming 2020 Olympic Games in Tokyo - and it's a miracle it hasn't run into this issue sooner. TEPCO is still struggling with how to dispose of the tritium-tainted water. Options discussed have included dumping it into the ocean, but that proposal has angered local fishing communities. At some point, TEPCO and the government will need to make a difficult decision. Until then, ground water will continue to seep into the ruined reactor, where it becomes contaminated. Afterward, TEPCO can treat the contaminated water to purify it, but they can't remove the tritium, which is why the supply of water contaminated with tritium continues to grow. As one government official pointed out, Japan can't simply store the radioactive water forever. As of now, the company should be able to store water until 2020. Efforts have been made to increase storage capacity by constructing bigger tanks when the time comes for replacing the current ones. But a senior official of the Economy, Trade and Industry Ministry said, "Operation of tanks is close to its capacity." TEPCO plans to secure 1.37 million tons of storage capacity by the end of 2020, but it has not yet decided on a plan for after 2021. Akira Ono, chief decommissioning officer of TEPCO, said, "It is impossible to continue to store [treated water] forever." But after that, Tepco is either going to need to start releasing the tritium water into the ocean (something that has been done by many power plants, but is politically popular in Japan) or find another solution. In fact, an average of 380 trillion becquerels had been annually released into the sea across Japan during the five years before the accident. If the water from Fukushima is diluted to the point that tritium content is only 1 million becquerels per liter, which is more than 10 times higher than the national average for sea release. But if it's diluted, it can eventually be released. However, an industry report has determined that sea release would be the safest and most efficient option. Regarding disposal methods for the treated water, the industry ministry’s working group compiled a report in June 2016 that said that the method of release into the sea is the cheapest and quickest among five ideas it examined. The ideas were (1) release into the sea, (2) release by evaporation, (3) release after electrolysis, (4) burial underground and (5) injection into geological layers. After that, the industry ministry also established an expert committee to look into measures against harmful misinformation. Although a year and a half has passed since the first meeting of the committee, it has not yet reached a conclusion. At the eighth meeting of the committee held on Friday, various opinions were expressed. One expert said, "While the fishery industry [in Fukushima and other prefectures] is in the process of revival, should we dispose of [the treated water] now?" The other said, "In order to advance the decommissioning, the number of tanks should be decreased at an early date." The working group is planning to hold a public hearing to consider other methods of disposal. But if none can be found, Japan will have no choice but to dump the contaminated water into the ocean. 

:: 5--18 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

State Sets Massive Precedent, Passes Law To Effectively Ban The NSA

By Rachel Blevins

Michigan has become the first state to ban the National Security Agency’s intrusive data collection practices by passing a law that prohibits law enforcement and state agencies from turning over personal data to the federal government without due process. The Fourth Amendment Rights Protection Act, or HB4430, will go into effect next month after it passed the Michigan state legislature with overwhelming support and only one “no” vote. The text of the bill states that its purpose is to prohibit this state and certain other governmental agents, employees, and entities in this state from assisting a federal agency in obtaining certain forms of data without a warrant; and to prohibit certain uses of certain data collected without a warrant. According to the new law, the state and its political subdivisions “shall not assist, participate with, or provide material support or resources to a federal agency to enable it to collect or to facilitate in the collection or use of a person’s electronic data or metadata,” unless at least or more of the following criteria are met: The person has given informed consent. The action is pursuant to a warrant that is based upon probable cause and particularly describes the person, place, or thing to be searched or seized. The action is in accordance with a legally recognized exception to warrant requirements. The action will not infringe on any reasonable expectation of privacy the person may have. This state or a political subdivision of this state collected the electronic data or metadata legally.” As the Washington Examiner reported, the new law is “the biggest accomplishment yet growing out of efforts to block water to a massive NSA data-storage center in Bluffdale, Utah.” Similar laws have been proposed and have fallen short in states such as Alaska, Maryland, South Carolina, and Washington. The Fourth Amendment Rights Protection Act in Michigan claims the “electronic data” that will be protected from the NSA includes “an electronic communication or the use of an electronic communication service,” “the precise or approximate location of the sender or recipients of an electronic communication,” and “the identity of an individual or device involved in the communication.” Michigan State Rep. Martin Howrylak, a sponsor of the bill, told the Examiner that he believes its passage “speaks to the fact that a lot of the domestic surveillance of American citizens is highly unpopular.” “It hangs up a sign on Michigan’s door saying, ‘No violation of the Fourth Amendment, look elsewhere,’” Howrylak said. “Democrats, as well as Republicans, would certainly stand very strong in our position on what this law means.” While Howrylak said he thinks the law makes “a strong court case saying this is what the state intends,” he hopes other states will join in by passing similar legislation, in an effort to cripple the NSA’s illegal activities. Next month marks 5 years since former NSA contractor Edward Snowden released a trove of classified documents revealing that the United States government was routinely collecting metadata from innocent American citizens without warrants, and using “national security” to justify its actions. Secret $1.8 Million Cryptocurrency Script While the NSA’s warrantless data collection was ruled illegal by a court in June 2015, it has continued and the government has attempted to cover up its illegal actions by writing them into law. The latest example of this occurred earlier this year when Congress reauthorized Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA). Section 702 has served as the foundation for the NSA’s largest and most egregious surveillance programs for the last decade. The first attempt to reauthorize it was through the introduction of the USA Liberty Act. As The Free Thought Project reported, Congress claimed the bill would “better protect Americans’ privacy” by requiring the government to have “a legitimate national security purpose” before searching an individual’s database. However, what the bill did not advertise was the fact that it did not actually address the legitimate problems that exist with Section 702. The FBI’s “legitimate national security purpose” could be justified by just about any reason the agency chooses to give, and agents would only need supervisory authority in order to search Americans’ metadata. When the USA Liberty Act failed, the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence introduced the FISA Amendments Reauthorization Act of 2017, which renewed Section 702 for six years, after it was included in a massive spending bill passed by Congress. By signing the Fourth Amendment Rights Protection Act into law, the state of Michigan is taking a stand against the federal government’s unconstitutional practice of stealing data from innocent Americans without a warrant, and it is setting a precedent for other states in the country to follow. Rachel Blevins is an independent journalist from Texas, who aspires to break the false left/right paradigm in media and politics by pursuing truth and questioning existing narratives. Follow Rachel on Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Steemit and Patreon. This article first appeared at The Free Thought Project. 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 5-20-18 Bloomberg :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuelans Vote in Election Overshadowed by Crisis

By Andrew Rosati

May 20, 2018, 7:00 AM EDT Updated on May 20, 2018, 10:03 PM EDT

Venezuelans went to the polls Sunday in an election ignored by much of the country, but one that could set its path for decades to come. Scant, apathetic crowds formed outside Caracas voting stations. Many Venezuelans are shunning what they say is sham that will guarantee President Nicolas Maduro another six-year term. The country’s main opposition coalition is boycotting the vote, leaving Henri Falcon, a former governor, and televangelist Javier Bertucci, to attempt to animate a nation ravaged by hunger and hyperinflation. Just before 10 p.m., Falcon said the results of the election were suspect and illegitimate. In a late-night press conference, Falcon told reporters the vote was “neither transparent or clean.” “For us, there were no elections,” he said. “There need to be new elections.” Government supporters were gathering outside the Miraflores presidential palace in anticipation of a Maduro victory celebration. Food Shortages Earlier Sunday, Hector Hernandez, a 42-year-old military sergeant standing outside a voting center in the eastern district of Chacao, said his superiors required him to vote. “I’m here because I have to be,” said Hernandez, who said he struggles to feed his four children given hyperinflation and food shortages. Hernandez said he planned to cast his ballot against Maduro but held little hope it would bring change. “We’re in the middle of a disaster, but there is no chance they’re leaving. If I were a civilian, I’d be at home.” The United Nations has refused to certify Venezuela’s polling as fair. On Sunday, U.S. Deputy Secretary of State John Sullivan reiterated during an interview in Buenos Aires that America wouldn’t recognize the winner and that oil sanctions are under “active review.” While election observers have been invited from across the region and from Russia and Europe, they’re powerless to control a government accused of employing dirty tricks from intimidating voters to stuffing ballot boxes. Weekend Chores In neighborhoods such as 23 de Enero, Catia and Propatria -- some of the most populous in Caracas -- none of the voting centers had lines and only about a sixth of the electorate had voted by late morning. In Chacao, an opposition stronghold, more people were attending Mass at a church on a plaza than were in line to vote. Most business were shuttered and streets were eerily empty as many residents stayed home or busied themselves with weekend chores. “Today’s plan is to watch television and go to the pool,” said Andres Gonzalez, 25, the owner of a locksmith business, as he emerged from a supermarket. ‘Red Points’ Government supporters set up kiosks called “Red Points” near polling stations, which were to close at 6 p.m. They asked people who voted to show the Maduro-promoted Fatherland Card that’s required to receive subsidized food, and questioned them about their jobs and what government programs they use. Outside a station in the working-class neighborhood of San Martin near downtown Caracas, Maribel Machado, a 60-year-old retired teacher, helped take down names. She denied that voters were being threatened with hunger, saying the state was simply trying to better distribute its resources. “The opposition simply doesn’t want people to vote, what they have called for is violence and have spread lies,” Machado said. Falcon cast his vote in the western state of Lara, the state he once ran as governor, and called the Red Points an “intimidation mechanism, a form of political and social bribery that tried to buy voter’s dignity by scanning their I.D." Maduro rebutted claims that the vote was unfair and demanded “respect” for Venezuela’s election. “To the world, I say stop the ferocious campaign of confusion,” he said at press conference broadcast from a voting center in central Caracas, where he cast his ballot early in the day. The opposition alliance shunned the elections after the government refused to satisfy its demands, including restaffing a compliant electoral authority and providing additional time for primaries. While many polls have given a commanding lead to Falcon, he’s struggled to gain widespread support as many Maduro opponents accused him legitimizing a sham vote. And Bertucci has further split the diminished opposition bloc. But even as Maduro, 55, has consolidated political power, reviving Venezuela’s economy has been beyond his grasp. After years of mismanagement and a plunge in oil prices, it’s deteriorated to the point that electricity and running water have become luxuries, and malnutrition is rampant. Maduro has dealt out large and profitable sectors of the economy to the armed forces, installing soldiers in key positions at the state oil producer, PDVSA, and empowered the military to oversee the nation’s food supply. Unlucky Numbers However, the president, a former bus driver and foreign minister, has given little indication of his plans to remedy inflation that may hit 13,000 percent this year, and an economic contraction that could reach 9.2 percent. Maduro’s promise of an “economic revolution” is complicated by the threats from U.S. to punish the nation’s oil industry. Five years ago, oil was trading at over $100 a barrel, which gave the ruling socialists leeway. Now, it’s near $67 a barrel -- even after significant gains this year -- and the state producer’s creditors are already seizing its assets. Few expect that Maduro, who insists the crisis is the result of sabotage by business leaders and political foes, will change course if he wins, as expected, another six-year term. But if he loses, the nation may begin to climb out of a deep hole. “There is no evidence to suggest that Maduro has the intention or the ability to reform,” said Phil Gunson, a Caracas-based analyst at the International Crisis group. Worthless Currency Falcon and his adviser Francisco Rodriguez -- until recently the chief economist at boutique investment firm Torino Capital -- want to dollarize Venezuela’s moribund economy, swapping the worthless bolivar for the greenback, as Ecuador and El Salvador have done. They say their proposal would unwind years of byzantine currency controls and provide monthly subsidies to offset the adjustment. Bertucci, a businessman and evangelical preacher, has focused on promoting “Christian values” rather than on specific policy proposals. He said the economy must be fixed, corruption fought, and the nation’s humanitarian crisis healed, but has offered few ideas about how he might go about doing that. On Sunday, evidence of Venezuela’s economic crisis could be seen on every corner where trash bags had been dumped. Each had been ripped open and the contents spread across the sidewalks as hungry residents scavenged for food. — With assistance by Patricia Laya, and Noris Soto 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 5-20-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man gets dangerously close to a river of lava to take photo amid new warning for Hawaii residents of toxic cloud of GLASS particles and hydrochloric ACID from the Kilauea volcano

The Kilauea volcano on Hawaii's Big Island has become increasingly hazardous

The man donning shorts and flip-flops was seen taking pictures of a sea of lava that has consumed a valley

Molten rock poured into the ocean and sent clouds of hydrochloric acid and volcanic glass into the air

Lava flows have picked up speed in recent days, spattering molten rock that hit a man in the leg on Saturday

Kilauea volcano began erupting more than two weeks ago and burned dozens of homes

By Associated Press Published: 00:54 EDT, 20 May 2018 | Updated: 07:44 EDT, 21 May 2018

A man in shorts, T-shirt and flip-flops was seen on Sunday taking pictures of a sea of lava that has consumed a valley and woodland in the Puna District of Hawaii. The volcano that is oozing, spewing and exploding on Hawaii's Big Island became more hazardous - sending rivers of molten rock pouring into the ocean as well as hydrochloric acid and volcanic glass into the air. Kilauea volcano began erupting more than two weeks ago and has burned dozens of homes, forced thousands of people to flee and shot up ash clouds from its summit that led officials to distribute face masks. Lava flows have picked up speed in recent days, spattering molten rock that hit a man in the leg, the first major injury to occur. He was outside his home Saturday in the remote, rural region affected by the volcano when the lava 'hit him on the shin and shattered everything from there down on his leg,' Janet Snyder, Hawaii County mayor's spokeswoman, told the Hawaii News Now TV station. Lava that's flying through the air from cracks in the Earth can weigh as much as a refrigerator and even small pieces can be deadly, officials said. The injury came the same day that lava began streaming across a highway and flowing into the ocean. The interaction of lava and seawater has created a cloud of steam laced with hydrochloric acid and fine glass particles that can irrigate the skin and eyes and cause breathing problems. The lava haze, or 'laze,' extended as far as 15 miles (24 kilometers) west of where the lava gushed into the ocean on the Big Island's southern coast. It was just offshore and running parallel to the coast, said U.S. Geological Survey scientist Wendy Stovall. Residents view lava erupting from a Kilauea volcano fissure, at a small viewing party on a neighbor's porch, on Hawaii's Big Island on Saturday. Residents can't do much but stay informed and be ready to get out of the way Authorities warn that the plume could shift direction if the winds change. The Hawaiian Volcano Observatory says sulfur dioxide emissions also have tripled. Residents in the area have been evacuated, and the highway that the lava crossed has shut down in places. Joseph Kekedi, an orchid grower who lives and works about 3 miles (5 kilometers) from where lava is pouring into the sea, said luckily the flow didn't head his way. At one point, it was about a mile upslope from his property in the coastal community of Kapoho. He said residents can't do much but stay informed and be ready to get out of the way. 'Here's nature reminding us again who's boss,' Kekedi said. He is hosting a 90-year-old who evacuated from the Leilani Estates neighborhood, where lava started spewing May 3. He also was storing belongings for other friends who had to leave their homes. Kekedi said most of his neighbors are optimistic. He has friends who lost houses when lava smothered the town of Kalapana in the 1990s but they built again, found a good life and 'life went on.'

Read more: 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 5-19-18 Canoe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

HAWAII VOLCANO: No end in sight as fresh magma mixes with old

Associated Press Published: May 19, 2018 Updated: May 19, 2018 11:09 PM EDT

PAHOA, Hawaii — Lava oozing out of cracks for two weeks in rural Hawaii neighbourhoods took on new characteristics as fresher magma mixed with decades-old magma, sending a flow toward the ocean Saturday. Since a first fissure opened in a community on May 3, lava was mostly spattering up and collecting at the edges of the cracks in the ground. Two neighbourhoods with nearly 2,000 people were forced to evacuate as lava claimed 40 structures. On Friday afternoon, the lava changed dramatically with one fissure ramping up and sending a flow across a road, destroying four more homes and isolating residents, some of whom had to be air-lifted to safety. The change is attributed to new magma mixing with 1955-era magma in the ground, creating hotter and more fluid flows, scientists said “There’s much more stuff coming out of the ground and it’s going to produce flows that move further away,” said Wendy Stovall, a U.S. Geological Survey volcanologist. By Saturday morning, two of 22 fissures had merged, creating a wide flow advancing at rates of up to 300 yards (274 metres) per hour. Aerial footage from the USGS showed fast-moving lava advancing to the southeast. The flow was 1.5 miles (2.4 kilometres) from the ocean, scientists said. In the background, the footage showed lava fountaining 328 feet (100 metres) high at one of the fissures. The fountains are created by vents closing, forcing magma to burst through a single outpoint, Stovall said. If lava threatens main highways, more people will be told to prepare for voluntary evacuation. A lava flow was less than a mile (kilometre) away from Highway 137 and would reach it in a matter of hours, officials warned Saturday afternoon. No one lives in its path and another highway remained open as an escape route, said Hawaii County spokeswoman Janet Snyder. A handful of people were trapped when lava crossed a road Friday and some of them needed to be airlifted to safety. “They shouldn’t be in that area,” said County Managing Director Wil Okabe. He wants people to heed evacuation warnings. Edwin Montoya, who lives with his daughter on her farm near the site where lava crossed the road and cut off access, said the fissure opened and grew quickly. “It was just a little crack in the ground, with a little lava coming out,” he said. “Now it’s a big crater that opened up where the small little crack in the ground was.” Experts are uncertain about when the volcano might calm down. The Big Island volcano released a small explosion at its summit just before midnight Friday, sending an ash cloud 10,000 feet (3,048 metres) into the sky. The USGS’s Hawaiian Volcano Observatory said eruptions that create even minor amounts of ashfall could occur at any time. This follows the more explosive eruption Thursday, which emitted ash and rocks thousands of feet into the sky. No one was injured and there were no reports of damaged property. It came two weeks after the volcano began sending lava flows into neighbourhoods 25 miles (40 kilometres) to the east of the summit. Several open fissure vents are still producing lava splatter and flow in evacuated areas. Gas is also pouring from the vents, cloaking homes